[XLS] Office R60 Matrix.xls · Web viewManage for consultants 12. Pre-configured queries ease the report generation process 13. Export reports as Word or Excel document Telesoft 601

1. Cover

document.xls Page 1

AVAYA™ IP Office Product Matrix Revised - APRIL 14, 2010IP Office Release 6.0

Frank Ocasio Kirk Kirk, Peter GavinSales Factory - Pre-Sales Technicenter Group

Tab Contents:• 1. COVER

To the best of our knowledge, this document is based on the most current information available. Although every effort has been made to assure freedom from errors, Avaya Inc. is not responsible for the accuracy of all the information contained in this document. Please check at "support.avaya.com" for current IP Office documentation.

• 24. SYSTEM STATUS APPLICATION• 2. FEATURE LIST • 25. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS• 3. IP500 CONTROL UNITS • 26. UPS VA VALUES • 4. IPO CONTROL UNIT COMPARISON • 27. PORT & CABLE PIN OUTS• 5. EXPANSION MODULES • 28. HANDSET CABLE LENGTHS• 6. IPO SUPPORTED SETS • 29. PROTOCOLS• 7. Avaya one-X™ Mobile Client • 30. BUTTON FEATURE LIST• 8. IP OFFICE VIDEO SOFTPHONE - New! • 31. SET BUTTON DISPLAY STATUS• 9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES • 32. SHORT CODE FEATURES• 10. DISCONTINUED MODELS • 33. SHORT CODE EXAMPLES• 11. IPO LICENSE DESCRIPTIONS • 34. SHORT CODE DEFAULTS• 12. APPLICATION PC REQUIREMENTS • 35. TAPI FUNCTIONS SUPPORTED• 13. WINDOWS OS SUPPORT • 36. IP OFFICE POWER DEMO KITS• 14. EXPANSION MODULE SUPPORT • 37. MERGEABLE LIST• 15. VOICEMAIL FEATURE COMPARISON • 38. IP OFFICE PORTS• 16. VOICEMAIL PROMPTS • 39. LOCALE CODES• 17. VOICEMAIL PRO ACTIONS • 40. RELEASE HISTORY• 18. ONE-X PORTAL FOR IP OFFICE • 41. TRAINING - Under Construction!• 19. USER CALL CONTROL COMPARE • 42. IP HARDPHONE POWER OPTIONS• 20. CUSTOMER CALL REPORTER • 43. 6.0 CD's & SOFTWARE BUILDS• 21. IP OFFICE PARTNER® Version - New! • 44. CONTROL UNIT UPGRADE PATH• 22. PARTNER® Version Sets - New! • 45. IP OFFICE DevConnect APPLICATIONS• 23. PARTNER® & IPO COMPARISON - New! • 46. AVAYA Useful LinksAvaya and the Avaya Logo are trademarks of Avaya Inc. and may be registered in certain jurisdictions. All other trademarks identified by ® and ™ are registered trademarks or trademarks, respectively, of Avaya Inc. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

2. FEATURE LIST

2. FEATURE LIST Page 2

IP Office 6.0 Feature List<---- Basic Call Handling

2. FEATURE LIST


<---- Advanced Call Handling

2. FEATURE LIST


<---- Key and Lamp Operation

2. FEATURE LIST


<---- Outbound Call Handling Features

2. FEATURE LIST


<---- Forwarding

2. FEATURE LIST


<---- Avaya Digital and IP PhonesProgrammable Buttons

Busy Lamp Field (BLF) IndicatorsFeature

Benefit• Indication of when a button or associated feature is active.

This feature is supported across the IP Office Small Community Network.

As well as the usual dialing keys, Avaya digital and IP phones have dedicated function buttons like Mute, Volume, Hold, Conference and Transfer. In addition to these, on many Avaya digital and IP phones there are keys that can be programmed with a range of selected special functions. These keys can be used for calling other extensions on the system (Direct Station Select or DSS keys), or can be used for options from speed dialing numbers to controlling features such as Do Not Disturb. Many features use an indicator to show whether a feature is enabled. Button programming is done through the IP Office Manager as part of the system configuration, although some phones allow the user to program buttons and functions where given administration rights.

• Status indicators which show the status of a programmable buttons associated feature or function.

2. FEATURE LIST


Description

one-X Portal for IP Office shows these conditions:

Call HistoryFeature

Benefit• Missed calls are easily tracked and can be returned.

Language

Centralized Personal DirectoryFeature

Avaya digital and IP phones have programmable buttons which can be assigned to various features. When those buttons include some form of BLF indicator, the button can also be used to indicate when the feature is active. For example, a button associated with another user will indicate when that user is active on a call. A button associated with a group will indicate when the group has calls waiting to be answered.

The directory entries in one-X Portal for IP Office and the speed dial icons within the IP Office Phone Manager and SoftConsole applications also act as BLF's. When the icons are associated with internal users, the icons will change to indicate the current status of the users.

• Access to a list of called, received and missed calls from the phone and/or IP Office user productivity applications.

• Call log data is retained even after power down and a system reset (1400, 1600, 9600, T3 and one-X Portal for IP Office).• Centralized call log is supported in the SCN when using hotdesking (1400, 1600, 9600, T3 and one-X Portal for IP Office).• Consistency between desktop phones and user productivity application (1400, 1600, 9600, T3 and one-X Portal for IP Office).

Avaya digital and IP phone menus and displays are available in many languages and usually the system default setting will be applicable to all phones, however it is possible to have language set on an extension by extension basis, this will also change the language of menus for IP Office Voicemail.

The IP Office Personal Directory is a list of up to 100 numbers and associated names stored centrally in the system for a specific user. A directory entry can be used to label an incoming call on a caller display telephone or on a PC application. The directory also gives a system wide list of frequently used numbers for speed dialling via one-X Portal for IP Office, Phone Manager or a feature phone with a suitable display.

2. FEATURE LIST


Description• The personal directory capability allows up to 100 entries per telephony user.• The system limit is:

• 10800 for IP Office 500 and IP Office 500 V2.• 3600 for IP Office 412.• 1900 for IP Office 406 V2.

• The personal directory data is sent/updated whenever the user is logged in a SCN.

Benefit

Centralized System DirectoryFeature

For example "Mr Smith" can be displayed when a known Caller ID is received. A user can also select "Mr Smith" in the Directory List in Phone Manager, one-X Portal for IP Office or on a display phone to speed dial this number.

• All entries may be added, deleted or modified by Manager, one-X Portal for IP Office, a telephone, or an external service.

• The user has his personal directory independent from the phone (1600, T3 only) he is logged in• The personal directory is always synchronized between telephone and one-X Portal for IP Office.

The IP Office Directory is a list of up to 5000 numbers and associated names stored centrally in the system. A directory entry can be used to label an incoming call on a caller display telephone or on a PC application. The Centralized System Directory also gives a system wide list of frequently used numbers for speed dialing via one-X Portal for IP Office, Phone Manager or a feature phone with a suitable display.

For example "Head Office" can be displayed when a known Caller ID is received. A user can also select "Head Office" in one-X Portal for IP Office, or the Directory List in Phone Manager, or on the display phone Directory to speed dial this number.

2. FEATURE LIST


Description

• Temporary entries imported at regular intervals from an LDAP server.

Benefit• Ability to use external directory services with different interfaces• One system directory for an SCN

Self-Administration

• External directory entries can be obtained from up to three different sources for each IP Office:• Locally stored in the IP Office configuration. Created and edited using IP Office Manager or by selected 1600, T3 or one-X Portal for IP Office users.

• Temporary entries imported at regular intervals by HTTP from another IP Office. This allows the directory entries on one IP Office to be shared by other IP Offices as a centralized system directory for an SCN.• The total maximum number of entries is 5000 with entries in the IP Office configuration taking priority over temporary imported entries.

The IP Office administrator may give select users the ability to change some of the phone settings themselves. For example, button programming. The range of changes that the user can make depends on the phone type in use.

2. FEATURE LIST


On Hook Dialing

<---- Inbound Call Handling

Avaya digital and IP phones allow the user to make calls by just dialing the number on the keypad, without having to lift the handset or pressing a speaker button. Usually the call progress can be monitored using the speaker in the phone, on phones that support handsfree the whole conversation can be had without having to lift the handset.

In Release 6, this has been extended to allow “en bloc” dialing. This allows the whole number to be entered and then edited before it is actually dialed when going off hook.

2. FEATURE LIST


<---- Contact Center Features

2. FEATURE LIST


<---- Miscellaneous Features

3. IP500 Control Units

document.xls Page 14

IP Office IP 500 Control Units

<--- IP Office IP500/IP 500V2 Control Unit

With Release 6 a new control unit IP Office 500 V2 (IP500 V2) will be launched. The IP500 V2 control unit is compatible with all IP500 base extension and VCM cards as well as all external IP500 expansion modules.The IP500 and IP500 V2 are stackable units with an optional 19" rack mounting kit and an optional wallmounting kit for smaller configurations. They provide:



<--- IP Office 500 Base Cards

The following base cards are available:• IP500 Digital Station 8 Card (Maximum 3)

• IP Office 500 Analog Phone 2 Card (Maximum 4).

• IP Office 500 Analog Phone 8 Card (Maximum 4).

The IP500 control unit has 4 slots for the insertion of cards. These cards can be divided into two types; basecards and daughter cards. Base cards include a front panel and ports for cable connections. Daughter cardscan be added to a base card in order to provide additional facilities (typically trunk connections).

This card provides 12 RJ45 ports. The first 8 ports are DS ports for the connection of Avaya digital phones other than IP phones. The card can be fitted with an IP500 daughter trunk card, which then uses the additional 4 RJ45 ports for trunk connections.

• This card accepts one IP Office 500 trunk daughter card of any type.• This card supports selected Avaya 1400,2400, 5400 and 6400 series phones, plus T3 phones(EMEA only) and 3810 wireless phones (North America only).4400 Series phones (4406D, 4412D and 4424D) are not supported on this card, only on Digital Station expansion modules. Therefore a maximum of 360 4400 Series phones are supported in the system.

This card provides 2 analog extension ports (1-2) for the connection of analog phones. The card can be fitted with an IP Office 500 daughter trunk card, which then uses the last 4 RJ45 ports (9-12) for trunk connections.

• This card accepts one IP Office 500 trunk daughter card of any type.

This card provides 8 analog extension ports for the connection of analog phones. The card can be fitted with an IP Office 500 daughter trunk card, which then uses the additional 4 RJ45 ports for trunk connections.

• This card accepts one IP500 trunk daughter card of any type. When fitted with an Analog Trunk daughter card, it provides a single power-fail port.



• IP500 ETR 6 port Phone Card

This card

• Works in IP500 V2 only.

• IP500 Combination Card with 4 Analog Trunks

This card works in the IP500 V2 only and provides:

• 4 analog trunk ports.

• IP500 Combination Card with 2 BRI trunks

This card works in the IP500 V2 only and provides:

• 2 BRI trunk ports (4 channels).

• IP Office 500 VCM Card (Maximum 2).

This card provides 6 ETR ports for the connection of ETR 6/18/34 D, Euro-Style and Refresh digital phones as well as 3910/3920 wireless phones. The card can be fitted with an IP500 daughter trunk card, which then uses the additional 4 RJ45 ports for trunk connections. A maximum of three of these cards is allowed in the IP500 V2 chassis.

• accepts one IP500 trunk daughter card of any type. When fitted with an Analog Trunk daughter card, it provides a single power-fail port.

• Is only supported by the IP Office Essential Edition - PARTNER Version

• 2 analog extension ports for the connection of analog phones.• 6 Digital Station (DS) ports for the connection of Avaya digital phones.• 10 VCM channels to support IP telephones or voice networking.

This card already includes a IP500 trunk daughter card, therefore no additional daughter card is possible. Itprovides a single power-fail port (either port 7 or port 8). A maximum of two of these cards is allowed in thechassis.

• 2 analog extension ports for the connection of analog phones.• 6 Digital Station (DS) ports for the connection of Avaya digital phones.• 10 VCM channels to support IP telephones or voice networking.

This card already includes a IP500 trunk daughter card, therefore no additional daughter card is possible. Itprovides a single power-fail port (either port 7 or port 8). A maximum of two of these cards is allowed in thechassis.

This card provides voice compression channels for use with VoIP calls, SIP trunks and IP-based voice networking. The module is available in variants supporting 32 or 64 channels.

The maximum number of voice compression channels supported, using IP500 VCM base cards, Combination Cards and / or IP400 VCM cards on IP500 Legacy Card Carriers, is 148.

Please note, the maximum number of channels which may be used on each IP500 VCM card card varies according to the codec used, as shown in the following table.

type:

The card can be fitted with an IP Office 500 daughter trunk card, which uses the 4 RJ45 ports for trunk connections.

• This card accepts one IP Office 500 trunk daughter card of any type.



• IP500 4-Port Expansion Card (Maximum 1).

• IP Office 500 Legacy Card Carrier (Maximum 2).

• This card supports, one each, of the following IP400 cards:

• 700185218 - Dual PRI T1

<--- IP Office 500 Trunk Cards

• This card provides connectors for 4 additional expansion modules.• The 4-port expansion card must be inserted in slot 4 of the control unit.• It is not possible to connect a daughter card to the 4-port expansion card.

This card allows a variety of IP400 trunk and VCM cards to be used with the IP Office 500 control unit. The front of the card includes a number of panels that can be snapped off to match the ports available when an IP400 trunk card is fitted.

• This card does not accept any IP Office 500 daughter trunk cards.• The IP Office 500 control unit can accept up to 2 IP400 trunk or VCM cards by mounting each card on an IP Office 500 Legacy Card Carrier

• 700185200 - PRI T1

• 700272461 - PRI 30 E1 (1.4)• 700272479 - Dual PRI E1• 700241631 - PRI 30 E1R2 RJ45• 700241649 - Dual PRI E1R2 RJ45• 700241656 - PRI 30 E1R2 COAX EXP• 700241664 - PRI 60 E1R2 COAX EXP• 700241649 - Dual PRI E1R2 RJ45• 700359938 - ANLG 4 Uni• 700262017 - BRI-8 (UNI)• 700359854 - VCM 4• 700359862 - VCM 8• 700359870 - VCM 16• 700359888 - VCM 24• 700293939 - VCM 30

4. IPO Control Unit Comparison


The following table summarizes the capacities of the IP Office control units supported by IP Office R6 software.IP400

IP406V2 IP412 IP500 IP500 Control Unit Digital Station Ports 8 0 Up to 24 Up to 24 Up to 30 Up to 24 Up to 30Control Unit Analog Phone Ports 2 0 Up to 32 Up to 32 Up to 32 Up to 24 Up to 26Control Unit ETR Phone Ports - - - - - - 18Embedded Voicemail Card Slot √ X √ √ √ √ √Integral WAN Port √ √ X X X X X

6 12 12 12 12 1

Audio In (MOH) Port √ √ √ √ √ √ √√ √ √ √ √ √ √

Conference Parties 64 128Configuration Memory 256KB 1024KB 1024KB 1024KB 2048KB 2048KB 2048KBVoicemail Pro/TAPI WAV Channels 20 30 -

190 48188 264 384 264 384 46

Analog Phones only. 182 272 384 272 384 42ETR Phones only. - - - - - - 18IP Phones only. 190 384 384 -

-Analog trunk cards √ √ √ √ √ √ -Quad BRI trunk cards √ √ √ √ √ √ -Single PRI trunk cards √ √ √ √ √ √Dual PRI trunks cards √ √ √ √ √ -WAN port card X X X X X X X

IP500 Analog trunks X XIP500 BRI trunk channels X X -IP500 PRI trunk channels X X

1 -X X30 138 20

* Note:

FeatureIP500 (4) IP500 V2

Plus 4 Port Exp Card

Plus 4 Port Exp Card

PARTNER® Version

External Expansion Ports 12 DTE Port 9-way 9-way 9-way 9-way 9-way 9-way 9-way

External O/P Switch Port 128 (3) 128 (3) 128 (3) 128 (3) 128 (3)

40 (1) 40 (1) 40 (1) 40 (1)

Maximum Extension Capacity 360 384 (2) 384 (2) 384 (2) 384 (2)

Digital Phones only. 360 360

360 384 (2) 384 (2)

IP400 Trunk Cards Supported 2 2 2 2 2 2

√ (6)

√ (Slot A)

IP500 Daughter Trunk Cards 0 0 4 4 4 4 4 √ 16 √ 12 √ 16 √ 12 √ 12√ 32 √ 24 √ 32 √ 24√ 240 √ 180 √ 240 √ 180 √ 24

VCM Cards - IP400 VCM Cards 2 2 2 2 2 - IP500 VCM Cards 2 2 2 2 2 (7)

Maximum voice compression channels 60 128 128 148 (5)

Dimensions Height x Width x Depth 71x445x245mm

2.8"x17.5"x9.7" 71x445x245mm 2.8"x17.5"x9.7"

73x445x365mm 2.9"x17.5"x14.4"

73x445x365mm 2.9"x17.5"x14.4"

73x445x365mm 2.9"x17.5"x14.4"

73x445x365mm 2.9"x17.5"x14.4"

73x445x365mm 2.9"x17.5"x14.4"

1. IP500 VoiceMail Pro/TAPI WAV channels increased from 30 to 40 for IP Office R5 and higher.2. IP500 Maximum extensions increased from 272 to 384 for IP Office R5 and higher.3. IP500 Conference capacity increased from 64 to 128 for IP Office R5 and higher.4. For IP Office R5 and higher, the IP500 no longer runs in separate Standard or Professional modes. No IP500 Upgrade Standard to 5. For IP Office R4.0 to R5.0 128 VCM channels maximum. For IP Office R6 or higher 148 VCM channels maximum.6. Only ONE (1) T1/PRI supported on the IP Office Essential Partner Edition.7. VCM channels provided on a maximum of two (2) Combination card with 10 each VCM channels.

5. EXPANSION MODULES


FRONT PORTSDigital Station Ports 0 0 DS16 or 30 V2 0Analog Station Ports 0 Phone 8, 16 or 30 V2 0 0Analog Trunks 0 0 0Euro ISDN BRI "S" Ports 0 0 0 8

REAR PORTS

DTE Port 0 1 - DB25 1 - DB25 1 - DB25Power Fail Over Pots 2 0 0 0Wan Ports 0 0 0 0Expansion Ports 1 1 1 1

Manufacture DiscontinuedThe following equipment is no longer sold by Avaya but

is still supported by IP Office Release 6.

IP400 Analog Trunk 16 Module

IP400 Phone V2 Modules 8,10 & 11

IP400 Digital Station V2 Modules

9,14

IP400 So8 Module 12,16

IP500 Modules Still Sold

FEATURES

IP500 Analog Trunk 16 Module 13,14

IP500 Phone V2 Modules 8,10,11, 14 & 15

IP500 Digital Station V2 Modules

9,14

IP500 BRI So8 Module 12,14

16 Loop Start or Ground Start

Rear View IP400

Rear View IP500



Stations Supported

Terminals N/A N/A

Included with ModulePower Supply Unit YES YES YES YES

NO NO NO NO

YES YES YES YES

Maximum Expansion Modules per IP-Office SystemsIP Office 500, IP500V2 8 8 8IP Office 403 3 3 3 3IP Office 406 6 6 6 6

IP Office 412 12 12

Rack Size 19" 19" 19" 19"

6211, 6219, 622110

2402, 2410, 2420, 4406D+, 4412D+1, 4424D+2, 4450DSS3&4, 5402, 5410, 5420 ,EU243&5, 6408D+, 6416D+, 6416D+M, 6424D+M & XM243&6, 3810, T3 Compact, Classic, Comfort, T3 DSS

Power Lead - As of July 1, 2002, the power cord must be ordered separately. The base units and all other module prices have been reduced accordingly.

Interconnect cable (Blue, for linking back to base unit)

12 17

Any combination of 8,16 or 30 port modules not to exceed 360 ports

Any combination of 16 or 30 port modules not to exceed 360 ports

Rack Mounting 7



Space on Rack 2U 2U 2U 2UNotes

3. DSS4450, XM24 and EU24 requires external power supply to the Telephone set it's attached to.

5. IP Office supports a maximum of eight EU24/EU24 BL's on each IP Office system.

9. DS (V2) Modules are supported by IP Office Software Release 2.1(31), 3.0 and 3.0(DT) and above.

13. IP500 ATM16 only supported in North America utilizing the older V1 un-earth power lead (2 Pin).14. Use on the IP Office 500 control unit requires the unit to be configured with an IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional license.

15. The IP500 Phone 8 Module is not available. Should use the IP500 Phone 8 base card instead.16. The IP400 So8 Module and the IP500 So8 module have been discontinued.

1. A maximum of twenty-seven 4412D+ telephones are supported on the DS30 (version 2) expansion module at PCS level 5. Earlier DS30 expansion modules will only support sixteen of these telephones.2. A maximum of twenty-four 4424D+ telephones are supported on the DS30 (version 2) expansion module at PCS level 5. Earlier DS30 expansion modules will only support sixteen of these telephones.

4. IP Office supports a maximum two 4450 units on each Digital Station expansion module, including the 406 V2 control unit, Maximum 10 4450 units per system

6. IP Office supports a maximum two XM24 units on each Digital Station expansion module, including the 406 V2 control unit. Maximum 10 XM24 units per system7. The IP Office control units and expansion modules are designed to be stacked free-standing. However they can also be rack mounted using optional rack mounting kits. The Small Office Edition cannot be rack mounted but can be wall mounted if required. The IP500 expansion modules use IP500 Rack Kits.8. Phone (V2) Modules are supported by IP Office Software Release 3.0(44) onwards and also by the August 2005 Administration Maintenance Release Software R2.1(44).

10. Avaya would like to stress that although most analog phones will work on IP Office - Avaya cannot guarantee thatall analog phones in every region of the world will work on the IP Office.11. IP Office Phone Modules provide support for a variety of analog MWI methods. These methods are 51V Stepped, 81V, 101V and Line Reversal. The 101V method is only supported when using a Phone V2 expansion module. 12. The IP Office So8 expansion module supports both point-to-point and point-to-multipoint connections. A maximum of 10 terminal endpoints identifiers (TEIs) are supported on each bus.

17. The IP500 and IP500V2 can reach 12 expansion modules by using the new IP500 4-Port Expansion Card in the base unit. The 4-Port Expansion Card comes with 4 Yellow cables.

6. IPO SUPPORTED SETS


IP OFFICE SUPPORTED TERMINALSIP Office 14XX; 16XX and 16XX-I series Telephones<--- 1403 DS Hardphone;1603/1603-I & 1603SW/1603SW-I IP Hardphone -



<--- 1408 DS Hardphone; 1608/1608-I IP Hardphone -



<--- 1416 DS Hardphone; 1616/1616-I IP Hardphone -



<--- New Feature Set for Regional EMEA Markets (supported on 1600 series sets only) <--- DBM32 1 (DS) Button mdule; BM32 1 (IP) Button module -



<--- 9620L & 9620C IP Hardphone IP Office 96XX series Telephones - IP500 and IP500V2 Only



<--- 9630, 9640, 9640G IP Hardphone



<--- 9650 & 9650C IP Hardphone



<--- 9600 Gigabit Ethernet Adapter (all phone except 9620L)<--- 9600 Bluetooth Adapter (all phones expept 9620L)

<--- SBM24 1 Button module (only supported on the 9630G/9640/9650/9650C)



<--- 5402, 2402 Telephones24XX, 46xx, 54xx, 56xx and EU24xx 1 Series Telephones



<--- 5410, 5610 SW, 2410, 4610 SW Telephones



<--- 5420, 5621, 2420 Telephones



<--- EU24 1 and EU24 BL 1 Expansion Modules



T3 Series Phones - Select European countries only:<--- T3 Telephone Enhancements with R4.2<--- T3 Compact

Common Features:

Features for T3 Upn only:

Features for T3 IP only:

• Auto-negotiation provided separately for each port.• 802.3 Flow Control.

The entry-level Avaya T3 Telephone offers an economical entry point for users that need important digital telephone features at an entry level price point.

• Display: 1 line with 24 characters alphanumerical plus one line icons• Fixed Feature Buttons: 3 keys with printed text labels and 2 for Audio Volume control• Programmable Feature Buttons: 3 keys with indicators and printed text labels, 2 keys with printed text labels• Speakerphone: Two-way handsfree speaker and microphone.

• Hearing Aid Compatible: Through optional handset• Message Waiting and call log Indicator: Yes• Personalized Ring Patterns: Yes, 8 ring patterns• Embedded Applications: Navigation Cursor Control, Call signaling via LED and/or ringer; Alphanumeric entry via dialing keypad.• Color: Graphite grey or polar white.• Mounting: Desk or optional wall mountable.• Adjustable Desk Stand: No

• Upgradeable Firmware: No.• Optional Add-Ons: up to 3 DSS Modules, T3 Headset link for wired headsets only• Headset Socket: No• Connect to: Digital Station (DS) port.• Power Supply: From phone system.

• Upgradeable Firmware: Yes• Headset Socket: Yes• Optional Add-Ons: No• Power Supply: IEEE 802.3af Power over Ethernet (PoE) or individual power supply unit.• Codecs: G.711, G.729a/b.• QoS Options: UDP Port Selection, DiffServ and 802.1p/q (VLAN)

• SNMP Support: No.• IP Address Assignment: Static or dynamic IP address assignment.• Ethernet Ports: Two port full-duplex 10/100 BaseT Ethernet switch.



<--- T3 Classic



<--- T3 Comfort

Common Features:

Features for T3 Upn:

Features for T3 IP:

• Auto-negotiation provided separately for each port.• 802.3 Flow Control.

• Display: graphical 17 lines x 40 characters, Integrated keyboard

• Fixed Feature Buttons: 5 preprogrammed keys with printed text labels and 2 for Audio Volume control• Programmable Feature Buttons: 6 preprogrammed keys with indicators and printed text labels, 6 preprogrammed keys with printed text labels, 10 user programmable keys with associated display labels• Speakerphone: Two-way handsfree speaker and microphone.

• Hearing Aid Compatible: Through optional handset• Message Waiting and call log Indicator: Yes• Personalized Ring Patterns: Yes, 8 ring patterns.• Headset Socket: No• Embedded Applications: Navigation Cursor Control, Call signaling via LED and/or ringer• Optional Add-Ons: T3 Headset link for wired headsets only• Color: Graphite grey or polar white.• Mounting: Desk• Adjustable Desk Stand: Display adjustable

• Upgradeable Firmware: No.• Optional Add-Ons: up to 3 DSS Modules• Connect to: Digital Station (DS) port.• Power Supply: From phone system.

• Upgradeable Firmware: Yes.• Optional Add-Ons: up to 3 DSS Modules with AEI/Headsetlink,

• Power Supply: IEEE 802.3af Power over Ethernet (PoE) or individual power supply unit.• Codecs: G.711, G.729a/b.• QoS Options: UDP Port Selection, DiffServ and 802.1p/q (VLAN)

• SNMP Support: No.• IP Address Assignment: Static or dynamic IP address assignment.(EMEA only)Ethernet Ports: Two port full-duplex 10/100 BaseT Ethernet switch.

<--- T3 DSS 1 Expansion Modules



<--- T3 IP telephone interworking with other Avaya telephones & endpoints

<--- System Button Module SupportIP Wireless Supported Worldwide Terminals:<--- 3641 Ruggedized Wireless Telephone

1 System Button Module Support



<--- 3645 Ruggedized Wireless Telephone<--- 3701 IP DECT Telephone



<--- 3711 IP DECT Telephone<--- 3720 DECT R4 Telephone



<--- 3725 DECT R4 Telephone

• Color Display with Backlight and Icons• Site Survey tool• Cleanable, Liquid and dust protected, IP 44

• 19 languages

• Standby time: 240h (120h with Bluetooth option)• Graphical user interface• Multi-functional button (alarm call, answer call, etc.)

Optional handset accessories include:• Desktop charger.• An adapter cord for use with headsets. (set of 5)• Swivel belt clip.• Leather case.

Note: Avaya DECT R4 RBS(s) & AIWS required.

This telephone is supported on the Avaya DECT R4 & IP DECT (in “GAP-mode”) NAR Requires IP Office 5 or higher

The 3725 phone supports the same features as the 3720 DECT handset but with the following differences:

• SMS· Message acknowledgement· Message length up to 160 characters· Storage capacity: 30 received/sent messages

• Option: Bluetooth (see IPO Product Description for tested Bluetooth headsets)

• Talk Time 20 hours (13h with Bluetooth option) (under optimal conditions)



<--- 3720 & 3725 DECT R4 Telephone Feature Overview

Telephone

Keys: Keypad Yes YesYes Yes

Softkeys 3 34-way 5-way

Yes

Yes

Yes

Display:

Yes

Yes

Yes

Audio: Handsfree

Yes

No Yes

143 14

8 levels 8 levels

Vibration Yes

supported

Yes, selectable

8 levels 8 levels

Features: Yes Yes

25 entries

250 250

No

3720 DECT

3725 DECT

Telephone

Telephone

Hook on/off buttons

Navigation clusterVolume buttonsMute buttonAlarm button Display, illuminated

112 x 115 pixels, Black and white

128 x 160 pixels, 64K colors

Battery indicatorSignal strength indicatorTime and date display

Yes, 2-way speakerphone

Headset interface 2.5 mmBluetooth 2.0 Headset profileSupported Ring tonesRing tone volume

Ringing options

Ring, Vibration, visual

Usage profiles KeYes beep Volume controlMessage LED (Red-green) Call log (Local)

25 entries

Local Directory/Contacts

Access to IP Office Directory

Possible[1]

Possible[1]

Support of Text Messaging

Optional[1]

Phone lock

pin protected

pin protected



Yes Yes

Yes Yes

Hardware: Battery

n.a.

4 hours 4 hours

IP 44

Size

Weight

Localization: English Danish

German DutchSpanish EnglishFrench Finnish

French

GermanItalian

SpanishSwedishPolish[2]Greek[2]Czech[2]

Turkish[2]

Cordless Terminals:<--- 3810 Wireless Handset

KeYes lock Programmable "in Call Feature" menu

10 functions

10 functions

Programmable "Call Services" Menu

10 functions

10 functions

GAP compliant

Lithium Polymer

Lithium-Ion

Standby/Talk time - No Bluetooth

160/16 hours

120/20 hours

Standby/Talk time - with Bluetooth

120/13 hours

Charge time Dust/Liquid Protection level Ruggedness

IEC 68-2-32, procedure 1, dropped 12 times 133 × 53 × 24

134 × 53 × 26mm

115 g (battery and clip included

130 g (battery and clip included)

Belt clip options

None, standard, swivel

Supported languages

Russian[2]Downloadable language (one of 14[2])

NorwegianPortuguese

Hungarian[2]Brasilian[2]Slovakian[2]

Russian[2]



<--- 4406D Terminal<--- 4412D Terminal

North America and CALA IP Office and Magix 44xx Series Telephones 1



<--- 4424D Terminal<--- 4450 Unit



<--- 4601/5601 IP Hardphone

Discontinued Telephones Still Supported 1

Legacy Telephone Support:The following telephones are not supported by IP Office Release 6. They may function but have not been tested with IP Office Release 6 and any faults reported with IP Office Release 6 will not be fixed.· 20DT Analog DECT used with IP Office Analog DECT and Compact DECT· TransTalk 9040

The following phones are fully supported on IP Office R6 but are no longer available for new sales.Digital/analog phones: 6408D/6416D,6424D, XM24 DSS Unit; 20DT DECT (with IP DECT only); 4606, 4612, 4624; 4450 DSS Unit.IP phones: 5601, 5602SE, 5620; 4601, 4602SW, 4610SW, 4625SW; 3616 Executive Wireless (WiFi) Phone, 3620 Healthcare Wireless (WiFi) Phone



<--- 5602 SW, 4602 SW Telephones<--- 64xx Series Telephones



<--- 4620 SW, 4621 SW, 4625 SW, 5620 SW Telephones



<--- 3616 Wireless Telephone<--- 3620 Healthcare Wireless Telephone<--- 3626 Ruggedized Wireless Telephone



Avaya VPN Phone Software<--- VPN Phone Software



Avaya 6200 Analog Telephone (North America)<--- 62xx Series Analog Telephones



Doorphone Entry Systems for IP Office (NA and EMEA)<--- Avaya Universal Doorphone System (North America)<--- Kalika Communications Doorphone Entry System (EMEA)<--- Interquartz Doorphone (EMEA)



Headsets<--- Avaya HeadsetsInterquartz Gemini Analog Phones (EMEA and APAC)<--- Basic telephone 9330-AV<--- CLI Feature phone 9335-AV<--- Hotel Phone 9281-AV

7. Avaya one-X™ Mobile Client


Avaya one-X™ Mobile Client for Small BusinessIP Office supports the Avaya one-X Mobile 'Single Mode' Clients running on selected Symbian Single-Mode orWindows Mobile 5 or 6.x handsets. This provides a graphical interface for call control and allows a one-numberservice for both incoming and outgoing calls. User license available with either the "Teleworker" or "Power User" only.

For a full list of supported handsets see http://support.avaya.com.

Mobile Call Control

• IP500 PRI-U (single or dual) daughter cards• IP500 Dual or Quad BRI daughter cards• SIP trunks (RFC 2833)

<--- FNE Supported Functionality

One-X Mobile Compatibilty ListIP Office systems supporting one-X Mobile require a dedicated DID/DDI number for each feature required (e.g. hold, transfer).

This allows a user who has answered a twinned call on their mobile/cell phone to dial a DTMF sequence ** (star-star) to put the call on hold and receive IP Office system dial tone. The user will then be able to perform supervised and un-supervised transfers, shuttle (switch between held calls), and conference (Conference add and transfer to a meet-me conference).

Mobile Call Control is a mobility feature similar to but independent of one-X Mobile. It allows any mobile phone user to access IP Office features without using the one-X Mobile client application.

Mobile users can gain access to the “Star Star Service” dial tone when they receive a twinned call. After receiving a twinned call, the mobile user can dial ** to place that call on hold and get dial tone from the IP Office. Once the mobile user receives IP Office dial tone, any subsequent dialing done is interpreted as if the user is logged into an analog extension on the IP Office.

To gain access to the “Star Star Service” dial tone, the mobile user can dial the FNE 31 DID/DDI that has beenprogrammed in the IP Office. Similarly, once dial tone is heard, the user can dial numbers and short codes asif the user is logged into an analog extension on the IP Office.

Mobile Call Control and one-X Mobile require twinned calls to be routed through specific trunk types on IP500 & IP500v2 only:

This feature requires one instance of the Mobility License as described below for each configured user.

ftp://ftp.avaya.com/incoming/Up1cku9/SoftwarePub/4_2GA_Builds/One-X/One-X_Mobile_IP_Office_Device_Compatibility_List.pdf

8. IP Office Video Softphone


IP Office Video Softphone

IP Office Video Softphone can run in two different operating modes:

Softphone client mode:

With Release 6.0 IP Office introduces – as part of the Teleworker and Power User profiles – a new Softphone application.

The IP Office Video Softphone is a full feature telephony client that supports standard telephony features on a PC running supported Microsoft operating systems including new Microsoft Windows 7.Support of several audio options including support of wireless headsets with full hook-switch support provides a flexible telephone option, especially for people on the move.IP Office Video Softphone forms part of the Teleworker and the Power user profiles. A Teleworker or Power User license for the user of the IP Office Video Softphone is required; however IP Office Video Softphone does not require any additional license, e.g. no (Avaya) IP-station license.

The IP Office Video Softphone provides its own User interface, similar to a standard IP Office telephone for making calls, transferring calls, multiple call appearances or making conference calls. A programmable feature button list allows one-touch access to standard IP Office features. This is the preferred usage scenario for customers not running one-X Portal for IP Office. It is also the preferred operation mode for users who want to smoothly migrate from their desktop phone or who use Softphone only occasionally and prefer a phone-centric user-interface, with optional dial pad and standard phone feature keys. The user interface is flexible, allowing adjustment for personal preferences with detachable specific windows like the directory and call log window. The attached picture shows the Softphone with dial pad and feature keys, plus a view of the contacts of Softphone.

Softphone can also be configured to be minimized to the system tray when not in use to smaller or larger configurations to save desk-space.



Application mode:

the IP Office Video Softphone runs in the background and standard call control is accomplished through one-X Portal for IP Office.If run with one-X portal it provides the following additional value:• Consistent user interface when using one-X Portal with a desktop phone, in telecommuter mode or in combination with Softphone.• Off-line call log with updates even when Softphone is not logged in• Additional features of one-X Portal e.g. presence and instant messaging.



Video Support

Feature overview

As well as audio calls, IP Office Video Softphone supports end to end video calls on a single IP Office or within an IP Office Small Community Network. Currently, video is limited to end to end calls, no multi-party conferencing is supported.

Video adds a new level of interaction to the standard phone communication so this is especially useful for users working from a remote location, needing to get in touch with colleagues in the main site or when used in an IP Office Small Community Network.

The following feature overview is applicable when using the IP Office Video Softphone in Client mode. When used in application mode, available functionality depends on the one-X Portal for IP Office application.

• Making and receiving calls• Multiple Call Appearances (No bridged or line appearances)• Hold, transfer (attended and unattended)• Message waiting with direct voicemail access• Audio Conference (IP Office based)• Local call log, local directory• Access to IP Office directory (system, corporate, personal)• Feature keys for up to 12 IP Office features like:

• Forwarding (various methods like all, busy, no answer)• Park/Un-park• Pick up (any, group, member)• Voice-Mail on/off



Licensing and Provisioning

Username and Twinning

IP Office Video Softphone forms part of the Teleworker or Power User profile. A user can log onto the IP Office Video Softphone using their normal username and password. License entitlement will be checked against that user before the login is accepted.

Unlike Avaya hard phones, IP Office Video Softphone does not require an Avaya IP Phone License to work on IP Office.

While the IP Office Video Softphone is a thick client application, it is extremely easy to install and provision. Installation of the application on a standard PC requires minimal to no configuration as all provisioning of the product is done from the IP Office as a provisioning server.

If a DHCP server is present and set up correctly, Softphone will completely configure itself. The user only needs to enter the username and password to get connected.

If DHCP is not available, the user needs to enter a single IP address of the IP Office; all other parameters will be set automatically.

Softphone can be set up so that, when the PC starts up, the application is automatically started with the default username and password. The user can disable automatic login as well as interrupt it any time.

When logged in to IP Office Video Softphone with their username and password, the user will automatically be logged off from their existing desktop extension, so the user is fully available on their normal number without any additional steps.

For users that are using a physical telephone e.g. in the office, this is very convenient as they do not use a different extension for Softphone calls. All calls will be routed automatically to the Softphone when logged in. There is no need to use twinning to tie the IP Office Video Softphone to the standard desktop phone.



Supported Audio and Video Hardware

Audio Devices:

Webcams:

Supported Audio and Video Codecs:

IP Office Video Softphone can run with any Windows sound device supporting full-duplex quality.

If possible, audio devices are automatically detected and allocated to the IP Office Video Softphone.

IP Office Video Softphone supports simultaneous operation of two sound devices, e.g. a headset or USB handset for normal calls and a USB hands free unit for hands free operation. It is possible to switch between the sound devices at any time during the call.

For alerting, in addition to that the PC speakers can be activated to ring the phone.

For easy use, similar to a desktop phones, Softphone supports USB devices for audio as well as for call control, e.g. accepting and terminating a call. Softphone supports the “HID” standard for USB devices allowing generic HID devices to be configured.

A number of USB devices have been tested with Softphone for interoperability, including Hook switch control as well as dialing (if supported by that device)

• Plantronics DSP (USB headset)• Plantronics 510 (Bluetooth headset with USB base)• Plantronics CS50 (USB wireless headset)• Polycom C100 (personnel speakerphone with hook-switch control)• GN Netcom 8120 (USB headset adapter for GN Netcom headsets)• Yealink W1DL (Cordless USB phone with Dialpad)• Yealink P1K (Corded USB Phone with Dialpad)• Generic USB soundcard and USB HID interface support (with configuration assistant)

• Logitech QuickCam Pro 4000, 5000, 9000• Creative Webcam NX Pro• Microsoft Lifecam VX-3000

Softphone supports G.711 and G.729 audio Codecs. Audio Codec negotiation is done by IP Office in order to ensure best quality for local or SCN calls. At login, user can select the default mode, e.g. best quality or low bandwidth for remote operation.

For Video, Softphone supports H.263, H.263+ and H.264 Video Codecs with resolution of up to 640*480 pixels and 30 frames per second.



Note: The above numbers show an average bandwidth requirement but peak usage might be higher. The above numbers do not include the audio-bandwidth.



Supported languages

Over the time, new languages can be added to the product.

PC requirements.

Processor:

Memory:

Currently the following languages are supported:

• English,• French,• Spanish,• Italian,• Portuguese

• Minimum: Pentium 4 2.4 GHz or equivalent, Video Card with DirectX 9.0c support• Optimal: Intel Core 2 Duo or equivalent, Video Card with DirectX 9.0c support.

• Minimum: 1 GB RAM• Optimal: 2 GB RAM

Operating System: Windows XP Service Pack 2, Windows® Vista®, 32-bit and 64-bit arch, Windows 7 32-bit and 64-bit arch

Additional: Microsoft Windows Installer 3.1, Microsoft .NET 3.5 SP1, Microsoft VC 9.0 Runtime Service Pack 1

Connection: IP network connection (broadband, LAN, wireless)

Sound Card: Full-duplex, 16-bit or use USB headset

Note that these are recommendations. Depending on other applications on the PC, Softphone cannot guarantee uninterrupted voice and Video quality. While Softphone runs with high priority on the PC in order not to be impacted by normal applications other programs with similar priority could impact Softphone performance. Sample applications could be other Multimedia or communication applications like web-sharing programs or programs that are essential for PC performance like some Virus-scanners or firewall programs.

Currently the following languages are supported: English, French, Spanish, Italian and Portuguese.

document.xls

9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES Page 61

SAP Code Description Model NPL End of Sale

*** Note: All items with a lavander background are scheduled to go End of Sale*** Note: All items with a blue background are new with Release 6.0

<---- R6 Upgrade LicensesControl Unit Upgrades

229421

229420

<---- System EditionsSystems

700343460

171991

229424 IPO LIC R6 ADV EDITION

227043

AVAYA™ IP OFFICE PRODUCT LINE LIST

IPO LIC UPG R6.0 SML - IP500 only!This license can be used to upgrade IP500 systems with up to 32 users and no external expansion modules.

IPO LIC UPG R6.0 - IP406V2, IP412 and IP500This license can be used to upgrade system with more than 32 users or external expansion modules.

IPO - Essential Edition (formerly Embedded Voicemail) - Essential Edition Compact Flash version for IP500v1 and IP406V2 Control Units only. Release R6 with the IP500V2 Control Unit the SD card, also provides the Essential VM functionality with two (2) ports of voicemail!Memory Expansion Kit is a plug in 512MB Compact Flash PCMCIA card required for the embedded voicemail/auto-attendant option.

IPO MC ESSNTL (EMBD MSGING) EXP KIT - Renaming of: IPO MC EMBD MSGING EXP KIT

IPO - Preferred Edition (formerly VoiceMail Pro) In addition to the features provided by the Essential Edition, Preferred Edition includes: • "Meet-Me" Conferencing(Professional Edition is no longer required with Release 5.0 and above)

IPO LIC PREFRD (VM PRO) RFA LIC:DSRenaming of: IPO LIC VM PRO RFA LIC:DS

IPO - R6.0 Advanced EditionPreferred Edition required.In addition to the features provided by the Preferred Edition, Advanced Edition includes: • Support for Customer Call Reporter (1 Supervisor).• Voicemail Pro database interaction (IVR).• Voicemail Pro call flow generic TTS (8 ports).[1]

• Voicemail Pro Visual Basic Scripting.• Voicemail Pro call recording to ContactStore.[2]

1.Note: Provides up to 8 ports of TTS for use with Speak Text actions within Voicemail Pro call flows. Not used for user TTS email reading.2.Note: In a Small Community Network using centralized voicemail, this license only enables ContactStore support for the central IP Office. Remote IP Offices in the network require their own Advanced Edition license or a VMPro Recordings Administrator license.

IPO - R5.0 Advanced EditionPreferred Edition required.In addition to the features provided by the Preferred Edition, Advanced Edition includes: • Customer Service Supervisor - 1 User• VoiceMail Pro Contact Store License• VoiceMail Pro VB Script License• VoiceMail Pro 3rd-party Database Interface License (IVR)• Voicemail Pro 3rd party TTS (Licenses for 8-ports)

IPO LIC ADVANCED RFA LIC:DS

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of SaleOptions

205650

<---- Release R6.0 User Productivity ProfilesR6 Office Worker

229438

229439

229440

R6 Mobile Worker

229434

229435

229436

R6 Teleworker

229430

229431

229432

IPO 500 Multi-Site Networking - The Voice Networking Base license allows unlimited Q.Sig calls but restricts IP and SCN trunks to a maximum of 4 outbound calls. Also now includes Advanced Networking features (Hot-Desking & distributed groups across SCN).For IP500 on release 4.0 to 4.2, adds support for 4 additional outbound calls for IP or SCN trunksalso requires IPO LIC IP500 VCE NTWK START4 LIC:DS (202960) License before this license can be applied (Release 4.0 to 4.2 only).

Renaming of: IP500 VCE NTWKG ADD 4

This license will enable the following functionality for the user: • one-X Portal for IP Office (with Telecommuter mode disabled) • Unified Messaging Service (web and email access to voicemail)This license has to be applied to a particular user to be valid.Note 1: Full feature capability requires Preferred Edition. No specific System Edition license is required as a prerequisite for this license to be valid. However, the Unified Messaging Service (UMS) function will not work without the Preferred Edition license.Note 2: For migration purposes, any existing Phone Manager Pro license can enable the Office Worker functionality (instead of Phone Manager Pro).

Enables one named user to use all office worker functionality.

IPO LIC R6 OFFWORKER 1

Enables 5 named users to use all office worker functionality.


Enables 20 named users to use all office worker functionality.


This license will enable the following functionality for the user: • Mobility including Mobile Twinning, Mobile Call Control and one-X Mobile Client support • Text-to-Speech (TTS)This license has to be applied to a particular user to be valid.Note: Full feature capability requires Preferred Edition. No specific System Edition license is required as a prerequisite for this license to be valid. However, the TTS function will not work without the Preferred Edition license.

Enables one named user to use all mobile worker functionality.

IPO LIC R6MOBILEWORKER 1

Enables 5 named users to use all mobile worker functionality.


Enables 20 named users to use all mobile worker functionality.


This license will enable the following functionality for the user: • one-X Portal for IP Office • Unified Messaging Service (web and email access to voicemail) • IP Office Video SoftphoneThis license has to be applied to a particular user to be valid.Note: Full feature capability requires Preferred Edition. No specific System Edition license is required as a prerequisite for this license to be valid. However, the UMS function will not work without the Preferred Edition license.

Enables one named user to use all teleworker functionality.

IPO LIC R6TELEWORKER 1

Enables 5 named users to use all teleworker functionality.


Enables 20 named users to use all teleworker functionality.


document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of SaleR6 Power User

229426

229427

229428

Receptionist

171987 IPO LIC RECEPTIONIST RFA 1 LIC:CU R6 Customer Service Supervisor

229442

Customer Service Agent

217650 IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC AGT RFA 1 LIC:CU217651 IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC AGT RFA 5 LIC:CU217653 IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC AGT RFA 20 LIC:CU

CCC to CCR Migration 217658

This license will enable the following functionality for the user: • Mobility including Mobile Twinning, Mobile Call Control and one-X Mobile Client support • one-X Portal for IP Office • Unified Messaging Service (web and email access to voicemail) • IP Office Video Softphone • Text-to-Speech (TTS)This license has to be applied to a particular user to be valid.Note: Full feature capability requires Preferred Edition. No specific System Edition license is required as a prerequisite for this license to be valid. However, the UMS and TTS functions will not work without the Preferred System package The above 4 profiles are mutually exclusive, only one may be selected per user. In addition, the user may have one of the licenses below.

Enables one named user to use all power user functionality.

IPO LIC R6 PWRUSER 1

Enables 5 named users to use all power user functionality.


Enables 20 named users to use all power user functionality.


Renaming of IP Office SoftConsole, eliminating "additional SoftConsole RFA 1". Available as a single user (just purchase additional license to a maximum of 4 users per system).

Enables one customer service supervisor, only for R6 and higher and requires Advanced Edition.

IPO LIC R6CUSTMR SVC SPV 1

Renaming of Customer Call Reporter agent. Available in 1,5, and 20 users.

IPO CUSTMR CALL REPORTER UPG LIC - This upgrade license will convert ALL CCC licenses to Customer Call Reporter (CCR). This includes all supervisors and agents.

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of Sale<---- Release R5.0 User Productivity Profiles

Mobile Worker

195569 IPO LIC MOBILE WORKER RFA 1



Teleworker

227047 IPO LIC TELEWORKER RFA 1 LIC:CU227054 IPO LIC TELEWORKER RFA 5 LIC:CU227057 IPO LIC TELEWORKER RFA 20 LIC:CU

Power User

227046 IPO LIC POWER USER RFA 1 LIC:CU227051 IPO LIC POWER USER RFA 5 LIC:CU227056 IPO LIC POWER USER RFA 20 LIC:CU

Receptionist

171987 IPO LIC RECEPTIONIST RFA 1 LIC:CU Customer Service Supervisor

217655 IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC SPV RFA 1 LIC:CU217656 IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC SPV RFA 10 LIC:CU217657 IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC SPV RFA 20 LIC:CU

Customer Service Agent

217650 IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC AGT RFA 1 LIC:CU217651 IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC AGT RFA 5 LIC:CU217653 IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC AGT RFA 20 LIC:CU

CCC to CCR Migration 217658

<---- IP Office 500V2 SD Cards & UpgradesIP500V2 SD Cards

IP Office Edition700479710

700479702

IP Office PARTNER® Version700479728

Essential Edition Voicemail Port upgrade229423

<---- R6 Avaya IP Endpoint RFAR6 IP Telephone RFA

229444 Enables the use of one Avaya IP telephone.

Renaming of Mobile Twinning. Each user also has 1 license of 3rd party (Generic) TTS. Available in 1,5, and 20 users.

IPO LIC MOBILE WORKER RFA 1IPO LIC MOBILE WORKER RFA 5IPO LIC MOBILE WORKER RFA 20

Includes VPN phone license, one-X Portal and Phone Manager Pro. Available in 1,5, and 20 users.

Everything in Teleworker and Mobile Worker PLUS Unified Messaging (UMS) and PC softphone. Available in 1,5, and 20 users. Full feature functionality requires Preferred Edition.

Renaming of IP Office SoftConsole, eliminating "additional SoftConsole RFA 1". Available as a single user (just purchase additional license to a maximum of 4 users per system).

Renaming of Customer Call Reporter Supervisor. Available in 1,10, and 20 users.

Renaming of Customer Call Reporter agent. Available in 1,5, and 20 users.

IPO CUSTMR CALL REPORTER UPG LIC - This upgrade license will convert ALL CCC licenses to Customer Call Reporter (CCR). This includes all supervisors and agents.

IPO IP500V2 SYSTEM IP Office Essential Edition SD CARD MU-LAW NARNA, CALAIPO IP500V2 SYSTEM IP Office Essential Edition SD CARD A-LAWAPAC, CALA, EMEA

IPO IP500V2 SYSTEM PARTNER® Version SD CARD PARTNERNA, CALA

IPO LIC R6 ESSNTL EDITION ADD 2CHIP500V2 only. 2 embedded voicemail ports are already enabled by default; this license increases the capacity by 2 ports (up to a maximum of 6).

IPO LIC R6 AV IPENDPOINT 1

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of Sale229445 Enables the use of 5 Avaya IP telephones.

229447 Enables the use of 20 Avaya IP telephones.

<---- IP Office 500V2 Control Unit, Modules and CardsIP Office 500V2 Control Unit

700476005

IP500V2 Base Cards700476013

700476021

700476039

<---- IP Office 500V1 Control Unit, Modules and CardsIP Office 500 and cards requires IP Office release 4.0 and higher.IP Office 500 Control Unit

700417207

700429194

IPO LIC R6 AV IPENDPOINT 5IPO LIC R6 AV IPENDPOINT 20

IPO IP500V2 CONTROL UNITGlobal

IPO IP500V2 COMBINATION CARD ATM Global· Supports· 6 Digital Station ports.· 2 Analog Extension ports. With port 8 Power Failover port 12· 4 Analog Trunk ports.· 10 VCM channels.· Maximum per IP500 V2 Control Unit: 2.· IP500 Daughter Card Support: 1. The trunk daughter card is preinstalled and cannot be replaced with another card type.Provides DS ports for digital stations (except 4406D, 4412D and 4424D). In PARTNER® Version only 14xx digital sets are supported.

IPO IP500V2 COMBINATION CARD BRI APAC,EMEA· Supports· 6 Digital Station ports.· 2 Analog Extension ports.· 2 BRI Trunk ports (4 BRI channels).· 10 VCM channels.· Maximum per IP500 Control Unit: 2.· IP500 Daughter Card Support: 1. The trunk daughter card is preinstalled and cannot be replaced with another card type.

IPO IP500V2 EXTN CARD ETR 6 NA, CALA· SupportsPARTNER® ETR and analog phones.· Maximum per IP500 Control Unit: 3.· IP500 Daughter Card Support: 1.The IP500 BRI trunk daughter card is not supported.

IPO 500 SYSTEM UNIT - On the IP Office 500 R5 does not requires IP Office Standard to Professional upgrade RFA (202959 ). However, IP500 release 4.0 to 4.2 does require the IP Office Standard to Professional upgrade RFA (202959 ).The following requires IP Office Standard to Professional upgrade RFA (Release 4.0 to 4.2 only).• Use of Expansion ports• 64-way Meet me Conference Bridge• VMLite or VMPro• ContactStore• Conference Center• CCC• TAPI WAV

IPO 500 BLANKING PLATE KIT

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of SaleIP500 Base Cards

Analog Stations700431778

700417231

Digital Stations700417330

VCMs700417389

700417397

Legacy Carrier700417215

Expansion Card

IPO 500 EXTENSION CARD PHONE 2 - To connect up to 2 Analog station sets. The card can be fitted with an IP Office 500 daughter trunk card, which then uses the additional 4 RJ45 ports for trunk connections. Maximum of 4 per IP500/IP500V2 Control Unit• This card accepts one IP Office 500 trunk daughter card of any type.

IPO 500 EXTENSION CARD PHONE 8 - To connect up to 8 Analog station sets. The card can be fitted with an IP Office 500 daughter trunk card, which then uses the additional 4 RJ45 ports for trunk connections. Maximum of 4 per IP500/IP500V2 Control Unit• This card accepts one IP Office 500 trunk daughter card of any type.

IPO 500 EXTENSION CARD DGTL STA 8 - To connect up to 8 of the IP Office supported Digital sets except the 44xx series. The card can be fitted with an IP Office 500 daughter trunk card, which then uses the additional 4 RJ45 ports for trunk connections. Maximum of 3 per IP500/IP500V2 Control Unit• This card accepts one IP Office 500 trunk daughter card of any type.

IPO 500 MC VCM 32 - Comes with 4 VCM channels enabled, the rest are enabled with licensing. The card can be fitted with an IP Office 500 daughter trunk card, which then uses the additional 4 RJ45 ports for trunk connections. Maximum of 2 per IP500/IP500V2 Control Unit and no more than 128 VCM channels per Control Unit.• This card accepts one IP Office 500 trunk daughter card of any type.

Note: For Release R4.0 to 5.0 comes with 4 VCM channels enabled. Additional channels can be enabled through licensing.For release 6.0 and higher comes with 32 VCM channels enabled and 12 Avaya IP Endpoint licenses.

IPO 500 MC VCM 64 - Comes with 4 VCM channels enabled, the rest are enabled with licensing. The card can be fitted with an IP Office 500 daughter trunk card, which then uses the additional 4 RJ45 ports for trunk connections. Maximum of 2 per IP500/IP500V2 Control Unit and no more than 128 VCM channels per Control Unit.• This card accepts one IP Office 500 trunk daughter card of any type.

Note: For Release R4.0 to 5.0 comes with 4 VCM channels enabled. Additional channels can be enabled through licensing.For release 6.0 and higher comes with 64 VCM channels enabled and 12 Avaya IP Endpoint licenses.

IPO 500 LEGACY CARD CARRIER • This card supports, one each, of the following IP400 cards:• PRI T1• Dual PRI T1• NA E1 PRI• PRI 30 E1 (1.4)• Dual PRI E1• PRI 30 E1R2 RJ45• Dual PRI E1R2 RJ45• ANLG 4 Uni• BRI-8 (UNI)• VCM 4• VCM 8• VCM 16• VCM 24• VCM 30Maximum of 2 per IP500/IP500V2 Control Unit

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of Sale700472889 IPO IP500 EXP CARD 4PT

IP OFFICE IP500 EXPANSION CARD 4 PORT· SupportsProvides 4 additional expansion ports for connection of external expansion modules.· Supported Expansion Modules: The following external expansion modules are supported:· IP500 Analogue Trunk Module· IP500 BRI So Module· IP500 Digital Station Module· IP500 Phone Module· IP400 Digital Station V2 Modules· IP400 Phone V2 Modules· Maximum per IP500/IP500V2 Control Unit: 1 - Right hand slot 4 only.

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of SaleIP500 Trunks Cards

Analog Trunks700417405

BRI Trunks - Euro ISDN700417413

700417421

S0 Converter Cable700458649

T1/PRI/E1/E1R2 Trunks700417439

700417462 IPO 500 TRNK PRI UNI DUAL

IP500 Smartcards - IP500 R4.0 to 5.0700417470

700417488

IPO 500 TRUNK ANLG 4 UNI - This card can be added to an IP Office 500 Digital Station card, IP Office 500 Analog Phone base card, or IP Office 500 VCM card. It allows that card to then also support 4 analog loop-start trunks. It also provides one analog V.32 modem. • When fitted to an IP Office 500 Analog Phone 8 base card, the combination supports 1 power failure extension to trunk connection.

IPO 500 TRUNK BRI 4 UNI (Euro ISDN) - This type of card can be added to an IP Office 500 Digital Station card, IP Office 500 Analog Phone card, or IP Office 500 VCM card. It allows that card to then also support up 2 BRI trunk connections, each trunk providing 2B+D digital channels. IPO 500 TRUNK BRI 8 UNI (Euro ISDN) - This type of card can be added to an IP Office 500 Digital Station card, IP Office 500 Analog Phone card, or IP Office 500 VCM card. It allows that card to then also support up 4 BRI trunk connections, each trunk providing 2B+D digital channels. The card is

IPO IP500 BRI S0 CONVTR CBL - Converter cable for use with IP500 BRI in S0 mode

IPO 500 TRNK PRI UNI SINGLE - Support up to 24 T1 channels or up to 30 E1 channels. Eight (8) channels are enabled by default. Further channels may be enabled by the purchase of additional licenses in 2-channel or 8-channel increments.• Up to four Universal PRI cards can be installed in any combination in the IP500 chassis.• The IP500 PRI daughter card works on any IP500 VCM or extension base card (not the Legacy Card Carrier).

IPO 500 TRNK PRI UNI SINGLE

IPO 500 TRNK PRI UNI DUAL - Support up to 48 T1 channels or 60 E1 channels. Eight (8) channels are enabled per T1/PRI port by default. Further channels may be enabled by the purchase of additional licenses in 2-channel, 8-channel increments, 22-channels or 32-channels.• Up to four Universal PRI cards can be installed in any combination in the IP500 chassis.• The IP500 PRI daughter card works on any IP500 VCM or extension base card (not the Legacy Card Carrier).

IPO 500 FEAT KEY MU-LAW - NARRequired with every IP 500 Control Unit for system operation and licensing of applications.Not supported on the IP500V2!IPO 500 FEAT KEY A-LAW - ROWRequired with every IP 500 Control Unit for system operation and licensing of applications.Not supported on IP500V2!

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of SaleIP500 Expansion Modules

Analog Stations700449507 46USC0002UKRE

700426224

Digital Stations700449499 46USC0002UKRA

700426216

Analog Trunks700449473 46USC0002UKRQ

IP500 Mountings700429202700430150

IPO 500 EXP MOD PHONE 16 - Adds an additional 16 Plain Ordinary Telephone ports to the IP500/IP500V2. Not Included: Power Lead.On the IP500 release 5.0 does not requires IP Office Standard to Professional upgrade RFA (202959 ). However, IP500 release 4.0 to 4.2 does require the IP Office Standard to Professional upgrade RFA (202959 ). Included: IP400 EXP RJ45/RJ45 1M Blue For Connecting Expansion Module to Base Unit

IPO 500 EXP MOD PHONE 30 - Adds an additional 30 Plain Ordinary Telephone ports to the IP500?IP500V2. Not Included: Power Lead.On the IP500 release 5.0 does not requires IP Office Standard to Professional upgrade RFA (202959 ). However, IP500 release 4.0 to 4.2 does require the IP Office Standard to Professional upgrade RFA (202959 ). Included: IP400 EXP RJ45/RJ45 1M Blue For Connecting Expansion Module to Base Unit.

IPO 500 EXP MOD DGTL STA 16 - Adds an additional 16 Digital Station ports to the IP500/IP500V2, to support 24xx or 44xx or 54xx or 64xx Series Digital sets. Not Included: Power Lead.On the IP500 release 5.0 does not requires IP Office Standard to Professional upgrade RFA (202959 ). However, IP500 release 4.0 to 4.2 does require the IP Office Standard to Professional upgrade RFA (202959 ). Included: IP400 EXP RJ45/RJ45 1M Blue For Connecting Expansion Module to Base Unit

IPO 500 EXP MOD DGTL STA 30 - Adds an additional 30 Digital Station ports to the IP500/IP500V2, to support 24xx or 44xx or 54xx or 64xx Series Digital sets. Not Included: Power Lead.On the IP500 release 5.0 does not requires IP Office Standard to Professional upgrade RFA (202959 ). However, IP500 release 4.0 to 4.2 does require the IP Office Standard to Professional upgrade RFA (202959 ). Included: IP400 EXP RJ45/RJ45 1M Blue For Connecting Expansion Module to Base Unit

IPO 500 EXP MOD ANLG TRNK 16 provides an additional 16 Analog trunks (loop start, LS-ICLID or ground start) and two power fail sockets. On the IP500 release 5.0 does not requires IP Office Standard to Professional upgrade RFA (202959 ). However, IP500 release 4.0 to 4.2 does require the IP Office Standard to Professional upgrade RFA (202959 ). Not Included: Power Lead and Trunk Cable(s). Included: IP400 EXP RJ45/RJ45 1M Blue For Connecting Expansion Module to Base Unit

IPO 500 RACK MOUNTING KIT IPO 500 WALL MOUNTING KIT

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of Sale<---- IP Office 500 RFAs

IP500 Standard to Professional Upgrade202959

IP500 Voice Networking (SCN,Qsig, H450 )202960

202961202962202963202964202965Note:

T1/PRI215180 IPO LIC IP500 T1 CHANNELS ADD 2215181 IPO LIC IP500 T1 CHANNELS ADD 8215182 IPO LIC IP500 T1 CHANNELS ADD 32

E1215183 IPO LIC IP500 E1 CHANNELS ADD 2215184 IPO LIC IP500 E1 CHANNELS ADD 8215185 IPO LIC IP500 E1 CHANNELS ADD 22

E1R2215186 IPO LIC IP500 E1R2 CHANNELS ADD 2215187 IPO LIC IP500 E1R2 CHANNELS ADD 8215188 IPO LIC IP500 E1R2 CHANNELS ADD 22Note:

IPO LIC IP500 IPO STD UPG TO PROOn the IP Office 500 R5 and higher do not requires IP Office Standard to Professional upgrade RFA (202959 ). However, IP500 release 4.0 to 4.2 does requires the IP Office Standard to Professional upgrade RFA (202959 ).The following requires IP Office Standard to Professional upgrade RFA (Release 4.0 to 4.2 only).• Use of Expansion ports• 64-way Meet me Conference Bridge• VMLite or VMPro• ContactStore• Conference Center• CCC• TAPI WAV

IPO LIC IP500 VCE NTWK START4 LIC:DS The Voice Networking Base license allows unlimited Q.Sig calls but restricts IP trunks to a maximum of 4 outbound calls.• Starting with release 4.0.10, IP500 no longer requires IPO LIC IP500 IPO STD UPG TO PRO (202959) License. This license is used with IP500 Systems on release 4.0 to 4.2 only, Not to be used on IP500 with R5 system.

See above to add support for 4 additional outbound calls for IP or SCN trunks• IP500 requires IPO LIC IP500 VCE NTWK START4 LIC:DS (202960) License before this license can be appliedIP500 VCM RFAs * IPO LIC IP500 VCM LIC 4 CH IPO LIC IP500 VCM LIC 8 CH IPO LIC IP500 VCM LIC 16 CH IPO LIC IP500 VCM LIC 28 CH IPO LIC IP500 VCM LIC 60 CH These licenses are to add additional VCM channels to the IP500 VCM32/64 base cards release R4.0 to 5.0 only. These licenses are not required with release R6.0IP500 T1/E1 Channel RFAs *

These licenses are to add additional T1/PRI/E1/E1R2 channels to the IP500 PRI daughter card only.• The IP500 PRI daughter card works on any IP500 VCM or extension base card (not the Legacy Card Carrier).

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of Sale<---- IP400 and IP 500 Advanced Networking/SIP Trunking RFAs

IP400 and IP500 Advanced Networking

IP400 and IP500 SIP Trunking202967202968202969202970<---- IP400 Expansion Modules

Analog Trunk Module 16Rest of World A-Law

700241680 IP400 Analog Trunk 16

<---- IP Office Applications, Feature Keys & CDsIP 400 Feature Key Dongles - Only used with IP400 Series Control Units

700185234

700261506 IP400 Feature Key - USB Port

700293095 IP400 FEATURE KEY - SERIAL

IP500 Smartcards - Only used with IP500700417470

700417488

Application CD'sIP Office Phone Status

The following licenses are supported with IP Office release 4.0 - 4.2 and only on the following

IPO LIC ADVANCED NTWKG LIC -The following new features are supported with IP Office Release 4.0. and provides the following features: This license is used with IP500 Systems on release 4.0 to 4.2 only, Not to be used on IP500 with R5 system.• Hot Desking across the Network• Distributed Hunt Groups• Break Out Note that these features require entry of an IP Office Advanced Networking License into each of the IP Office systems within the network.

IPO LIC SIP TRNK RFA 1 IPO LIC SIP TRNK RFA 5 IPO LIC SIP TRNK RFA 10 IPO LIC SIP TRNK RFA 20

IP400 Office Analog Trunk 16 provides an additional 16 Analog trunks (loop start, LS-ICLID or ground start) and two power fail sockets. On the IP500 release 5.0 does not requires IP Office Standard to Professional upgrade RFA (202959 ). However, IP500 release 4.0 to 4.2 does require the IP Office Standard to Professional upgrade RFA (202959 ). Supported in NAR only.Not Included: Power Lead and Trunk Cable(s). Included: IP400 EXP RJ45/RJ45 1M Blue For Connecting Expansion Module to Base Unit

Feature Key with unique serial number. One Feature Key is required per IP Office system for all software licenses (RFA product codes). Connects to PC via parallel port.

IP400 Feature Key - Parrallel Port

Feature Key with unique serial number. One Feature Key is required per IP Office system for all software licenses (RFA product codes). Connects to PC via USB port.Feature Key with unique serial number. One Feature Key is required per IP Office system for all software licenses (RFA product codes). Connects to IPO Serial port (No PC Key Server required). Connects to Small Office Edition, IPO 406 V2 and IPO 412 only.

IPO 500 FEAT KEY MU-LAW - NARRequired with every IP 500 Control Unit for system operation and licensing of applications.IPO 500 FEAT KEY A-LAW - ROWRequired with every IP 500 Control Unit for system operation and licensing of applications.

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of Sale700411184 IP Office Phone Status has been created to assist people

who are blind or visually impaired to use IP Office telephones. It is available for use with IP Office R3.2 and above. The IP Office Phone Status application “speaks out” information about calls using the Microsoft Speech Engine. Events are spoken as they occur (in real time) or status items can be requested by pressing a key on the keyboard. Special keys can be defined to control various speaking functions. The information to be spoken is user selectable. All activities can be logged for later review.

IP OFFICE PHONE STATUS SOFTWARE

This a a client application and purchased once per IP Office control unit for all Users on the same IP Office.

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of SaleVMPro CD

700459357 VoiceMail Pro 4.2 CDCD-ROM containing the VoiceMail Pro application for IP Office. Licence keys are required to enable VoiceMail Pro functionality for the appropriate number of ports (4.2 Release).

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of SaleIP Office Admin 5 CD Set

700459357

700449457

IP Office Admin SET DVD700480569 IPO DVD R6.0 USER/ADMIN SET IP OFFICE R6.0 ADMIN DVD700472863 IPO DVD R5.0 USER/ADMIN SET IP OFFICE R5.0 ADMIN DVD700459340 IP OFFICE R4.2 ADMIN DVD700449465 IP OFFICE R4.1 ADMIN DVD

TTS CDs700478068 IPO DVD TTS SET

<---- 60 Day Free ApplicationTry-It-Buy-It License RFA

Release 6 Specific Trial RFA's229425

229441

229437

229433

229429

229443

229449

Release 5 Specific Trial RFA's189782 IP Office Preferred Edition (formerly VoiceMail Pro)

227044 IPO LIC ADVANCED RFA TRIAL195574 IPO LIC MOBILE WORKER RFA 5 TRIAL227055 IPO LIC TELEWORKER RFA 5 TRIAL227055 IPO LIC POWER USER RFA 5 TRIAL189783 IP Office Receptionist solution (for 2 Receptionists)227053 IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC AGT RFA 5 TRIAL227040 IPO LIC IP ENDPOINT RFA 5 TRIAL

IP500 Specific Trial RFA's205822205823 IP Office 500 Voice Networking

IP400/500 Trial RFA's217890 Unified Messaging Service (for 10 Users) IPO LIC UMS 10 USER TRIAL205821205820 SIP Trunking (1 Trunk)189776 VoiceMail Pro Networked Messaging

189778 Avaya Text-to-Speech (1 port)

189781 3rd party Text-to-Speech(1 port)

189786

189806 IPSec Virtual Private Networking

IPO CD 4.2 USER/ADMIN SET • One User CD• One Admin CD• One English documentation CD• One German documentation CD• One French documentation CD

IP OFFICE R4.2 ADMIN FIVE PACK CD

IPO CD 4.1 USER/ADMIN SET • One User CD• One Admin CD• One English documentation CD• One German documentation CD• One French documentation CD

IP OFFICE R4.1 ADMIN FIVE PACK CD

IPO DVD 4.2 USER/ADMIN SET IPO DVD 4.1 USER/ADMIN SET

IP OFFICE DVD TEXT TO SPEECH SET

Trial licenses allow applications to run in fully functional form for 60 days (from the date of license generation), after which time they cannot be used until upgraded at cost to the full license but can be ordered at any time during the product ownership.

IPO LIC R6 ADV EDITION TRIAL(includes 1 Supervisor and 20 Agents)IP Office - Office Worker solution (for 5 Users) for a 60-day trial period.

IPO LIC R6 OFFWORKER 5TRIAL

IP Office Mobile Worker solution (for 5 Users; formerly Mobility) for a 60-day trial period.

IPO LIC R6MOBILEWORKER 5TRIAL

IP Office Teleworker solution (for 5 Users) for a 60-daytrial period.

IPO LIC R6TELEWORKER 5TRIAL

IP Office Power User solution (for 5 Users) for a 60-day trial period.

IPO LIC R6 PWRUSER 5 TRIAL

IP Office Customer Service Supervisor solution for a 60-day trial period. (includes 1 additional Supervisor)

IPO LIC R6CUSTMR SVCSPV 1 TRIAL

IP Office Avaya IP Endpoint (for 5 endpoints) for a 60-day trial period.

IPO LIC R6 AV IPENDPOINT 5 TRIAL

Renaming of: IPO TRIAL VM PRO RFA LIC:DS

IPO LIC IP500 STD UPG TO PRO TRIAL

IPO LIC ADVANCED NTWKG TRIAL

IPO TRIAL NTWKD MSGING RFA LIC:DS IPO TRIAL AVAYA TTS RFA 1 LIC:CU IPO TRIAL 3RD PRTY TTS RFA LIC:CU

Centralized Voicemail with Avaya Messaging (Modular Messaging and Intuity AUDIX)

IPO TRIAL ACM CENTRAL VM LIC:DS IPO TRIAL IPSEC VPN RFA LIC:DS

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of SaleNOTE: The ContactStore application has a 45 day trial built into the software and therefore does not require a separate license key, but this 45 day trial runs from the date the software is installed.

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of Sale<---- CTI RFA Licenses

Computer Telephony Interface (CTI) Link171988 IP400 CTI RFA

TAPI Wav177466 IP400 TAPI WAV RFA 4

<---- Embedded VoicemailIP406 V2 and IP500 Embedded Voicemail

<---- Voicemail & VoiceMail Pro License RFAIntuity Audix behind MultiVantage/ACM

177467

VoiceMail ProBasic VoiceMail Pro with 4 Ports. IP400 VoiceMail Pro RFA

Add additional VoiceMail Pro Ports174459 Adds 2 VoiceMail Pro ports. IP400 VoiceMail Pro RFA 2174460 Adds 4 VoiceMail Pro ports. IP400 VoiceMail Pro RFA 4174461 Adds 8 VoiceMail Pro ports. IP400 VoiceMail Pro RFA 8174462 Adds 16 VoiceMail Pro ports. IP400 VoiceMail Pro RFA 16

VoiceMail Pro Networking182297

VoiceMail Pro Unified Messaging (UMS)217880

217881

217883

Text to Speech 182299 IP400 AVAYA TTS RFA 1

182303 IP400 3rd PARTY TTS RFA 1

ContactStore187166

Enables CTI Link Pro functionality (TAPILink Pro & DevLink Pro). Does not include TAPI WAV ports, add RFA 177466 for TAPI WAV ports.

Enables 4 Voice Processing ports via TAPI WAV (Requires CTI Link Pro RFA). Up to 28 ports.• IP500 requires IPO LIC IP500 IPO STD UPG TO PRO (202959) License.

See "Essential Edition above"

Enables IP Office to use Intuity Audix behind the MultiVantage/ACM (requires CLAN & Media Processor integrated to MultiVantage/ACM for IP or DS1 for T1 integrated to MultiVantage/ACM) as Centralized Voice Mail when IP Office is Qsig to MultiVantage/ACM (MultiVantage/ACM requires Qsig Supplemental). (Does Not require VoiceMail Pro).

IP400 AUDIX RFA

See "Preferred Edition above"

Enables VoiceMail Pro to inter-operate with other Avaya compliant voice messaging systems.

IP400 Networked Messaging RFA

IPO LIC VMPRO UMS 1 USER - Enables 1 user to access voicemail through the web or IMAPIPO LIC VMPRO UMS 5 USER - Enables 5 users to access voicemail through the web or IMAPIPO LIC VMPRO UMS 20 USER - Enables 20 users to access voicemail through the web or IMAP

Enables VoiceMail Pro to use Avaya/Scansoft Text To Speech (TTS) engine within VM Pro callflows (IVR) and/or for listening to Emails (MS-Exchange). One TTS RFA is required per concurrent user up to the number of licensed VM Pro ports.Enables VoiceMail Pro to use Microsoft or any other 3rd Party SAPI 5 Text To Speech (TTS) engines within VM Pro callflows (IVR) and/or for listening to Emails (MS-Exchange). One TTS RFA is required per concurrent user up to the number of licensed VM Pro ports.

IP Office ContactStore compliments VMPro recording capabilities by storing and cataloging the recordings into a database so that users can easily search and replay call recordings through a Web browser based graphical user interface (GUI). (Requires VoiceMail Pro RFA)• Required on each IP Office in an SCN• IP500 R4.2 and below requires IPO LIC IP500 IPO STD UPG TO PRO (202959) License.• Included in the IP Office Advanced Edition with IP500 R5..

IPO IP400 CONTACTSTORE FOR IPO RFA

NOTE: ContactStore has a 45 day trial built into the software and therefore does not require a separate license key. A fully featured IP Office ContactStore system can be installed and used for 45 days from the creation of the first recording.

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of Sale<---- Phone Manager License RFA

PhoneManager PRO 177468

iPhoneManager171992 IP400 IPPRO RFA 1

<---- VPN Phone Software License RFAVPN Phone License

213980 IPO LIC VPN PHONE 1 LIC $61.50

<---- 3 Rd Party End Points License RFA3rd Party IP End points

174956 IP400 IP ENDPOINT RFA 1





<---- CCC License RFACompact Contact Center (CCC)Note: CCC is "End of Sale" and not supported on Release 6.0.

Additional Supervisors171996 IP400 CCC SUP RFA

Additional Agents171995 IP400 CCC AGT RFA 5

Physical Wallboards176196 IP400 CCC Wallboard 4 RFA

<---- IPSec Licence RFAIPSec VPN

182301 IP400 IPSec VPN RFA

<---- Rack Mounts, Barrier Box, Cables & Physical WallboardsIP400 Rack Mount Kits

700210800 IP400 Rack Mounting Kit

IP500 Mountings700429202700430150

PHONE BARRIER BOX700385495

700293905

Enables PhoneManager Pro for 1 user (or 1 additional user).

IP400 PhoneManager Pro RFA 1

Enables iPhoneManager Pro (IP Soft-Phone) for 1 additional user (or 1 additional user). Requires at least the same number of PhoneManager Pro licenses (IP400 Phone Manager Pro RFA) to be installed.

enables 1 remote 46xx/56xx VPN phone to connect to IP Office

Enables 3rd party IP end points. The Avaya 4600 series hardphones do not require this license key and iPhoneManager Pro (IP Office IP Soft-Phone) is enabled separately by IPPRO RFA. Enables 1 3rd party end point (or 1 additional 3rd party end point).

Enables 3rd party IP end points for 5 end points (or 5 additional end points).Enables 3rd party IP end points for 10 end points (or 10 additional end points).Enables 3rd party IP end points for 20 end points (or 20 additional end points).Enables 3rd party IP end points for 50 end points (or 50 additional end points).

Enables an additional supervisor for Compact Contact Centre - Requires IP400 CCC SVR RFA (171994) before additional Supervisors can be added (up to 21 Supervisors in total with CCC V5 and 5 with CCC V4), including the one supervisor in CCC SVR).

Enables reporting for 5 CCC agents (or 5 additional CCC agents). (Requires CCC V5)

Provides software activation for up to 4 physical wallboards for use with the Compact Contact Centre, up to a maximum of 16. Please note that this activation does not apply to the WB 22 product. For a list of approved readerboard displays, please refer to the CCC System Administrator's Guide.

Enables IP Office and Small Office Edition to initiate and terminate L2TP and IPSec VPN tunnels

Rack Mounting Kit for 19 inch racks. These are the brackets and screws for mounting IP Office into an existing 19" rack (it is not the rack which would need to be ordered separately).For IP403, IP406V1/V2, IP412 amd IP400 Expansion Modules

IPO 500 RACK MOUNTING KIT IPO 500 WALL MOUNTING KIT

Use with Phone V2 module. Includes an RJ45 to RJ11 cable and functional earth lead.

IP400 Phone Barrier Box V2 (101V)

Flat Panel with mounting holes for 8 x Barrier Boxes on 19 inch racking

IP400 BARRIER BOX 1U PANEL

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of SaleT1/Analog CO Trunk Cable

700213440 Cable - 3 meters for BRI / PRI / T1 / Analogue Trunks.

Expansion Module Cable700213457

700472871 Only for use with the 4-Port Expansion card.

LAN Cables700213465 LAN Cable - 1 meter.

700213481 LAN Cable - 3 meters.

Wireless Keyboard - INFRARED WIRELESS KEYBOARD

<---- Power Supplies and LeadsSpare earthed 60W PSU Power Supply

700357387

Power Leads Earthed Power Cords

North, Central and South America700289770

Czech Republic, Ireland, United Kingdom.700289747

Europe and South Africa700289762

<---- 14xx IP OFFICE DIGITAL SETSIP OFFICE 14xx Digital SETS - Requires IPO release 6.0 or higher

700469927

700469851

700469869

700469968

IP400 ISDN RJ45/RJ45 3M Red

Spare Cable - For connecting Expansion Modules to Base Units - 1 meter (Cable is included in all Expansion Modules).

IP400 EXP RJ45/RJ45 1M Blue

IPO EXP CBL RJ45/RJ45 2M YELLOW

IP400 LAN RJ45/RJ45 1M GreenIP400 LAN RJ45/RJ45 3M Gray

Physical Wallboards*

Spectrum Wallboard - WALLBD 2X20 CHARS 40.2" LONG 115V SERIAL

3214C1 MSRP $2,455

Spectrum Wallboard Master Kit - MASTER KIT 115 VOLTS FOR SERIAL WALLBD

M2-MK001MSRP $295.00 M2-IK055$115.00

* Spectrum Wall Boards must be ordered directly from Spectrum:

Spare earthed 60W PSU Power Supply (Power Supply is included with Control Units & V2 expansion modules).For IP412, IP500, and V2 Expansion Units

IPO SPR - PWR SUPP EARTHED

IP412, IP500, DS16/30V2, Phone 16/30V2 and ATM16 V2 For IPO 412, IP500, and V2 Expansion Units Power Lead

Power Lead (Earthed) NEMA5-15P / CS22.2 No.42

IP412, IP500, DS16/30V2, Phone 16/30V2 and ATM16 V2 For IP412, IP500, and V2 Expansion Units Power Lead

Power Lead (Earthed) - BS1363

IP412, IP500, DS16/30V2, Phone 16/30V2 and ATM16 V2 For IP412, IP500, and V2 Expansion Units Power Lead

Power Lead (Earthed) - CEE7/7 (Schuko)

Available in April. Digital 3-button phone for IP Office only

1403 TELSETFOR IPO

Available in April. Digital 8-button phone for IP Office, Communication Manager and Integral 55

1408 TELSETFOR CM/IE/IPOUpN

Available in April. Digital 16-buttonphone for IP Office, Communication Manager and Integral 55

1416 TELSETFOR CM/IE/IPOUpN

Available in the first half of 2010. 32 button module for 1416 digital phone

BUTTON MODFOR 1400SERIES

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of Sale<---- 96xx IP OFFICE IP SETS

IP OFFICE 96xx IP SETS - Requires IPO release 6.0 or higher700461197 IP PHONE 9620 LITE WITH CHARCOAL GREY FACEPLATE

700461205

700383938

700461213

700405673

700383920

700419195 IP PHONE 9640G CHARCOAL GRAY IP PHONE 9640G GRY700462518

700461239 IP PHONE 9620 LITE WITHOUT FACEPLATE IP PHONE 9620L W/O FCPLT

700461247 IP PHONE 9620 COLOR WITHOUT FACEPLATE IP PHONE 9620C W/O FCPLT

700408602 IP PHONE 9630G WITHOUT FACEPLATE IP PHONE 9630G W/O FCPLT

700408610 IP PHONE 9640 WITHOUT FACEPLATE IP PHONE 9640 W/O FCPLT 700429095 IP PHONE 9640G WITHOUT FACEPLATES IP PHONE 9640G W/O FCPLT

700408628 IP PHONE 9650 WITHOUT FACEPLATE IP PHONE 9650 W/O FCPLT 700461254 IP PHONE 9650 COLOR WITHOUT FACEPLATE IP PHONE 9650C W/O FCPLT

700462526

700383789 IP TELEPHONE BLUETOOTH ADAPTER SBTA

700383888 IP PHONE 9630/40/50 WEDGE STAND

700446370 96XX SERIES AMPLIFIED SPEECH HANDSET ROHS

700383771 IP PHONE 9600 GIGABIT ETHERNET ADAPTER

<---- 54xx IP OFFICE DIGITAL SETSIP OFFICE 54xx DIGITAL SETS - Requires IPO release 3.0 or higher

700381981 5402 - RoHS

700382005 5410 - RoHS

700381627 5420 - RoHS

<---- 24xx ACM DIGITAL SETSDEFINITY/ACM DIGITALSETS

700381973 2402 - RoHS

700381999 2410 - RoHS

700381585 2420D - RoHS

IP PHONE 9620L CHARCOAL GRY

IP PHONE 9620 COLOR WITH CHARCOAL GREY FACEPLATE

IP PHONE 9620C CHARCOAL GRY

IP TELEPHONE 9650 AVAYA CHARCOAL GRAY 9650D01A IP PHONE 9650 GRY 9650D01A

IP PHONE 9650 COLOR WITH CHARCOAL GREY FACEPLATE

IP PHONE 9650C CHARCOAL GRY

IP TELEPHONE 9630G AVAYA CHARCOAL GRAY 9630GD01A

IP PHONE 9630G GRY 9630GD01A

IP TELEPHONE 9640 AVAYA CHARCOAL GRAY 9640D01A IP PHONE 9640 GRY 9640D01A

IP PHONE BUTTON MODULE FOR 9600 SERIES MODELS GREY

9600 SBM24 BUTTON MOD GRY

IP PHONE BUTTON MODULE FOR 9600 SERIES MODELS WITHOUT FACEPLATE

9600 SBM24 BUTTON MOD W/O FCPLT IP PHONE BLUETOOTH ADPTR SBTAIP PHONE 9630/40/50 WEDGE STAND 96XX AMPLD SPEECH HANDSET RHS IP PHONE 9600 GIGABIT ETHERNET ADPTR

IPO 5402 DCP TELSET GREY LIC:DS ROHS - Requires IPO release 3.0 or higherIP OFFICE 5410 DCP TELSET GREY LIC:DS ROHS - Requires IPO release 3.0 or higherIPO DCP TELSET 5420 D01A-2001 ROHS LIC:DS - Requires IPO release 3.0 or higher

TELSET 2402D GLOBAL DIGITAL VOICE TERMINAL - Requires IPO release 3.0 or higherTELSET 2410D GLOBAL DIGITAL VOICE TERMINAL - Requires IPO release 3.0 or higherTELSET 2420D GLOBAL DIGITAL VOICE TERMINAL - Requires IPO release 2.0 or higher

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of Sale<---- Recorder Interface Module

Recorder Interface Module700381635

700381650 TELSET MODULE ADAPTER 20B-003 TELSET MOD ADPTR 20B-003

<---- 56xx IP OFFICE IP SETS

700381965 5610SW - RoHS

700385982 5621SW RoHS

<---- EU24 Expansion Modules700381817 EU24 - RoHS

700381825

<---- 16xx IP OFFICE IP SETS 700476849 IP PHONE 1603-I BLK

700458524 IP PHONE 1603SW-I BLACK IP PHONE 1603SW-I BLK700458532 IP PHONE 1608-I BLACK IP PHONE 1608-I BLK700458540 IP PHONE 1616-I BLACK IP PHONE 1616-I BLK700458508 9-Aug-10

700415540 9-Aug-10

700415557 9-Aug-10

700450190 9-Aug-10

700415573

16XX Add-Ons700383326

700436710

700415623

700415631

The 201B Recorder Interface Module (RIM) is supported for use with 2420 and 5420 phones. It provides the phone with a 3.5mm mini-RCA jack socket for connection of recording devices. It also provides two headset sockets which can be used in place of the phones existing headset socket (the phone and the RIM sockets can not be used at the same time).To install the 201B, the phones existing stand must be removed and be replace by a 20B stand (also called the 20B Module Adapter Base). This is an expanded stand that includes two slots, into one of which the 201B can be inserted. However only one 201B is supported per phone. Use of the 20B and therefore the 201B requires the phone to be powered by a 1151C1 or 1151C2 power supply unit. Full installation instructions are included with the 20B Stand.

TELSET MODULE RECORDER INTERFACE 201B-003

IP OFFICE 56xx IP HARD PHONES - Requires IPO release 3.0 or higherIPO 5610 IP TELSET GREY LIC:DS ROHS - Requires IPO release 3.0 or higherIP OFFICE IP PHONE 5621D01A-2001 ROHS LIC:DS - Requires IPO release 3.2 or higher

EU24 - 1XU-A Expansion module - ROHS for 2420/5420, 4620/5620 and 4621/5621 - Requires IPO release 3.0 or higher or higherEU24BL - 2XU-A Expansion module - RoHS for 5621/4621SW (IP Only) - Requires IPO release 3.1 or higher

EU24BL - RoHSEOS - Nov 2, 2009!

1603-I IP PhoneBLK - Available in APAC in February (Australia/New Zealand in March),EMEA in March, NA & CALA in April

1603SW IP PHONE BLK - Ethernet cord sold separately. Local power sold separately. PoE adapter sold separately.

Supported with R5 Aug 2009 GA Release

1603 IP PHONE - Ethernet cord sold separately. Local power sold separately. PoE adapter sold separately.

Supported with 4.2 Q4 2008 Maintenance Release

1608 IP PHONE - Ethernet cord sold separately. Local power sold separately.


1616 IP PHONE - Ethernet cord sold separately. Local power sold separately.


1600 SERIES 32 BUTTON MODULE (BM32) - For 1616 only. Includes bond bridge.


CAT5 ETHERNET CORD (14 FT) For desktop usage of 1600 series phones if CAT5 cord does not exist at desktop already.CAT5 ETHERNET CORD (1FT) - For wall-mounting applications. Optional add-on for 1603 when wall-mounted. Replacement for 1608, 1616 cord included in wall-mount kits.1608 WALL MOUNT KIT - Includes 1 ft Ethernet cord and screws1616 WALL MOUNT KIT - Includes 1 ft Ethernet cord and screws

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of Sale16XX POWER ACCESSORIES

700415607

700451230 POWER ADAPTER FOR 1600 IP PHONES 5V US700451248 POWER ADAPTER FOR 1600 IP PHONES 5V UK700451255 POWER ADAPTER FOR 1600 IP PHONES 5V EU700451263 POWER ADAPTER FOR 1600 IP PHONES 5V ARGENTINA

700451271 POWER ADAPTER FOR 1600 IP PHONES 5V KOREA700451289 POWER ADAPTER FOR 1600 IP PHONES 5V CHINA700451297 POWER ADAPTER FOR 1600 IP PHONES 5V AUSTRALIA

16XX REPLACEMENT PARTS700415581 1600 SERIES BM32 CABLE - REPLACEMENT700415599

700419831

700415664

700415672

700415615

700415714 1608 FLIP STAND - REPLACEMENT700415722 1616 FLIP STAND - REPLACEMENT700432800 1600 SERIES BM32 FLIP STAND - REPLACEMENT700427495

700429707

700383821 9600/1600 SERIES 25' HANDSET CORD (GREY)700446388 16XX SERIES AMPLIFIED SPEECH HANDSET ROHS

16XX PAPER LABELS700415706

700415649

700415656

700434210

700434228

700434236

700446388 16XX SERIES AMPLIFIED SPEECH HANDSET ROHS

HEADSETS AND HEADSET ADAPTERS

1603 PoE adapter - Fits inside 1603 wedge stand to add PoE capabilities. No wall plug needed.

1600 SERIES BM32 BOND BRIDGE - REPLACEMENTIncludes screws1603 PLASTIC LABEL COVERS (10) - REPLACEMENTQuantity = 10 pieces (covers 10 phones)1608 PLASTIC LABEL COVERS (10) - REPLACEMENTQuantity = 10 pieces (covers 10 phones)1616 BM32 PLASTIC LABEL COVERS (20) - REPLACEMENTQuantity = 20 pieces (covers 10 1716s or 5 BM32s)1603 WEDGE STAND - REPLACEMENTFor desktop and wall mount configuration. Ethernet cord sold separately.

1600 SERIES HANDSET - REPLACEMENTHandset cord sold separately.1600 SERIES 9' HANDSET CORD - REPLACEMENT (BLACK)

1603 PAPER DESI LABELS - PACKAGE OF 50 LABELS (8.5" x 11")25 sheets, 2 labels per sheet. Covers 50 1703 phones.

1608 PAPER DESI LABELS - PACKAGE OF 50 LABELS (8.5" x 11")25 sheets, 2 labels per sheet. Covers 50 1708 phones.

1616 BM32 PAPER DESI LABELS - PACKAGE OF 50 LABELS (8.5" x 11")25 sheets, 4 labels per sheet. Covers 50 1716 phones (2 per phone) or 25 BM32s (4 per unit)1603 PAPER DESI LABELS - PACKAGE OF 50 LABELS (A4)25 sheets, 2 labels per sheet. Covers 50 1603 phones.

1608 PAPER DESI LABELS - PACKAGE OF 50 LABELS (A4)25 sheets, 2 labels per sheet. Covers 50 1703 phones.

1616 BM32 PAPER DESI LABELS - PACKAGE OF 50 LABELS (A4)25 sheets, 4 labels per sheet. Covers 50 1716 phones (2 per phone) or 25 BM32s (4 per unit)

16XX AMPLD SPEECH HANDSET RHS

Click to access the Avaya Headset Wizard

http://www.avaya.com/gcm/master-usa/en-us/headsets/wizard.htm

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of Sale<---- T3 IP OFFICE DIGITAL SETS (EMEA – select regions only)

Requires IPO release 3.1 or higher!T3 Compact

700380264700380298

T3 Classic700380272700380306

T3 Comfort700380280700380314

T3 DSS700380322700380330

T3 DSS Expansion700380348700380355

T3 Headset Link700380363

<---- 3810 Avaya Wireless Telephone3810 Bundle

700305105

3810 Spares and Accessories700313059 AVAYA 3810/3910 - AC Adapter for Charger AD970700313067 AVAYA 3810/3910 - Battery (1300MAH) BT2499A700313075 AVAYA 3810/3910 - Wall Mount Plate EXP9660700313083 AVAYA 3810/3910 - Belt Clip EXP9702700313091 AVAYA 3810/3910 - AC Adapter for Base Unit EXP9704700313109 AVAYA 3810/3910 - Leather Carrying Case EXP9783700313117 AVAYA 3810/3910 - Charger (w/o AC Adapter) EXP9785

<---- 36XX Avaya IP Wireless 3641 Handsets

700430408700430481 AWTS HANDSET 3641 BELT CLIP700430499 AWTS HANDSET 3641 SWIVEL BELT CLIP700430507 AWTS HANDSET BELT CLIP FOR 3641700430523 AWTS SWIVEL CASE 3641 BLK W/KYPD CVR

3645 Handsets700430416700430515 AWTS HANDSET 3645 SWIVEL BELT CLIP700430556 AWTS SWIVEL CASE 3645 BLK W/KYPD CVR

3641/3645 Handset Accessories700430424 AWTS SINGLE CHRGR FOR 3641/3645700430432 AWTS DUAL CHRGR FOR 3641/3645700430440 AWTS QUAD CHRGR FOR 3641/3645700480957 AWTS 3624x PWR SUPP QUAD CHRGR GLOB700430457 AWTS BATTERY STD FOR 3641/3645700430465 AWTS BATTERY EXTD FOR 3641/3645700430473 AWTS BATTERY ULTRA FOR 3641/3645700430549 AWTS CASE 3641/3645 RUGGED HOLSTER700430572 AWTS CORD LANYARD W/QUICK DISCONNECT700430580 AWTS COILED LANYARD W/CLOTHING CLIP700430622 AWTS USB CBL 464x DUAL CHARGER

IPO T3 TELSET COMPACT UPN DGTL BLK IPO T3 TELSET COMPACT UPN DGTL WH

IPO T3 TELSET CLASSIC UPN DGTL BLK IPO T3 TELSET CLASSIC UPN DGTL WH

IPO T3 TELSET COMFORT UPN DGTL BLK IPO T3 TELSET COMFORT UPN DGTL WH

IPO T3 TELSET DSS MOD DGTL BLK IPO T3 TELSET DSS MOD DGTL WH

IPO T3 TELSET DSS EXP MOD DGTL BLK IPO T3 TELSET DSS EXP MOD DGTL WH

IPO T3 HEADSET LINK

3810 Wireless Telephone package, includes Base Unit, 3810 Handset, Telephone cord, two (2) AC adapters, Rechargeable Battery, Belt Clip, Charger Unit and a Wall Mount Stand.

AWTS 3641 WRLS PHONE

AWTS 3645 WRLS PHONE

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of SaleProcessors/Rack Mount/Chargers/AVPP Power

AVPP700413164 AWTS NETLINK AVPP 10 RHS AVPP10 (Max.. 10 Users) SVP011A

700413172 AWTS NETLINK AVPP 20 RHS AVPP20 (Max.. 20 Users) SVP021A

700413073 AWTS NETLINK VCE PRIORITY SRVR AVPP 100 RHS SVP101ARack Mount Kit

700412976 AWTS RACK MNT KIT RHS MKR151Phone Chargers Power Supply

700480932 AWTS BATTERY CHARGER PWR SUPP (N.A.) 700480940

AVPP PWR SUP700480965

<---- 37xx IP DECT WirelessHandsets

700346802 2-Aug-10700346810700470628 2-Aug-10

Handset Accessories700346828 IP DECT CHRGR FOR 3701/3711 2-Aug-10

700430309 IP DECT PWR ADAPTR CHRGR NAR 2-Aug-10

700346885 IP DECT BELT CLIP FOR 3701/3711 2-Aug-10

700346950 IP DECT HEADSET FOR 3701/3711 2-Aug-10700346851 IP DECT RACK MNT CHRGR 3701/3711 2-Aug-10

700346869 IP DECT PWR ADPTR RACKMNT CHRGR 2-Aug-10

700436603 IP DECT USB DATA CBL FOR 3711 NAR 2-Aug-10

700436611 IP DECT LEATHER CASE FOR 3711 2-Aug-10

700436629 IP DECT LEATHER CASE FOR 3711 W/CLIP 2-Aug-10

700346950 IP DECT HEADSET FOR 3711

Base Stations - RFPNAR

700430275 IP DECT INDOOR BASE STA RFP32 NAR 2-Aug-10

700430283 IP DECT OUTDOOR BASE STA RFP34 NAR 2-Aug-10Except NAR

700346893 IP DECT INDOOR BASE STATION RFP32700346927 IP DECT OUTDOOR BASE STATION RFP34700378334 IP DECT WALL MNT FOR OUTDOOR STATION 2-Aug-10

BASE STATION ACCESSORIES700378334 IP DECT WALL MNT FOR OUTDOOR STATION

700347115 IP DECT 0.5m CBLs FOR ANTNA 2-Aug-10

700347149 IP DECT MNT FOR DIPOLE ANTNA 2-Aug-10

700347156 IP DECT OUTDOOR MNT FOR 65mm MAST 2-Aug-10

AWTS BATTERY CHARGER PWR SUPP INTEURO RHS , UK HK RHS, AUST NZ

AWTS AVPP PWR SUPP GLOBN.A., CONT EURO RHS, UK HK RHS, AUST NZ

3701 IP DECT handset - Not available in NAR3711 IP DECT handset - Except for NAR3711 IP DECT handset - Global

Universal charger cradle for 1 x 3711 handset. North America Region AC/DC power adapter for charger cradleBelt-clip accessory for 3701/3711 handset

Universal "gang" charger, enables up to 8 handsets to be charged at onceUniversal AC/DC power adapter for gang chargerProgramming cable for updating 3711 handset firmwareLeather carry case for 3711 handsetLeather carry case for 3711 handset with cliip"Comfort" headset for 3711 handset

Indoor base station. Requires external power (power over Ethernet)NOTE: Includes Antenna

Wall-mounting kit for RFP34 (bracket & screws)1.5 ft cable with TNC connectors for RFP34 antennaeAntenna mounting kit for RFP34 (plastic retainer & screws)Mast/pole mounting kit (brackets & screws) for RPF34 (pole diameter <2.6”/66mm)

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of Sale700347172 IP DECT OUTDOOR MNT FOR >65mm MAST 2-Aug-10

Power adapters700430291 IP DECT PWR ADPTR FOR RFP32 NAR

700346901 IP DECT PWR ADPTR FOR INDOOR EURO700346919 IP DECT PWR ADPTR FOR INDOOR GB700346836 IP DECT PWR ADPTR CHRGR EURO700346844 IP DECT PWR ADPTR CHRGR GB700378318 IP DECT PWR ADPTR CHRGR AU700378326 IP DECT PWR ADPTR FOR INDOOR AU

700346935 IP DECT 2 EXTL DIPOLE ANTNA 2-Aug-10700346943 IP DECT 2 EXTL BEAM ANTNA 2-Aug-10

Site Surveys Kit700436512 IP DECT SURVEY KIT W/TRIPOD NAR 2-Aug-10

700347032 IP DECT AV SITE SURVEY KIT INTL 2-Aug-10700347073 IP DECT AV SITE SURVEY KIT GB 2-Aug-10700378284 IP DECT SURVEY KIT W/CHRGR &PSU INTL 2-Aug-10700378292 IP DECT SURVEY KIT W/CHRGR & PSU GB 2-Aug-10700378300 IP DECT TRIPOD FOR SURVEY HANDSET 2-Aug-10

New IP DECT RFP Licensing

Starter KitsNorth America Starter Kit

700436538 IP DECT IPO STARTER KIT NAR LIC:CUEMEA and APAC Starter Kit

700378995 IP DECT IPO BNDL 2 STR KIT LIC:CU 2-Aug-10

Upgrade KitsNorth America Upgrade Kits

700436579 IP DECT RFP32 UPG KIT NAR LIC:CU 2-Aug-10700436595 IP DECT RFP34 UPG KIT NAR LIC:CU 2-Aug-10

EMEA and APAC Upgrade Kits700436561 IP DECT RFP32 UPG KIT INTL LIC:CU 2-Aug-10700436587 IP DECT RFP34 UPG KIT INTL LIC:CU 2-Aug-10

Classic IP DECT RFP Licensing

Mast/pole mounting kit (bracket, strap & screws) for RPF34 (diameter >2.6”/66mm)

Optional PSU for RFP32 (includes power cord)

DECT Survey Kit (NAR). Includes: custom RFP; 2 x handsets, accessories & tripod)

In IP Office 4.1, a new “Plug and Play Licensing” scheme for IP DECT is available. It “Starter Kit” includes:• a license key• two base stations• activation information

The “Starter Kit” can be expanded with the RFP32 and RFP34 Upgrade kits that

The current “Classic” license will stay available and can also be used going forward.

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of SaleRFP Mobility Manager Starters Licenses

700379027 IP DECT IPO MOBMGR 1 RFP LIC:CU 2-Aug-10

700379035 IP DECT IPO MOBMGR 2 RFP LIC:CU 2-Aug-10

700379043 IP DECT IPO MOBMGR 3-5 RFP LIC:CU 2-Aug-10

700379050 IP DECT IPO MOBMGR 6+ RFP LIC:CU 2-Aug-10

RFP Upgrade Licenses700379068 IP DECT IPO UPG TO A 2 RFP LIC:CU 2-Aug-10

700379076 IP DECT IPO UPG TO (3-5) RFP LIC:CU 2-Aug-10

700379084 IP DECT IPO UPG TO A 6+ RFP LIC:CU 2-Aug-10

IP DECT license for IPO - Enables initial installation with 1 RFP to be supportedIP DECT license for IPO - Enables initial installation with 2 RFPs to be supported

IP DECT license for IPO - Enables initial installation with 3-5 RFPs to be supportedIP DECT license for IPO - Enables initial installation with 6+ RFPs to be supported

IP DECT license for IPO - expands supported RFP from 1 to 2 - Used to upgrade 700379027IP DECT license for IPO - expands supported RFP from 2 to 3 - 5. Used to upgrade 700379035 or 700379068IP DECT license for IPO - expands supported RFP from 3 - 5 to 6+. Used to upgrade 700379043 or 700379076

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of Sale<---- 37xx IP DECT Wireless R4

Handsets700466105 DECT 3720 HANDSET

700466139 DECT 3725 HANDSET

Cradle Charger700466253

700466261

Advanced Cradle Charger700466279

700466287

700466295

700466303

Six Handset Charger700466311

Six 3725 Battery Charger700466329

Spare Battery700466683 Additional battery pack for 3720 handset

700466691 Additional battery pack for 3725 handset

Belt Clip700466568 Spare basic belt clip for 3720 and 3725 handset

700466337 Swivel belt clip for 3720 and 3725 handset

Indoor Radio Station700480080

700466394 DECT IP RBS W/INT ANTNA

Avaya 3720 DECT handset (BW display, four way navigation key, half duplex speaker phone, 2.5mm wired headset connector), standard belt clip, battery pack include, charger not includedAvaya 3725 DECT handset (Color display, five way navigation key, half duplex speaker phone, 2.5mm wired headset connector, BlueTooth headset interface, text message support, additional side keys for volume and mute), standard belt clip, battery pack included, charger not included

Charger cradle for one DECT handset (3720 and 3725 are both possible), Western European power supply included

DECT HANDSET BASIC CHRGR EU

Charger cradle for one DECT handset (3720 and 3725 are both possible), universal power supply for United Kingdom, North America and Australia included

DECT HANDSET BASIC CHRGR UK/NAR/AU

Charging cradle for one DECT handset (3720 and 3725 are both possible), contains also a USB connector and an Ethernet connector to use the charger for phone configuration either with a PC attached via standard USB cable or using the centralized management offered by the AIWS server via Ethernet

DECT HANDSET ADV CHRGR KIT EU

Same as 700466279 DECT HANDSET ADV CHRGR KIT EU but with power supply for United Kingdom

DECT HANDSET ADV CHRGR KIT UK

Same as 700466279 DECT HANDSET ADV CHRGR KIT EU but with power supply for North America

DECT HANDSET ADV CHRGR KIT NAR

Same as 700466279 DECT HANDSET ADV CHRGR KIT EU but with power supply for Australia

DECT HANDSET ADV CHRGR KIT AU

Charger to charge six DECT handsets (3720 and 3725 are both possible), contains also a USB connector and an Ethernet connector to use the charger for phone configuration either with a PC attached via standard USB cable or using the centralized management offered by the AIWS server via Ethernet, up to four Rack mount Chargers can be serially connected to the same power source with Ethernet pull through possible, universal power supply for Western Europe, United Kingdom, North America and Australia included

DECT HANDSET RACKMOUNT CHRGR KIT

Charger to charge six 3725 battery packs (not usable for 3720 battery packs), universal power supply for Western Europe, United Kingdom, North America and Australia included

DECT MULT BATTERY CHRGR KIT

DECT 3720 HANDSET BATTERY PK DECT 3725 HANDSET BATTERY PK

DECT HANDSET BASIC BELT CLIPDECT HANDSET SWIVEL BELT CLIP

DECT IP RBS COMPACT IP OFFICENA, EMEA, APACIndoor IP radio base station with internal antenna for usage with CM and IP Office only, requires external power either via separately purchased power adapter or via Power over Ethernet, for outdoor usage separate outdoor housing has to be bought separately

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of SaleOutdoor Radio Station

700466402 DECT IP RBS W/EXTL ANTNA

Radio Base Station Power Supply700466436 DECT RBS PWR SUPP UK

700466444 DECT RBS PWR SUPP EU

700466451 DECT RBS PWR SUPP US

700466469 DECT RBS PWR SUPP AU

Housing for Outdoor Radio Base Station700466477

RSB Antennas700466576

700466535

700466543

700466550

RSB Pole & Mounting Bracket700466063 DECT RBS POLE MNTG KIT

700466071 DECT RBS BRACKET KIT 10PK

Site Survey Kits700466089 EMEA Site Survey Kit DECT SITE SURVEY KIT EMEA

700466097 NAR Site Survey Kit DECT SITE SURVEY KIT NAR

700471501 DECT SITE SURVEY KIT SPARE BATTERY

700471519 DECT SITE SURVEY KIT SPARE CHARGER

Indoor IP radio base station with external antenna for usage with CM and IP Office only, two standard Omni-directional antennas included, usage not allowed in the US and Canada, requires external power either via separately purchased power adapter or via Power over Ethernet, for outdoor usage separate outdoor housing has to be bought separately

Power supply for IP and ISDN radio base stations for Western Europe, only needed if Power over Ethernet is not usedPower supply for IP and ISDN radio base stations for United Kingdom, only needed if Power over Ethernet is not usedPower supply for IP and ISDN radio base stations for North America, only needed if Power over Ethernet is not usedPower supply for IP and ISDN radio base stations for Australia, only needed if Power over Ethernet is not used

Outdoor housing for all IP and ISDN radio base stations with feed-through for data and power cable (if external power supply is used), does not have heating or lightning protection

DECT RBS OUTDOOR HOUSING

10 standard standard Omni-directional antennas (only needed as spare parts, IP and ISDN radio base stations with external antennas have two of these antennas included), usage not allowed in the US and Canada

DECT RBS STD ANTNA KIT 10PK

Directional dual antenna for usage with IP and ISDN radio base stations, usage not allowed in the US and Canada

DECT RBS DIRECTIONAL DUAL ANTNA

Directional single antenna for usage with IP and ISDN radio base stations, usage not allowed in the US and Canada

DECT RBS DIRECTIONAL SNGL ANTNA

Omni-directional single antenna for usage with IP and ISDN radio base stations, usage not allowed in the US and Canada

DECT RBS OMNIDIRECTIONAL DUAL ANTNA

Mounting kit for mounting the outdoor housing on a pole with a circumference of up to 750 mm 10 mounting brackets for IP and ISDN radio base stations (only needed as spare parts, all IP and ISDN radio base stations have one bracket included)

DECT SITE SURVEY KIT SPR BATTERYDECT SITE SURVEY KIT SPR CHRGR

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of SaleServer Licensing

700466493 DECT AIWS BASIC

700477466 DECT AIWS BASIC+

700471527 DECT AIWS STD

700471535 DECT AIWS OAP

700471543 DECT AIWS ENTPRS MGMT

AIWS Power Supply700471550 DECT AIWS SPR PSU (UNI)

Handset Carry Case700471576 Leather carry case for the 3720 handset

700471584 Leather carry case for the 3725 handset

SARI Certificate700471568 DECT SARI CERTIFICATE

Spare Headset connector Plugs700471592

<---- 62xx Avaya ANALOG SETSAvaya 6200 Analog Telephone (North America)

6211700287642700287667

6219700058662

6221700287717700287758

DECT AVAYA INBUILDING WIRELESS SERVER BASIC - Server hardware plus preinstalled set of licenses (see details in product description), universal power supply for Western Europe, United Kingdom, North America and Australia includedDECT AVAYA INBUILDING WIRELESS SERVER BASIC+ Server hardware plus preinstalled set of licenses (see details in product description), universal power supply for Western Europe, United Kingdom, North America and Australia includedDECT AVAYA INBUILDING WIRELESS SERVER STANDARD - Server hardware plus preinstalled set of licenses (see details in product description), universal power supply for Western Europe, United Kingdom, North America and Australia includedDECT AVAYA INBUILDING WIRELESS SERVER OPEN APPLICATION PROTOCOL - Server hardware plus preinstalled set of licenses (see details in product description), universal power supply for Western Europe, United Kingdom, North America and Australia includedDECT AVAYA INBUILDING WIRELESS SERVER ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT - Server hardware plus preinstalled set of licenses (see details in product description), universal power supply for Western Europe, United Kingdom, North America and Australia included

DECT AVAYA INBUILDING WIRELESS SERVER SPARE UNIVERSAL PSU - Universal power supply for Western Europe, United Kingdom, North America and Australia for AIWS server

DECT HANDSET LEATHER CASE 3720DECT HANDSET LEATHER CASE 3725

DECT SARI CERTIFICATE - SARI (Secondary Access Rights Identifier) printed on paper, unique identifier needed once per DECT installation, can be use for multiple sites within one installation

DECT 372x SPARE HEADSET PLUG 5 PACK -5 spare plugs to cover the headset connector of the 3720 and 3725

DECT 372x SPR HEADSET PLUG 5PK

TELSET ANALOG 6211 GLOBAL WHITETELSET ANLG 6211 GLOBAL GRY

TELSET 6219 GRAY ANALOG USA - FCC ENGLISH

TELSET ANALOG 6221 GLOBAL WHITETELSET ANLG 6221 GLOBAL GRY

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of Sale<---- Interquartz Gemini Analog Phones (EMEA and APAC)

<---- Replacement and Specialty Handsets 16xx Series

700446388 1600 Amplified Speech Handset- RoHS

700427495 1600 SERIES HANDSET - REPLACEMENT

700410004 HANDSET REPLACEMENT AK1D DARK GRAY ROHS AK1D-1001 700229727700229735700229743

108216177

407327170 2523A <---- Replacement Long Handset Cords

Handset Cords - 24XX, 46XX, 54XX and 56XX 108004359 Handset Cords 9ft Gray H4DU108004367 Handset Cords 12ft Gray H4DU

<---- Power for IP Hard PhonesStand alone Power Adapters

Without Battery Back-Up700434897

700356447

With Battery Back-Up700434905

700356454

9330-AV offers incredible value for money without compromising on quality. Its stylish new design and rugged build quality are sure to make it a popular choice for buyers on a limited budget.9335-AV offers a whole host of benefits to business users and homeworkers including Caller ID, handsfree and headset compatibility, all for a very reasonable price.9281 AV - A dedicated hotel guest-room handset for the IP Office

To order these phones, please contact your local authorised Interquartz distributor, or Interquartz.Interquartz (UK) Ltd, Pennine House, Salford Street,BURY, Lancashire, BL9 6YA, United Kingdom.Tel: +44 (0)161 763 3122 Fax: +44 (0)161 763 4029Email: [email protected]: www.interquartz.co.uk

Amplified Handset for 1600 Series PhonesHandset cord sold separately.

2400 Series, 4601, 4602, 4610, 4620, PARTNER® refresh(6D, 18D & 34D), 5400s & 5600s use the same as 2400s and 4600s

Push-to-Talk - Dark Gray AK5A-1001 Amplified VARIABLE VOLUME - Dark Gray AK6A-1001 Noisy Location - Dark Gray AK8A-1001 6400 Series, 6200 Series, 302D, 4606, 4612, 4624, 4630, 44xx series, PARTNER® ETR(7311*, 7515*) HANDSET BLACK 150 OHM AB1C-003 2500, 2554, 8100 Series, 8400 Series, 8500 Series Amplified Hearing Handset-Black

Note: The stand alone Power Supply is required for Digital sets when used inconjuction with XM24 or

POWER SUPPLY 1151D1 TERMINAL POWER WITH CAT 5 CABLE - For IP Hard Phone and not Digital Set and requires appropriate power cordPOWER SUPPLY 1151C1 TERMINAL POWER WITH CAT 5 CABLE - For IP Hard Phone or Digital Set and requires appropriate power cord

POWER SUPPLY 1151D2 TERMINAL POWER WITH BATTERY AND CAT 5 CABLE - For IP Hard Phone and not Digital Set and requires appropriate power cordPOWER SUPPLY 1151C2 TERMINAL POWER WITH BATTERY AND CAT 5 CABLE - For IP Hard Phone or Digital Set and requires appropriate power cord

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model NPL End of SaleCountry Power Cords

405362641 US Plug (15A, 120V) 17505407786623 Europe Plug (10A) 12013S407786599 UK Plug (10A) 14012407786631 Australia/NZ (10A) Plug 15012407790591 India Plug (10A) SPC-P250CIM408161453 Argentina

Mid-Span Power Distribution Units24 Ports

700409717 MIDSPAN POE - 24 PORT WITH SNMP - RoHS48 Ports

700414253

<---- Integrated Management for IP Office

205701

205700

205838

197476

<---- Gigabit AdapterGigabit Ethernet Adapter

700383771 IP PHONE 9600 GIGABIT ETHERNET ADAPTER

48 Port – 19” Rack Mounted PowerView Pro Managed and Secure

MIDSPAN POE - 48 PORT WITH SNMP - ROHS

Avaya Integrated Management for IP Office works with Avaya IP Office Manager to provide a complete management solution for enterprises with distributed IP Office deployments. Designed for retailers, financial firms and other enterprises that deploy groups of locations with similarly configured hardware and dial plans, Avaya Integrated Management can significantly reduce total cost of operations by centralizing management for key ongoing management, provisioning, and maintenance tasks.* Note: Only supported with IP Office Release 4.1 and AIM 4.1. AIM 5.2.1 (scheduled for Nov 2009) will support IP Office 5.0)

Integrated Management for IP Office - 50 licenses Avaya Integrated Management for IP Office for up to 50 sites Integrated Management for IP Office - 100 licenses Avaya Integrated Management for IP Office for up to 100 sites Integrated Management for IP Office - 1000 licensesAvaya Integrated Management for IP Office for up to 1000 sites

Integrated Management for IP Office - 2500 licensesAvaya Integrated Management for IP Office for up to 2500 sites

IP PHONE 9600 GIGABIT ETHERNET ADPTR

document.xls

10. DISCONTINUED MODELS Page 91

SAP Code Description Model End of Sale

<---- IP 400 Base ModulesAVAYA™ IP OFFICE PRODUCT LINE LIST

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model End of Sale<---- Internal Daughter Cards, Interface Cards and PCMCIA card

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model End of Sale<---- IP 400 Expansion Modules

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model End of Sale<---- IPO 500 Control Unit, Modules and Cards

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model End of Sale<---- IPO Small Office Edition Expansion Options<---- IP Office Applications, Feature Keys & CDs

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model End of Sale<---- 60 Day Free ApplicationTry-It-Buy-It License RFA<---- Avaya Unified Communications for Small Business<---- SoftConsole Remote Feature Activation (RFA) Licenses

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model End of Sale<---- 40 User Vertical Pack Bundle

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model End of Sale<---- 80 User Vertical Pack Bundle

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model End of Sale<---- <---- <---- <---- Avaya Unified Communications for Small Business<---- Embedded Voicemail

Remote Voice Access to Data S/W Pack Bundle Contact Center S/W Pack Bundle Productivity S/W Pack Bundle

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model End of Sale<---- Voicemail & VoiceMail Pro License RFA<---- Conferencing Center License RFA<---- Phone Manager License RFA

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model End of Sale<---- VPN Phone Software License RFA<---- 3 Rd Party End Points License RFA<---- CBC & CCC License RFA<---- MS-CRM RFA<---- WiFi Access Point, MS-CRM & VPN Licence RFA

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model End of Sale<---- Rack Mounts, Barrier Box, Cables & Physical Wallboards<---- Power Supplies and Leads<---- Mobility License RFA (Previously Mobile Twinning)<---- IP OFFICE 54xx DIGITAL SETS

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model End of Sale<---- 44xx Merlin Magix DIGITAL SETS<---- 24xx ACM DIGITAL SETS<---- 64xx ACM DIGITAL SETS<---- IP OFFICE 56xx IP SETS

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model End of Sale<---- 46xx ACM IP SETS<---- EU24 Expansion Modules<---- 16xx IP OFFICE IP SETS

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model End of Sale<---- 3810 Avaya Wireless Telephone<---- TransTalk 9040<---- Avaya 36XX IP Wireless

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model End of Sale<---- 37xx IP DECT Wireless

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model End of Sale<---- Recorder Interface Module<---- Replacement and Specialty Handsets

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model End of Sale<---- Replacement Long Handset Cords<---- Power for IP Hard Phones<---- Gigabit Adapter

document.xls


SAP Code Description Model End of Sale<---- CSU/DSU and Cables

11. IPO LICENSE DESCRIPTIONS


IP Office License DescriptionsDescription Type Category Action

IP Office Upgrade License229421 IPO LIC UPG R6.0 SML System Toggle

229420 IPO LIC UPG R6.0 System Toggle

229422 IPO LIC UPG R6 TO R10 System Toggle Allows any Release from 6.x to 10.x inclusive to run.

IP Office Group Collaboration Licenses171991 System Toggle

227043 System Toggle

229424 System Toggle

Essential Edition Additional Voicemail Ports License (IP500 V2 only)229423 IPO LIC R6 ESSNTL EDITION ADD 2 System Cumulative

MOBILE WORKER - R6 and Higher229434 IPO LIC R6 MOBILE WORKER 1 User Each User

229435 IPO LIC R6 MOBILE WORKER 5 User Each User

229436 IPO LIC R6 MOBILE WORKER 20 User Each User

Material Code

Upgrading IP500V1 only from R4.0 to R5.0 to Release 6 – up to 32 users. Single control unit with no external expansion modules.

Upgrading from R5 or earlier to Release 6 – more than 32 users and/or external expansion module(s).

R5 and higher Preferred Edition: IPO LIC PREFRD (VM PRO) RFA LIC:DS

Enables 4 ports of VoiceMail Pro, advanced messaging, multi-level automated attendant, secure meet-me conferencing call recording, conditional call routing,Text to Speech (TTS) for e-mail reading for users with appropriate User profiles and· queue announcements

R5 Only Advanced Edition: IPO LIC R6 ADV EDITION RFA LIC:DS

Enables IP Office Customer Call Reporting (CCR 1 Supervisor), ContactStore Call Recording Library, Interactive Voice Response (IVR) with external databases, Visual Basic Scripting, 8 ports of Text-to-Speech (TTS) to allow database queries using IVR to be read over the phone. The Advanced Edition needs a valid Preferred Edition license as a pre-requisite to run.

R6 and higher Advanced Edition: IPO LIC R6 ADV EDITION RFA LIC:DS

Enables IP Office Customer Call Reporting (CCR 1 Supervisor), ContactStore Call Recording Library, Interactive Voice Response (IVR) with external databases, Visual Basic Scripting, 8 ports of Text-to-Speech (TTS) to allow database queries using IVR to be read over the phone. The Advanced Edition needs a valid Preferred Edition license as a pre-requisite to run.

Release 6 onwards each IP500 V2 system supports Essential Edition by default with 2 ports of voicemail enabled. This can be expanded up to 6 channels through licenses in steps of two.

1 User enabling Mobility including Mobile Twinning, Mobile Call Control and one-X Mobile Client support and 3rd party Text-to-Speech (TTS)

5 Users enabling Mobility including Mobile Twinning, Mobile Call Control and one-X Mobile Client support and 3rd party Text-to-Speech (TTS)

20 Users enabling Mobility including Mobile Twinning, Mobile Call Control and one-X Mobile Client support and 3rd party Text-to-Speech (TTS)



MOBILE WORKER - R5 Only195569 IPO LIC MOBILE WORKER RFA 1 User Each User Renaming of Mobile Twinning, each user has 1 license for 3rd party TTS

195570 IPO LIC MOBILE WORKER RFA 5 User Each User Renaming of Mobile Twinning, each user has 5 license for 3rd party TTS

195572 IPO LIC MOBILE WORKER RFA 20 User Each User Renaming of Mobile Twinning, each user has 20 license for 3rd party TTS

OFFICE WORKER - R6 and Higher229438 IPO LIC R6 OFF WORKER RFA 1 User Each User

229439 IPO LIC R6 OFF WORKER RFA 5 User Each User

229440 IPO LIC R6 OFF WORKER RFA 20 User Each User

TELEWORKER - R6 and Higher227047 IPO LIC TELE WORKER RFA 1 User Each User

227054 IPO LIC TELE WORKER RFA 5 User Each User


TELEWORKER - R5 only227047 IPO LIC TELE WORKER RFA 1 User Each User



Power User - R6 and Higher229426 IPO LIC R6 PWR USER 1 User Each User

229427 IPO LIC R6 PWR USER 5 User Each User

1 User enabling one-X Portal for IP Office (with Telecommuter mode disabled) and Unified Messaging Service (web and email access to voicemail)5 Users enabling one-X Portal for IP Office (with Telecommuter mode disabled) and Unified Messaging Service (web and email access to voicemail)20 Users enabling one-X Portal for IP Office (with Telecommuter mode disabled) and Unified Messaging Service (web and email access to voicemail)

1 User enabling a user to use one-X Portal for IP Office, Unified Messaging Service (web and email access to voicemail) and IP Office Video Softphone.

5 Users enabling them to use one-X Portal for IP Office, Unified Messaging Service (web and email access to voicemail) and IP Office Video Softphone.

20 Users enabling them to use one-X Portal for IP Office, Unified Messaging Service (web and email access to voicemail) and IP Office Video Softphone.

1 User enabling a user to use the VPN phone, Phone Manager Pro and one-X Portal for IP Office.5 Users enabling a user to use the VPN phone, Phone Manager Pro and one-X Portal for IP Office.20 Users enabling a user to use the VPN phone, Phone Manager Pro and one-X Portal for IP Office.

1 User enabling use one-X Portal for IP Office and the IP Office Video Softphone. UMS functionality for voicemail/email integration is also enabled, providing synchronization with any IMAP e-mail client (this requires Preferred Edition).5 Users enabling use one-X Portal for IP Office and the IP Office Video Softphone. UMS functionality for voicemail/email integration is also enabled, providing synchronization with any IMAP e-mail client (this requires Preferred Edition).



229428 IPO LIC R6 PWR USER 20 User Each User

Power User - R5 only227047 IPO LIC TELE WORKER RFA 1 User Each User



RECEPTIONIST171987 IPO LIC RECEPTIONIST RFA 1 LIC:DS System Toggle Enables the 1instance of the receptionist

Customer Service Agent217650 IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC AGT RFA 1 LIC:CU User Each User Adds one CCR agent to the system217651 IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC AGT RFA 5 LIC:CU User Each User Adds 5 more CCR agent to the system217653 IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC AGT RFA 20 LIC:CU User Each User Adds 20 more CCR agent to the system

Customer Service Supervisor - R6 and Higher229442 IPO LIC R6 CUSTMR SVC SPV 1 System Cumulative

Customer Service Supervisor - R5 Only217655 IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC SPV RFA 1 LIC:CU System Cumulative Adds one CCR supervisor to the system217656 IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC SPV RFA 10 LIC:CU System Cumulative Adds 10 more CCR supervisor to the system217657 IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC SPV RFA 20 LIC:CU System Cumulative Adds 20 more CCR supervisor to the system

CCC to CCR Migration217658 IPO LIC CUSTMR CUSTMR CALL REPORTER UPG LIC System Toggle

Phone Manager177468 IPO LIC IP400 PMGR PRO RFA 1 LIC:CU User Each User Enables 1 user to access Phone Manager Pro171992 IPO LIC PMGR SFTPHN RFA 1 LIC:CU User Each User Enables 1 user to use the Phone Manager SoftPhone

Additonal VoiceMail Pro Ports174459 IPO LIC IP400 VM PRO RFA 2 LIC:CU System Cumulative Adds 2 more ports to VoiceMail Pro174460 IPO LIC IP400 VM PRO RFA 4 LIC:CU System Cumulative Adds 4 more ports to VoiceMail Pro174461 IPO LIC IP400 VM PRO RFA 8 LIC:CU System Cumulative Adds 8 more ports to VoiceMail Pro174462 IPO LIC IP400 VM PRO RFA 16 LIC:CU System Cumulative Adds 16 more ports to VoiceMail Pro

UMS Web Services Licenses217880 IPO LIC VMPRO UMS 1USER User Each User

20 Users enabling use one-X Portal for IP Office and the IP Office Video Softphone. UMS functionality for voicemail/email integration is also enabled, providing synchronization with any IMAP e-mail client (this requires Preferred Edition).

1 User enabling a user to use the VPN phone, Phone Manager Pro and one-X Portal for IP Office.5 Users enabling a user to use the VPN phone, Phone Manager Pro and one-X Portal for IP Office.20 Users enabling a user to use the VPN phone, Phone Manager Pro and one-X Portal for IP Office.

This supervisor license enables a supervisor to use IP Office Customer Call Reporter

This upgrade license will convert ALL Compact Contact Center (CCC) licenses to Customer Call Reporter (CCR). This includes all supervisors and agents.

Enables IMAP email client and web browser integration with VoiceMail Pro for 1 user



217881 IPO LIC VMPRO UMS 5 USER User Each User

217883 IPO LIC VMPRO UMS 20 USER User Each User

VoiceMail Pro Add-ons182297 IPO LIC IP400 NTWKD MSGING RFA LIC:DS System Toggle

187166 IPO LIC CONTACTSTORE RFA LIC:DS System Toggle Enables the use of ContactStore for recordings management182298 IPO LIC IP400 3RD PRTY IVR RFA LIC:DS System Cumulative

182299 IPO LIC IP400 AVAYA TTS RFA 1 LIC:CU System Cumulative

IP500 Universal PRI Additional Channel Licenses215180 IPO LIC IP500 T1 ADD 2CH System Cumulative Enables 2 more channels on the IP500 T1 interface215181 IPO LIC IP500 T1 ADD 8CH System Cumulative Enables 8 more channels on the IP500 T1 interface215182 IPO LIC IP500 T1 ADD 32CH System Cumulative Enables 32 more channels on the IP500 dual T1 interface215183 IPO LIC IP500 E1 ADD 2CH System Cumulative Enables 2 more channels on the IP500 E1 PRI interface215184 IPO LIC IP500 E1 ADD 8CH System Cumulative Enables 8 more channels on the IP500 E1 PRI interface215185 IPO LIC IP500 E1 ADD 22CH System Cumulative Enables 22 more channels on the IP500 E1 PRI interface215186 IPO LIC IP500 E1R2 ADD 2CH System Cumulative Enables 2 more channels on the IP500 E1R2 interface215187 IPO LIC IP500 E1R2 ADD 8CH System Cumulative Enables 8 more channels on the IP500 E1R2 interface215188 IPO LIC IP500 E1R2 ADD 22CH System Cumulative Enables 22 more channels on the IP500 E1R2 interface

IP500 Voice Compression Module Licenses - R4.0 to R5.0202961 IPO LIC IP500 VCM LIC 4 CH System Cumulative Adds 4 more VCM channels to the VCM32 or VCM64 cards202962 IPO LIC IP500 VCM LIC 8 CH System Cumulative Adds 8 more VCM channels to the VCM32 or VCM64 cards202963 IPO LIC IP500 VCM LIC 16 CH System Cumulative Adds 16 more VCM channels to the VCM32 or VCM64 cards202964 IPO LIC IP500 VCM LIC 28 CH System Cumulative Adds 28 more VCM channels to the VCM32 or VCM64 cards202965 IPO LIC IP500 VCM LIC 60 CH System Cumulative Adds 60 more VCM channels to the VCM64 cards

IP500 Voice Networking Licenses205650 IPO LIC IP500 VCE NTWKG ADD 4 LIC:CU System Cumulative

SIP TRUNKING202967 IPO LIC SIP TRNK RFA 1 System Cumulative Enables 1 SIP trunk on the IP Office Ethernet port202968 IPO LIC SIP TRNK RFA 5 System Cumulative Enables 5 SIP trunks on the IP Office Ethernet port202969 IPO LIC SIP TRNK RFA 10 System Cumulative Enables 10 SIP trunks on the IP Office Ethernet port202970 IPO LIC SIP TRNK RFA 20 System Cumulative Enables 20 SIP trunks on the IP Office Ethernet port

Enables IMAP email client and web browser integration with VoiceMail Pro for 5 usersEnables IMAP email client and web browser integration with VoiceMail Pro for 20 users

Enables VoiceMail Pro to exchange messages with other Avaya voicemail systems

Enables VoiceMail Pro to work with a 3rd party data base for Interactive Voice Response.Enables VoiceMail Pro to offer a Text-to-Speech using the Avaya library, each sesion being a service that can be used by many users but only one session per user at a time

Enables the IP500 to connect to other systems using H.323 or SCN (using up to 4 concurrent connections for outbound calls) or Q.sig (unlimited outbound calls). Four (4) additional concurrent connections can be added this this same license.



Avaya IP Endpoint Licenses229444 IPO LIC R6 AV IP ENDPOINT 1 LIC:CU User Each User Enables 1 Avaya IP Endpoint License.229445 IPO LIC R6 AV IP ENDPOINT 5 LIC:CU User Each User Enables 5 Avaya IP Endpoint Licenses.229447 IPO LIC R6 AV IP ENDPOINT 20 LIC:CU User Each User Enables 20 Avaya IP Endpoint Licenses.

3rd Party IP Endpoint Licenses174956 IPO LIC IP400 IP ENDPOINT RFA 1 LIC:CU User Cumulative Enables 1 3rd Party IP phone to register with IP Office call control

174957 IPO LIC IP400 IP ENDPOINT RFA 5 LIC:CU User Cumulative Enables 5 3rd Party IP phones to register with IP Office call control




Other System Licenses171988 IPO LIC IP400 CTI RFA LIC:DS System Toggle177466 IPO LIC IP400 TAPI WAV RFA 4 LIC:CU System Cumulative Enables 4 ports for voice streaming once 171988 is enabled.182301 IPO LIC IP400 IPSEC VPN RFA LIC:DS System Toggle Turns on IPSec encryption for wide area interfaces over IP177467 IPO LIC IP400 ACM CENTRAL VM LIC:DS System Toggle

CCC171996 IPO LIC IP400 CCC SPV RFA LIC:CU System Cumulative

171995 IPO LIC IP400 CCC AGT RFA 5 LIC:CU User Cumulative

176196 IPO LIC IP400 CCC WALLBRD 4 RFA LIC:CU User Cumulative

VPN Phone - Not required R6 and Higher213980 IPO LIC VPN PHONE 1 LIC:CU User Each User

Enables 3rd party TAPI software to control calls on IP Office.

Enables the use of a centralised Intuity Audix system in place of VoiceMail Pro

Adds one CCC supervisor to the system on IP Office running R5 and below.

Enables 5 additional agents to be reported on by a supervisor on IP Office running R5 and below.Enables 4 Wallboards to connect to the CCC server on IP Office running R5 and below.

Enables the use of IPSec encryption software on the Avaya 5610 and 5621 telephones to encrypt calls over public IP connections.



Trial – enables the feature for 60 days, starting from when the license is activated on ADI.189782 IPO LIC PREFRD (VM PRO) RFA TRIAL System Toggle Enables 4 ports of VoiceMail Pro229425 IPO LIC R6 ADV EDITION TRIAL LIC:DS System Toggle

229429 IPO LIC R6 PWR USER 5 TRIAL LIC:CU User Each User Enables R6 Power User trial for 5 Users227053 System Cumulative

229449 IPO LIC R6 CUSTMR SVC SPV 1 TRIAL System Cumulative Enables R6 CCR Supervisor trial for 1 User229433 IPO LIC R6 TELEWORKER 5 TRIAL:CU User Each User Enables R6 Teleworker trial for 5 Users229437 IPO LIC R6 MOBILE WORKER 5 TRIAL CU User Each User Enables R6 Mobile Worker trial for 5 Users229441 IPO LIC R6 OFF WORKER 5 TRIAL CU User Each User Enables R6 Office Worker trial for 5 Users189783 IPO LIC RECEPTIONIST RFA 1 TRIAL System Toggle Enables the 1instance of the receptionist189776 IPO TRIAL NTWKD MSGING RFA LIC:DS System Toggle

189778 IPO TRIAL AVAYA TTS RFA 1 LIC:CU System Cumulative Enables VoiceMail Pro to offer Text-to-Speech using an Avaya library

189786 IPO TRIAL ACM CENTRAL VM LIC:DS System Toggle Enables the use of a centralised Voicemail system in place of VoiceMail Pro

189806 IPO TRIAL IPSec VPN RFA LIC:DS System Toggle Turns on IPSec encryption for wide area interfaces over IP205820 IPO LIC SIP TRUNKING TRIAL RFA 1 System Cumulative Enables 1 SIP trunk on the IP Office Ethernet port205823 IPO LIC IP500 VCE NTWK START 4 TRIAL System Toggle

229449 IPO LIC R6 AV IP ENDPOINT 5 TRIAL User Each User Enables R6 Avaya IP Endpoint trial for 5 Users227040 IPO LIC IP ENDPOINT RFA 5 TRIAL System Toggle Enables R6 3rd Party IP Endpoint trial for 5 Users217890 IPO TRIAL UMS 10 USER User Each User

Notes: Type:

Category:

Enables R6 Advanced Edition trial with one CCR Supervisor and 20 CCR Agents.

IPO LIC R5 CUSTMR SVC AGT RFA 5 TRIAL Adds 5 more CCR agent to an IP Office system running on R5 only.

Enables VoiceMail Pro to exchange messages with other Avaya voicemail systems

Enables the IP500 to connect to other systems using H.323 or SCN (up to 4 concurrent connections) or Q.sig (unlimited connections),

Enables IMAP email client and web browser integration with VoiceMail Pro for 10 users

System license - shared resource by many users on the systemUser License - exclusive to selected users

Toggle license - license is either ON or OFFCumulative license - can be added together to give a total resourceEach user - a license that is allocated to specific users

12. APPLICATION PC REQUIREMENTS


Applications Intel Pentium Intel Celeron AMD NotesMin PC Resourses

Not tested

Not tested

Not tested

Server Applications dependencies: (See Note 1, 2 and 3 below)VoiceMail Lite(EOS- 8/3/2009)

256MB RAM Any - 1.4GHz clock speed

Any - 1.7GHz clock speed


Attempting to run the applications on lower specification PC’s may cause degradation of operation and will not be supported.

VoiceMail ProStandalone

256MB RAM, Hard Disk Free Space 2 GB*




To avoid replacing the server when adding new applications we recommend that a Pentium 4 2.8GHz (or equivalent) is used when possible.

VoiceMail Pro +UMS Web Voicemail and/orCampaigns

512MB RAM, Hard Disk Free Space 2 GB*

Pentium 4 2.8GHz clock speed

Athlon XP 3000+All Athlon 64 chips are supported

• Both Web Campaigns and UMS Web Voicemail require the IIS web server on the voicemail server PC to be enabled. • Windows 2008 Server IIS does not support legacy IIS applications such as Campaigns by default. This is rectified by reinstalling IIS from the Windows installation disk, and selecting Legacy IIS support. • UMS Web Voicemail will install PHP is not detected as already installed.

VoiceMail Pro +Customer Call Reporter

Supported on a Dual Core CPU of 2.4Ghz and higher. The separate requirements of Voicemail Pro and Customer Call Reporter must be meet.

Voicemail Pro and IP Office Customer Call Reporter can be run on the same server up to a maximum of 16 Voicemail Pro ports.

VoiceMail Pro +IVRTTS

512MB RAMHard Disk Free Space Min 20 GB*drive


Athlon XP 3000+ All Athlon 64 chips are supported

If the database being queried is located on the VM Pro server the query speed of the database will be affected by the amount of memory available. Please take into account the memory requirements of the database being queried.

VoiceMail Pro +ContactStore

512MB RAM20GB drive.



If run on the same PC as the VoiceMail Pro, apart from meeting the requirements of VoiceMail Pro:· ContactStore must use a separate disk partition from VoiceMail Pro.




Not tested

Not tested

Not tested

Not tested

ContactStoreStandalone

512MB RAM10GB drive.



The sizing guidelines given assume a sustained recording load of up to 15 concurrent recordings and a moderate replay load of up to 5 concurrent replays.

VoiceMail Pro +Compact ContactCenter V5CCC (EOS-2/3/2010)

512MB RAMMin10GB*drive

Any Dual Core CPU of 2.4Ghz and higher. The separate requirements of Voicemail Pro and CCC must be meet.


VM Pro and CCC can be run on the sameserver up to a maximum of 25 agents, 8ports of VM Pro.

Customer Call Reporter

2GB (4GB recommended). Hard Disk Free Space 30GB

D945 Dual Core AMD Athlon 64 4000+

Also requires MS-SQL 2005.If installing a licensed edition of MS-SQL 2005 on the IP Office Customer Call Reporter server PC the separate requirements of the MS-SQL 2005 must be meet.

Compact ContactCenterStandalone(EOS-2/3/2010)

512MB RAM20 GB drive.

Any -1.4GHzclockspeed


Any -1.4GHzclock speed

ConferencingCenter(EOS-2/8/2010)

512MB RAMMin 80GBfree diskspace

Pentium 42.8GHzclockspeed


Windows XP Professional, 2000 Professional can be used but would typically support a maximum of 10 web clients. To support more than 10 clients a server with IIS will be required. Any Dual Core CPU of 2.4Ghz and higher is supported.

one-X Portal for IP Office

2GB RAM10GB free disk space

D945 Dual Core Not tested AMD Athlon 64 4000+

one-X Portal is only supported as an installation on a bespoke (standalone) server, it cannot be installed with other server applications

Delta Server(SMDR)See Note 1

256MB RAMMin 10GBfree diskspace.IE5.5 orhigher




The Delta Server and CBC can be installed on either the same PC or on separate PC's. In both cases these are the minimum PC specifications.

Feature KeyServer PC See Note 1

256MB RAM1MB free diskspace.

Pentium III 800MHz clock speed

Celeron 3 800Mhz clock speed

Athlon B 650MHz clock speed

Feature key server is not required for IP Office systems with a serial port dongle attached directly to the IP Office control unit or for IP500 systems.




*Also allow 1MB per minute for message and prompt storage.

Note 1:

Note 2:

Server PC Consolidation:The VoiceMail Pro server application with all its components can be installed on a single server PC together with the Avaya one-X Portal for IP Office server application and the customer Call Reporter application. For this scenario the followinglimits have to be considered:

Note 3: • A maximum of eight VoiceMail Pro ports (with a maximum of four ports TTS)• A maximum of 50 one-X Portal for IP Office users• A maximum of 30 Customer Service Agents• A maximum of 500 calls per hour

Features No Longer Supported:In addition to the ending of Voicemail Lite support in IP Office Release 5, the following applications are no longer supported in IP Office Release 6. • Delta Server • Customer Contact Center (CCC) • Compact Business Center (CBC) • Conferencing Center • Feature Key Server • Call Status

Virtual Server Support:For IP Office Release 6, all applications supported on Windows server operating systems are supported while running on the following virtual servers: • VMWare.• Microsoft Virtual Server. • Microsoft Server Hyper-V.




Key:

Client Applications dependencies:

ANY ANY ANY

800Mhz Celeron3 800Mhz. Athlon B 650MHz.

800MHz

ANY ANY ANY

VM Lite – VoiceMail Lite

VM Pro – VoiceMail Pro

IMS – Integrated Messaging Pro

CM – Campaign Manager

CCC – Compact Contact CenterCCR – Customer Call Reporter

TTS – Text To Speech

IVR – Third Party Database Access

CS – ContactStoreEOS - End of Sale

CBC – Compact Business Center

UMS – Unified Messaging Service

IP Office Softphone

Minimum: 1 GB RAMOptimal: 2 GB RAM

50 MB of free disk space

Minimum: Pentium 4 2.4 GHz or equivalent.Optimal: Intel Core 2 Duo or equivalent, Video Card with DirectX 9.0c support.

Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 or later. Sound Card: • Full-duplex, 16-bit or use USB headset Multimedia Device Requirements:The IP Office Softphone requires both speakers and a microphone to make calls. Any of the following configurations are acceptable:• External speakers and microphone • Built-in speakers and microphone • Dual-jack multimedia headset • USB multimedia headset • USB phone.Video Cameras:Calls made with the IP Office Softphone will work without a video camera, but a video camera is necessary to allow other parties to see your image. The IP Office Softphone will work with most USB video cameras.

Conferencing Web Client(EOS-2/8/2010)

Internet Explorer 6.0 or above

Any desktop machine can be used as longas it is capable of running IE6

Phone ManagerLite/Pro

64MB RAMand 160 Mbof free diskspace

A sound card is needed if audio features are required.

Phone Manager PC SoftPhone

128MB RAM1GB free disk space.

Celeron3 800Mhz. Athlon B 650MHz. Phone Manager Pro PC Softphone also requires the user PC to have a speaker and microphone installed and the user associated with an IP extension on the IP Office.

Receptionist (formerly SoftConsole)

64MB RAMwith 1GB offree diskspace

Pentium II400MHzclockspeed

Celeron 2533Mhzclockspeed

Athlon B650MHzclock speed

A maximum of four Receptionist applications can be run per system (a license controls the number of simultaneous Receptionist users). A sound card is needed if audio features are required.

ContactStoreWeb client

InternetExplorer 5or above

Any desktop machine can be used as longas it is capable of running IE5




1st Party TAPI Pentium III 800MHz.

3rd Party TAPI Pentium III 800MHz.

Pentium III 800MHz. Celeron 3 800Mhz

Celeron 3 800Mhz

System Monitor Celeron 3 800Mhz

IP Office SSA 1Ghz

ANY ANY ANY

64MB RAM and 50Mb of free disk space

Celeron3 533Mhz. Athlon B 650MHz. In this unlicensed mode the TAPI software supports control of an individual user's associated extension, allowing a TAPI compliant application to answer (requires a phone that supports handsfree answer) and make calls.

64MB RAM and 50Mb of free disk space

Celeron3 533Mhz. Athlon B 650MHz. In this licensed mode, TAPI software can be used to control call function on multiple user extension. This mode is used with CTI Developer applications.

IP OfficeManager

256MB RAMand 1 GBof free diskspace

Athlon Opteron, Athlon64/XP

.NET2 Installed with Manager if not already present.

Call StatusEOSupport for R6

64MB RAM50MB disk space

Pentium III 800MHz. Athlon B 650MHz. Call Status has been replaced by the System Status Application and is included in the IP Office Admin suite to assist with maintenance of pre-4.0 IP Office systems.

128MB RAM10GB disk space

Pentium III 800MHz. Athlon B 650MHz. For IP Office 4.0 and higher, the System Status Application has been added to provide more easily interpreted information than is provided by Monitor.

256MB RAMand 50Mbof free diskspace

Requires Java Virtual Machine 1.4.2 or later. Each SSA session takes about 35M of RAM.

Contact CenterView (CCV)EOSupport for R6

128MB RAMand 10GBof free diskspace

Pentium III800MHzclockspeed

Celeron 3800Mhzclockspeed


For OS of Windows XP, minimum RAM increases to 256MB

CCC ReporterEOSupport for R6

InternetExplorer 6or above

Any desktop machine can be used as long as it is capable of running IE6.

WallboardServerEOSupport for R6





The Wallboard Server MUST reside on the same PC as the Delta Server

WallboardClientEOSupport for R6


Pentium III800MHzclock speed

Celeron 3800Mhzclock speed


For OS of Windows XP, minimum RAMincreases to 256MB

PC WallboardEOSupport for R6


Pentium III800MHzclock speed

Celeron 3800Mhzclock speed


For OS of Windows XP, minimum RAMincreases to 256MB




ANY ANY ANYone-X Portal for IP Office User Requirements

one-X Portal for IP Office is tested using the current versions of the Internet Explorer, Mozilla Firefox and Safari browsers

• The browser must be JavaScript enabled. • For sounds, Windows Media Player or Quick Time must be installed with the browser. When using a browser other than Internet Explorer, Windows Media Player can be supported by the addition of the Firefox Windows Media Play plugin. This plugin is available from http://port25.technet.com/pages/windows-media-player-firefox-plugin-download.aspx. Currently this plugin is useable with Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox and Windows Safari. • The Remember me on this computer option requires the browser to allow cookies. • Language one-X Portal currently supports English, French, German, Italian, Dutch, Brazilian Portuguese and Russian. The language it uses will be the best match to the browser language preferences. • Phoneone-X Portal can be used with most phones supported by the Avaya IP Office telephone system but not with Phone Manager PC Softphone. • For analog phone users, the user's Call Waiting On and Off Hook Station settings should be selected in the user's IP Office configuration.

13. WINDOWS OS SUPPORT


Windows Operating System support for Release 6IP Office Applications and Windows Operating System support for Release 6

IP Office Application Windows Clients Windows ServersXP Pro Vista Windows 7 2003 2008

32 64 32 64 32 64 32 32 64Voicemail Pro sever – – – –... plus UMS – – – – – –... plus campaigns – – – – – –Voicemail Pro clientContactStore – – – – – –one-X Portal for IP Office – – – – – –Customer Call Reporter – – – – – –SoftConsole – – – –IP Office ManagerSystem MonitorSystem Status ApplicationTAPI - 1st Party – –TAPI - 3rd Party – –Phone Manager Lite/Pro – – – – – – –Phone Manager PC SoftPhone – – – – – – –

Virtual Server Support

The following table gives a summary of the operating systems on which the IP Office applications that are part of the IP Office Release 6 have been tested and are supported. While the applications may function of other operating systems, they have not been tested by Avaya and are not supported.

• Vista support is only on Business, Enterprise and Ultimate versions. • Windows 7 support is only on Professional, Enterprise and Ultimate versions.

For IP Office Release 6, all applications supported on Windows server operating systems are supported while running on the following virtual servers: • VMWare. • Microsoft Virtual Server. • Microsoft Server Hyper-V.



Browser Application SupportThe following applications are accessed using web browsers. The table below details the browsers tested by Avaya.

Application Windows MacFirefox Opera Safari Safari

Voicemail Pro UMS 7+ 3+ 2+ 3.2+ 3.2+one-X Portal for IP Office 7+ 3+ 2+ 3.2+ 3.2+Customer Call Reporter 7+ 3+ 2+ 3.2+ 3.2+ContactStore 7+ – – – –

Microsoft Outlook SupportWhere IP Office applications interact with Microsoft Outlook, for IP Office Release 6 the version of Outlook supported are Outlook 2003 and Outlook 2007.

Windows Operating System SupportSSA VM Lite TAPI one-X Portal

(3rd party/

WAV)

2003 Server (SP2) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

XP Professional (SP3) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No

No No No No No No No No No No

2008 Server Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No No No Yes

2008 Server 64bit Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No No No Yes

Internet Explorer

Microsoft Server OS 1,2 IP Office Manager

VM Pro3 SMDR4 CCC V5 Server

Conf. Center Server


XP Professional (SP3) 64bit5



Microsoft Client OS 1 SSA CCC Clients VM LiteTAPI

XP Professional (SP3) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

XP Professional (SP3) 64bit5 No No No No No No No No No

Vista Business/Enterprise (SP1) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Vista Ultimate (SP1) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Vista Business/Enterprise 64bit5 No No No No No No No No No

Vista Ultimate 64bit5 No No No No No No No No No

IP Office Manager VM Pro3

Soft Console

Phone Manager

Conf. Center Client (1st

party)



Non OS Applications

Microsoft Exchange 2003 Yes n/a n/a n/a n/a n/aMicrosoft Exchange 2007 No n/a n/a n/a n/a n/aMicrosoft Outlook 2003 Yes n/a Yes n/a n/a n/aMicrosoft Outlook 2007 Yes n/a Yes n/a n/a n/aInternet Explorer 6 n/a Yes n/a Yes Yes n/aInternet Explorer 7 n/a Yes n/a Yes Yes n/aMicrosoft MSDE 2000 n/a n/a n/a Yes n/a YesMicrosoft SQL2005 n/a n/a n/a Yes n/a NoMicrosoft SQL2008 n/a n/a n/a No n/a No

Notes:

1

2 Windows Small Business Server 2003 is supported for the same applications as Windows 2003 Server.

3

Exceptions for VoiceMail Pro support:Integrated Messaging Pro (IMS) does not work on Windows Server 2008 or Windows Vista.Web Campaigns does not work on Windows Vista.Voicemail web access does not work on Windows XP or Windows Vista.Please refer to the Voicemail Installation and Administration manual.

4

5 64 Bit versions of Microsoft client operating systems are not currently supported by IP Office applications.6

7 Microsoft Exchange 2000 is no longer.

IMS6 UMS web voicemail

Phone Manager

CCC V5 Reporter & Database

Conf. Center Client

Contact Store

Database

Windows ME, Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows NT4 and Windows 2000 operating systems are no longer supported by Avaya. They may function but have not been tested with IP Office Release 6 and any faults reported will not be fixed.

Although a server application, IP Office SMDR (Delta Server) can also run on a Windows 2003, Windows XP and Windows Vista client Operating Systems (32-bit only) but should not be run on the same PC as a CCC Delta Server.

Integrated Messaging Pro (IMS) does not support IMS operation with Outlook 2003/2007 operating in cache mode.

IP Office Applications Operating System/Service Pack Support PolicyWhen a new PC Operating System or Service Pack is released by Microsoft, Avaya will aim to support the new OS or Service Pack within 6 months of release. This time is required to re-certify the applications through the Software Verification and Field Trial programs. Support will then be announced in a Technical Tip or Bulletin.

14. EXPANSION MODULE SUPPORT


IP Office Expansion Module CompatibilityExpansion Module Supported on Locales Minimum Software Level

IP500 Analog Trunk 16

IP500 BRI SO8

IP500 DS 16/30

IP500 Phone 16/30

IP500V1/V2: The following IP500 external expansion modules are supported by IP Office 6.0. They are intended for use with an IP500V1/V2 control unit but can also be used with IP400 control units. Unlike IP400 external expansion modules, these units use the IP500 rack mounting kit.

All IP Office control units except Small Office Edition.

Specific variants are provided for different IP Office locales, see below.

IP Office core software level 1.0 minimum. Bin file = naatm16.bin.IP500 requires 4.0 to 4.2 with an IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional license. R5/R6 does not need the with an IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional license.


Supported in all IP Office locales.

IP Office core software level 1.0 minimum. Bin file = nas0-16.bin.IP500 requires 4.0 to 4.2 with an IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional license. R5/R6 does not need the with an IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional license.



IP Office core software level 2.1(31) minimum. Bin file = nadcpV2.bin. IP500 requires 4.0 to 4.2 with an IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional license. R5/R6 does not need the with an IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional license.



IP Office core software level 2.1(36) minimum. Bin file = dvpots.bin. IP500 requires 4.0 to 4.2 with an IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional license. R5/R6 does not need the with an IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional license.

14. EXPANSION MODULE SUPPORT


IP400 Analog Trunk 16

IP400 DS 16V2 & 30V2

IP400 DS 16V1 & 30V1

IP400 Phone 16V2 & 30V2

IP400 Phone 16V1 & 30V1

IP400 BRI SO8

IP400 WAN3 10/100

ATM16 Variant Country SAP CodeIP400 Analog Trunk 16 America America 700211360

Europe Europe 700241680New Zealand New Zealand 700241698

IPO 500 Analog Trunk 16 America America 700449473

IP400: The following IP400 external expansion modules are supported by IP Office 5.0. Except for the WAN3 All IP Office control units except Small Office Edition.

Specific variants are provided for different IP Office locales.

IP Office core software level 1.0 minimum. Bin file = naatm16.bin.IP500 requires 4.0 to 4.2 with an IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional license. R5/R6 does not need the with an IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional license.



IP Office core software level 2.1(31) minimum. Bin file = nadcpV2.bin.IP500 requires 4.0 to 4.2 with an IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional license. R5/R6 does not need the with an IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional license.



IP Office core software level 1.0 minimum. Bin file = nadcp-16.bin.IP500 requires 4.0 to 4.2 with an IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional license. R5/R6 does not need the with an IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional license.



IP Office core software level 2.1(36) minimum. Bin file = dvpots.bin.IP500 requires 4.0 to 4.2 with an IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional license. R5/R6 does not need the with an IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional license.



IP Office core software level 1.0 minimum. Bin file = napots16.bin (earlier units, not supported on IP500) or avpots16.bin (later units).



IP Office core software level 1.0 minimum. Bin file = nas0-16.bin.IP500 requires 4.0 to 4.2 with an IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional license. R5/R6 does not need the with an IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional license.

All IP400 control units except Small Office Edition and IP500V1/V2.


IP Office core software level 1.4 minimum. Bin file = ipwan3.bin.

15. VOICEMAIL FEAT. COMPARISON


Feature

Platform SupportIP500 V2 YesIP500 V1 Yes*IP406 V2 Yes

IP412 Yes No*IP Office 500 R4.0 to R4.2 running in IP Office Professional Edition mode only.

Capacities

Number of Mailboxes supported

Maximum No. of Concurrent Calls (ports)

Recording Time

FeaturesRuns as a service Yes NoMulti-lingual support Yes YesVoicemail for Individual users Yes YesVoicemail for Virtual users Yes YesVoicemail for Hunt Groups Yes YesGroup Broadcast Yes NoUnified Messaging Service (UMS) Option No

Option No

NoResilience and Backup Option NoSmall Community Network Operation Yes NoCentralized Voicemail Services Yes NoDistributed Voicemail Servers in an SCN Yes NoVoicemail Ringback Internal and external Internal onlyVoicemail Help TUI Yes NoMessage Waiting Indication Yes Yes

Yes YesIntegration with Phone Manager Pro Yes NoPersonalized Greeting Yes YesExtended personal Greetings NoContinuous Loop Greeting Yes NoForward to Email Yes YesCopy to Email Yes YesListen To Email (Text To Speech) NoSend Email notification Yes YesUnified Messaging Service (UMS) Option NoSave Message Yes YesDelete Message Yes YesForward Message to another Mailbox Yes YesForward to Multiple Mailboxes Yes YesForward with a Header Message Yes YesRepeat Message Yes YesRewind Message Yes YesFast Forward Message Yes YesPause Message Yes NoSkip Message Yes YesLIFO/FIFO Message Playback Option Yes NoSet Message Priority No

IP Office Preferred EditionVoiceMail Pro

IP Office Essential EditionEmbedded Voicemail

Yes (does not use VCM resources)Yes (does not use VCM resources)Yes (does not use VCM resources)

Limited to the max size of the configuration file and should not

exceed a total of 1000 mailboxes

IP Office 500 and IP406 V2 limited by the size of the Memory Card & should not exceed a total of 1000 mailboxes

Up to 40 dependent on license & platform:IP Office - Small Office, Edition = 10,IP406 V2 = 20,IP412 = 30,IP Office 500V1/V2 = 40

4 simultaneous calls on IP Office 500V1 and IP406 V2.

6 simultaneous calls IP Offcie 500V2.

PC dependent(Requires 1MB per minute)

IP Office 500V1/V2 and IP406 V2: Approximately 15 hours



Integration with Microsoft Exchange Server 2007Capable to interact with Blackberry solution Option[1]

Visual Voice (interactive menu on phone display)

Yes[2]

Yes[2]

Yes[2]



Yes NoAlphanumeric Data Collection No

Yes Yes

Call Back Sender (if Caller ID available) Yes YesRemote Access to Mailbox Yes YesUser Definable PIN Code Yes YesKnown Caller ID PIN Code By-Pass Yes YesBreakout to Reception Internal and external. Internal and external.

1

2 Intuity mode only.Features

In-Queue AnnouncementsQueue Entry Announcement Yes YesQueue Update Announcement Yes YesQueue Position Announcement Yes NoTime in Queue Announcement Yes NoTime in System Announcement Yes NoEstimated Time to Answer (ETA) Yes NoExit Queue to alternative answer point Yes No

Auto-Attendant / AudiotexMulti-Level Tree Structure Yes Yes (up to 40 in R4.1)Message Announcements Yes NoWhisper Announce Yes NoAlarm Calls Yes NoAssisted Transfers Yes NoDial by Name Yes YesDirect Dial by Number Yes Yes

Other FeaturesCall Recording Yes No

Yes NoPersonal Numbering Yes NoSpeaking Clock Yes NoCampaign Manager Yes NoVoiceMail Pro Manager Yes NoCustomized Voicemail Yes NoIntuity TUI emulation mode Yes NoForward Emails to External Systems (VPIM) Yes NoThird Party Database Access (IVR) Yes NoText To Speech within Callflows Yes NoCascaded Out-Calling Yes* (Intuity mode only) NoCall Transfer Announcement Yes NoSupport for Visual Basic Scripts Yes No

Languages Supported

For more details see links ->

Set automatic message deletion timeframe

Yes[2]

Callers Caller ID, time and date announced

Requires UMS (enabled through the Power User, Office Worker and the Teleworker licenses) and MS Exchange Server 2007 with a mobility solution (for example a Blackberry) - not provided by Avaya.



Test Conditions

IP Office Preferred Edition VoiceMail Pro DetailsIP Office Essential Edition Embedded Voicemail Details

By default the prompts installed match the installer language selection plus English. If other languages are required they need to be selected by doing a custom installation. The installable Voicemail Pro prompts are listed in the table below. The availability of a language in voicemail does not necessarily indicate support for IP Office in a country that uses that language.

http://marketingtools.avaya.com/knowledgebase/businesspartner/ipoffice/mergedProjects/voicemailpro/intro_languagesupport.htm

http://marketingtools.avaya.com/knowledgebase/businesspartner/ipoffice/mergedProjects/vmembedded/languagessupported.htm



IP Office Preferred Edition ~ Voicemail ProLanguage WAV Folder Fallback Selection

Brazilian Portuguese ptb > pt > en.Chinese (Cantonese) zzh > en > enu.Chinese (Madarin) ch > en > enu.Danish da > en.Dutch nl > en.English UK en en.English US enu > en.Finnish fi > en.French fr > frc > en.French Canadian frc > fr > enu > en.German de > en.Greek el > en.Hungarian hu > en.Italian it > en.

ko > en.Latin Spanish eso > es > enu > en.Norwegian no > en.Polish pl > en.Portuguese pt > ptb > en.Russian ru > en.Spanish es > eso > en.Swedish sv > en.

Locale Source Usage

Short Code Locale The short code locale, if set, is used if the call is routed to voicemail using the short code.

System Locale

Incoming Call Route Locale The incoming call route locale, if set, is used if caller is external.User Locale The user locale, if set, is used if the caller is internal.

TTS 5.0

Korean:

When the IP Office routes a call to the voicemail server it indicates the locale for which matching prompts should be provided if available. Within the IP Office configuration, a locale is always set for the system. However differing locales can be set for each user, incoming call route and for short codes in addition to the default system locale. The locale sent to the voicemail server by the IP Office is determined as follows:

If no user or incoming call route locale is set system locale is used unless overridden by a short code locale.

If the prompts matching the IP Office locale are not available, the voicemail server will provide prompts from a fallback language if available. The table of languages above lists the order of fallback selection.

TTY Teletype Prompts:TTY (Teletype (Textphone)) is included in the list of installable languages. TTY is a text-based system that is used to provide services to users with impaired hearing. See Support for Callers with Impaired Hearing.



IP Office Essential Edition ~ Embeded VoicemailChinese (Cantonese) zzhChinese (Madarin) chsDanish daDutch nlEnglish UK enEnglish US enuFinnish fiFrench frFrench Canadian frcGerman deItalian it

koNorwegian noPortuguese ptPortuguese Brazilian ptbRussian ruSwedish svSpanish-Mexico esmSpanish-Argentina ess

If a selected Locale is not supported, a fallback language is used as indicated in the table.Locale selected in Manager Fallback LanguageAustralia (UK English) English-UK (eng)Belgium (Dutch) Dutch (nld)Belgium (French) French (fra)Canada (Canadian French) French (fra)Chile (Latin Spanish) Spanish (esp)Colombia (Latin Spanish) Spanish (esp)Greece (Greek) English-UK (eng)Hong Kong (Cantonese) English-UK (eng)Hungary (Hungarian) English-UK (eng)Iceland (Icelandic) English-UK (eng)India (UK English) English-UK (eng)New Zealand (UK English) English-UK (eng)Peru (Latin Spanish) Spanish (esp)Poland (Polish) English-UK (eng)Saudi Arabia (UK English) English-UK (eng)Singapore (UK English) English-UK (eng)South Africa (UK English) English-UK (eng)Switzerland (French) French (fra)Taiwan (Putonghua) Chinese (mandarin)Venezuela (Latin Spanish) Spanish (esp)

Korean:

The IP Office system Locale setting is used to determine the default language prompts used. A Locale setting is set for the whole IP Office system. For individual users and incoming call routes the system local can be overridden. For calls to voicemail, the locale used is determined as follows: • The user locale, if set, is used if the caller is internal. • The incoming call route locale, if set, is used if caller is external. • If no user or incoming call route locale is applicable, the system locale is used. • A short code locale, if set, is used and overrides the options above if the call is routed to voicemail using the short code.

16. VOICEMAIL PROMPTS


IP Office Voicemail Prompt Comparisons<--- IP Office Mode



<--- Intuity Mode



<--- Embedded Voicemail

17. VOICEMAIL PRO ACTIONS


VoiceMail Pro Actions

Basic Actions - These actions are chiefly used to control the routing of a call between actions.



Mailbox Actions - These actions relate to the leaving and collecting of messages from a mailbox.



Configuration Actions - These actions allow the caller to alter the settings of a user or hunt group mailbox.



Telephony Actions - These actions relate to telephony functions such as call transfers.



Miscellaneous Actions - These actions do not fit into a single category.



Condition Actions - These actions are used to create branches in the call routing according to whether a value is true or false.Database Actions - These actions relate to retrieving and adding data to a database.



Queue Actions - These actions are associated with hunt group queues and so are not available to user and short code start points.

18. ONE-X PORTAL FOR IP OFFICE

18. ONE-X PORTAL FOR IP OFFICE Page 142


one-X Portal for IP Office is a server based application that the user accesses via web browser.

The one-X Portal for IP Office is an application that provides users control of their telephone from a networked PC.one-X Portal for IP Office can be used with any IP Office extension; analog, digital or any IP telephones, wired or wireless, and is available as part of the IP Office Office Worker, Power User or Teleworker user licenses only.

Via separate gadgets, one-X Portal for IP Office provides easy access to telephony features, call information, call control, directory and VoiceMail Pro mailbox.



one-X Portal Details<--- Calls Gadget



<--- Call Log Gadget



<--- Messages Gadget



<--- Directory Gadget



<--- User Status/Presence



<--- Instant Messaging Another one-X Portal for IP Office User



<--- Profiles<--- Call Assistant



<--- Server, Browser and Other Requirements

19. USER CALL CONTROL COMPARE


Feature

Web browser basedOS independent (Windows, Linux, Mac support)Click to dial

Transfer call by drag and drop to a speed dial icon

View internal users’ presence

Send Instant Messages (IM) to internal users YesTelecommuter modeMobile Twinning ConfigurationCall Pickup

Personal Phone Directory

System Phone Directory

External Phone Directory (e.g. LDAP/Active Directory)

Yes– while logged in Yes– while logged in Yes - 24/7 call log

Advice of Charge (ISDN service provider dependent)

Audio Conference Management"Screen pop" contacts with Outlook.

Optional license

Video Softphone

Phone Manager Lite

Phone Manager Pro

and PC SoftPhone


– – Yes – – Yes – – Yes

Inbound/outbound call handling. Yes Yes Yes Phone call control. Yes Yes Yes Configure phone preferences. Yes Yes Yes Configure keyboard short cuts. Yes Yes Yes CLI (ANI) / Name display. Yes Yes Yes Speed dial / Busy Lamp Field management. Yes - 15 icons

maximum. Yes - 100 icons

maximum per tab. Yes - from Personal & System Directory

Speed Dial tabs (to group Busy Lamp Field icons) Yes - 1 Tab Yes - 10 tabs maximum. –

– Yes – Yes (Telephony +

LCS1) Yes (Telephony +

LCS1) Yes (Telephony)

Yes (Telephony1) Yes (Telephony1) – Yes (not PC

SoftPhone)Yes (not in Office Worker profile)

– – Yes – – Yes

Compact mode – Yes – – Yes - 1000 entries

maximum.Yes – 100 entries

maximum – Yes - 5000 entries

maximum.Yes - 5000 entries

maximum. – Yes - 5000 entries

maximum.Yes - unlimited

Call history log – all, missed, messages. Separated incoming/outgoing call log. – Yes Yes Collect new voicemail messages. Yes Yes Yes Voicemail box control (Intuity and IP Office modes). – Yes Yes Personal Distribution List set up (Intuity mode) – Yes – Incoming call scripting. – Yes – Time on call. – Yes Yes

Yes Yes – Door opening control. – Yes Yes Queue monitoring. – Yes - 2 Queues Yes Conference Control Display. Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes – Yes Yes (with Call

Assistant)Simple Outlook contact record creation. – Yes – Agent Mode. – Yes – Distinctive Ringing (WAV file). – Yes – Post Connect dial (sending DTMF while connected to another party). Yes Yes –

VoIP mode (to run as an IP softphone) – Yes (with Power User

and Teleworker licenses only)

– – Yes (with Power User

and Teleworker licenses only)

1. LCS: Microsoft Live Communications Server 2003

20. Customer Call Reporter



Overview

IP Office Customer Call Reporter Concept

IP Office Customer Call Reporter Key Features

• Real time Call Center activity monitor and historical reporting.• Microsoft server based with thin client (web browser) client connections.• Simplified installation and maintenance.• Six reporting templates provide drag and drop and user defined filter functionality.• Three customizable Supervisor views and summarized Agent views.• Report Scheduler.• Multi-lingual capable.• Supports up to 30 Supervisors and 150 Agents.

IP Office Customer Call Reporter Business Benefits• Lower TCO

• Standards Based

• Ease of Use

Contact Centers are a requirement at nearly every level of business, from very small informal groups of 5 or 10 "customer service reps", to large formal campaigns that can involve thousands of agents.However, customers in the small business market are generally very nervous about making such a high profile investment in a "contact center solution." They require a "business intelligence solution" that deploys easily, can be managed with very little training, and can provide statistics on each segment of the business. Small Businesses also do not have the resources for extra IT staff to administer databases, servers, etc, so they need a solution that can be easily understood by their own employees. It should operate as a service to each of the clients.

IP Office Customer Call Reporter is Avaya’s new server based contact center product designed explicitly for small businesses. Drawing upon the latest web and design technologies the IP Office Customer Call Reporter introduces significant new capabilities to effectively and efficiently manage a multi-site call center environment. The product focus is on ease of use and deployment simplicity to ensure improved ongoing productivity and lower support costs.

In its native web server environment the IP Office Customer Call Reporter can be simply installed onto a single server without the need for any client software deployment. Administration and management of the call center is carried out via a thin client through a secure password protected web browser session.

IP Office Customer Call Reporter provides small businesses with a web based contact center measurement tool, producing cradle to grave reporting in an easily understandable format with no client software to load.

IP Office Customer Call Reporter uses standards based applications, such as Microsoft SQL 2005 Express, and supports all major web browser software, to provide small business installers with greater flexibility in deployment.

IP Office Customer Call Reporter’s real-time charts can be customized by the user in the manner that suits their business best, with historical reporting templates that allow the business to filter on the type of date they want to see.



CCR Details<--- Ordering Customer Call Reporter<--- CCR Server/OS/Client/Database requirements



<--- Historical Reporting



<--- Creating an IP Office Customer Call Reporter Report



<--- Supervisor Wallboard



<--- Real Time Reporting



<--- Call Statistics

21. IP OFFICE PARTNER® Version


IP OFFICE R6.0 Essential Edition – PARTNER® VersionThis mode is only available in North America and Mexico locales.

<--- Basic Features



<--- Feature Descriptions



<--- Partner® Version Constraints

22. PARTNER® Version Sets


IP Office R6.0 Essential Edition – PARTNER® Version SetsPARTNER® Set on IP Office R6.0 Essential Edition – PARTNER® Version

For information on the 1400 series set see Tab 6Standard Features on all sets Built-in two-way speakerphones

2 Intercom buttonsHands Free Answer on Intercom (HFAI)HoldTransferConferenceFeatureMessage Waiting notificationProgrammable Feature / Line buttonsLCD Display, backlitMulti-Lingual DisplayAuxillary Port (excludes 6 Button Display Set)Dual LED's

34 Button Display Set 36 Programmable Buttons + 2 Intercom32 Buttons with Dual LED's4 buttons without LED's

2x24 Backlit LCD Display3 Position Tiltable LCD Display

Can be used with Caller ID Logging and Scrolling

Available only in Black

18 Button Display Set ------- 18 Button Set 22 Programmable Buttons + 2 Intercom16 Buttons with Dual LED's4 buttons without LED's

2x24 Backlit LCD Display3 Position Tiltable LCD Display

Can be used with Caller ID Logging and Scrolling

Available in Black and White

A maximum of 18 ETR stations on IP Office R6.0 Essential Edition – PARTNER® Version ONLY. Not supported on IP Office R6.0 in IP Office mode.

Can be used for System Administration & Programming

The Essential Edition - PARTNER® Version system supports up to maximum 4 ETR34D handsets (2 per ETR-6 module)

Can be used for System Administration & Programming



6 Button Display Set ------- 6 Button Set 4 Programmable Buttons + 2 Intercom4 Buttons with Dual LED's

2x16 Backlit LCD DisplayNon-Tiltable LCD DisplayAvailable in Black and White

3910 WirelessStandard Features Works on all PARTNER systems

2 Intercom buttons2 Programmable buttonsHoldTransferConferenceFeatureChannelTalkMute2x16 LCD Display, backlitMulti-Lingual DisplayMessage Waiting notificationSingle LEDHeadset Jack (Adapter Required)Range: Up to 150'Black Only

1400 Series Set Caveats when used on Essential Edition – PARTNER® Version (for details see Tab 6)



Standard Features Works on all PARTNER systems8 Programmable Buttons w/LEDs

• 2 Intercom buttons• 6 Programmable buttons

2x16 Backlit LCD DisplayFeature Buttons

• Hold• Transfer• Conference• Redial• Talk• Mute• Speaker Phone

Message Waiting notificationIlluminated KeypadHeadset Jack (Adapter Required)Range: Up to 160'Range expandable with optional Repeater(s)

Optional Repeater• Maximum 6 repeaters per base extension.

• Hub or daisy-chain configuration

3920 WirelessThe 3920 is a wireless telephone, using DECT 6.0 technology. The 3920 was explicitly designed to be used in a business environment in combination with the PARTNER® R8 solution but works on all ACS releases.

• 160 feet range to base station and 80 feet more for each additional repeater

Up to 6 repeaters can be installed to extend the coverage of a base-station. Please note that each base-station needs its own set of repeaters.The sample below shows an installation of a base station with 6 repeaters

3920Base

Repeater

23. PARTNER® & IPO COMPARISON


Platform

Migratable Hardware Platform N Y YKey System Functionality Y Y

ETR Telephones Y Y NDigital Telephones N Y YPRI/T1 N 1 8Integrated SIP Trunking N Y YSD Card Technology N Y YSystem Capacity

Extensions (max) 48 48 384ETR 48 18 0Digital 0 46 384Analog 48 48 384IP 0 0 384Trunks (max) 31 56 192Analog 21 16 144Fractional T1 Y Y Y24 Channel PRI/T1 N Y YSIP 3rd Party Y Y

Conferencing capacity 5 64

Mobile Twinning N Y YTAPI Support N Y YSystem Status Application (SSA) N Y YEmbedded Messaging vs PVM LargeAll sets have mailboxes N Y YDay / Lunch / Evening Greeting N Y YMax ports 2 4 6VM to e-mail N Y YHours of Storage 2 15 15No. of auto attendants 0 1 40Remote AdministrationVia Modem Y Y YVia IP N Y Y

PARTNER ACS

IP Office Essential Edition

- PARTNER Version

IP Office Essential Edition

configuration required

128 (max 64 in one conference)

23. PARTNER® & IPO COMPARISON


IP Office hardware supportPlatforms supported IP500v2 IP500, IP500v2Combination cards supported 2 2DS8 cards supported 3 3Phone 2 cards supported 3 4Phone 8 cards supported 3 4ETR 6 cards supported 3 0ATM4 cards supported 3 4PRI cards supported 1 (single only) 4 (single or dual)Max expansion modules 1 124-port expansion cards supported 0 1DS 16 modules supported 1 12Phone 16 modules supported 1 12DS 30 modules supported 0 12Phone 30 modules supported 0 12ATM 16 modules supported 0 12Application supportManager Simplified FullTAPI Support Y YEmbedded VoiceMail Y YMobility Y YPreferred Edition N YAdvanced Edition N YOffice Worker N YMobile Worker N YTeleworker N YPower User N YReceptionist N YCustomer Service Agent N YCustomer Service Supervisor N Y

24. System Status Application


System Status ApplicationOverviewThe System Status Application (SSA) is a diagnostic tool for system managers and administrators to monitor and check the status of IP Office systems locally or remotely. SSA shows both the current state of an IP Office system and details of any problems that have occurred. The information reported is a combination of real-time events, historical events, status and configuration data to assist fault finding and diagnosis. SSA provides real-time status, historic utilization and alarm information for ports, modules and expansion cards on the system. SSA connects to all variants of IP Office running release 4.0 or later, using an IP connection that can be remote or local. Modem connections at 14.4kbps or above are supported for remote diagnostics.

SSA provides real-time status, historic utilization and alarm information for ports, modules and expansion cards on the system.SSA is part of the IP Office 4.0 or later suite and connects to all variants of IP Office 4.0 or later software, using an IP connection that can be remote or local.

NEW! R6.0Secure Digital (SD) Cards now includes SSA software to allow for an SSA connection through a web browser. Additional commands and the ability to upgrade the unit have been added to SSA in R6.0.

NEW! R5IP Telephony Quality of Service (QoS) Reporting• Ability to send RTCPMON packets from 5600/1600 phones when registered to IP Office.• Collect Quality of Service (QoS) data from RTCPMON packets and other RTCP packets.• System Status Application (SSA) displays QoS data in extension/trunk status screens.• SSA and SNMP alarms are raised at the end of a call/RTP-session.Enhancements to VoIP Telephone SupportThere are three ways to support the upgrade of Avaya IP Phones• Custom – HTTP/TFTP Server• Memory Card – Compact Flash• Manager – HTTP/TFTP Relay to Manager

» The ability to play back previously recorded logs has been added to SSA in Release 4.1.



SSA provides information on the following:

• Alarms

• Call DetailsInformation on incoming and outgoing calls, including call length, call ID and routing information.

• Extensions

•Trunks

SSA displays all alarms which are recorded within IP Office for each device in error. The number, date and time of the occurrence is recorded. The last 50 alarms are stored within IP Office to avoid need for local PC

SSA details all extensions (including device type and port location) on the IP Office system. Information on the current status of a device is also displayed.

IP Office trunks and connections (VoIP, analog and digital) and their current status are displayed. For VoIP trunks, QoS information is also displayed (e.g. round trip delay, jitter and packet loss)



• System Resources

• Diagnosing these resources is often critical to the successful operation of the system.

IP Office includes central resources that are utilized to perform various functions. Diagnosing these resources is often critical to the successful operation of the system. This includes details on resources for VCM, Voicemail and conferencing.

è Voicemail Channelsè Conference Channelsè Data Channelsè VCM Channelsè Modem Channels

• SSA can be launched independently or from IP Office Manager and there can be up to two (2) SSA clients connected to an IP Office unit at one time.Note: SSA is not a configuration tool for IP Office systems. For information on configuration, refer to IP Office Manager



Enhancements with Release 4.2 of IP Office!

• Duplicate Numbers in Small Community Networking dial plan.• “No routing for Line” - Incoming Line Group has no associated Incoming Call Route.• Call Routed to a non-existent Start Point in VoiceMail Pro.

SSA displays the following new resource availability alarms in IP Office 4.2 (see above):• Attempt to use a feature for which no license is installed.• Voicemail storage full or nearly full.

The following new screens are provided in SSA in IP Office 4.2:• Control Unit Audit - details the last 15 accesses from Manager.• Feature Key and License Status.• Directory, including Users on the SCN.• Real time Voicemail port status.• Voicemail Summary/Detail information.• Real time Mailbox status.• IP Route and Service status.

System Status Application (SSA) has a new real-time configuration alarms screen which shows the



• Tunnel Status.

25. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS


General

Dimensions

Call Capacity

Environmental

Heat Dissipation

Unit Weight

IP412 and all Expansion Modules Width 445mm/17.5" Height 71mm/2.8" Depth 245mm/9.7"

IP500 Width 445mmm/17.5"Height 73mm/2.9"Depth 365mm/14.4"

The recommended minimum clearance, front and rear, for the connection of cables and other devices is 75mm/3".

Busy Hour Call Complete (BHCC) is a measure used to test IP Office systems under a high call load.For BHCC tests, each incoming call rings for 5 seconds, is answered and stays connected for 6 seconds. The BHCC figures for the different IP Office control units are listed below. Note thatin some cases the BHCC figure achievable will be limited by the number of incoming trunks supported.IP500 & IP500V2 = 36000.IP412 = 36000.

• 0°C to +40°C (32°F to 104°F): 95% relative humidity, non-condensing.Note that the above numbers are for reference only. For practical purposes, for example the calculation of heatdissipation, it is recommended to base environmental requirements (for example air cooling or UPS ratings) onthe maximum input rating of the power supplies of the planned IP Office configuration, as follows.In order to calculate the maximum, that is worst case, amount of heat that can be generated by an IP Officesystem, it is assumed that all input power is converted to heat; whether from the PSU itself, the system unit,expansion module and/or cabling.Heat dissipation is normally measured in British Thermal Units (BTU's). A heat value expressed in Watts can beconverted to BTU/hr by multiplying by 3.41297. As indicated above, you should use the maximum power inputof 115 VA of each power supply to calculate this most accurately.Using the conversion factor:•Heat Dissipation = 115 x 3.41297 = 392.5 BTU/hour.The metric equivalent to BTU is a Joule where 1 BTU = 1,055 Joules.This calculates the BTU value per power supply. The maximum BTU per system is therefore calculated, basedon total number of power supplies installed in the system. For example, for a IP412, this would be 1 for thebase unit and up to 12 for the expansion modules.•IP412 Maximum Heat Dissipation = 13 x 392.5 = 5,103 BTU/hr.Remember to budget for the power requirements of any additional devices that are to be co-located with theIP Office such as server PC's (voicemail, etc).

IP500 System Unit - 3.2Kg/7.0lbsIP412 Control Unit - 3.0Kg/6.7lbsAnalog 16 Module - 2.9Kg/6.5lbsDS16 Module - 3.0Kg/6.7lbsDS30 Module - 3.5Kg/7.8lbsWAN3 Module - 2.8Kg/6.3lbsSo8 Module - 2.8Kg/6.3lbsPhone 8 Module - 2.8Kg/6.3lbsPhone 16 Module - 2.9Kg/6.5lbsPhone 30 Module - 3.1Kg/6.94lbs



BTU/Hour Conversion

Power Supply Consumption (Nominal Watts)

• 2.5mm DC inlet socket: 24Vdc Power input. Rating - 24Vd.c., 2A max.Unit: 406 V1/V2 412 IPO500 ATM16 DS16 DS30 WAN3 So8 Phone8 Phone16 Phone30 16 17.5 NA 5 24 30 12 24 12 16 30• Input• IP406 V2, IP412 and expansion modules: 2.5mm DC inlet socket. 24Vdc power input. Rating 24V DC, 2A maximum.• IP Office 500 System Unit: IEC AC inlet socket. 100-240V AC, 50/60Hz, 81-115VA, 2.5A maximum.

• Power Supply Units: All CE/UL/Dentori Safety Approved.• Standard 40W Power Supply Unit (All control and expansion units unless otherwise indicated)Supplied with the control or expansion unit. 40W PSU with integral lead to the unit. Connection to switched mains supply requires separately supplied country specific IEC 60320 C7 power cord (2-wire figure 8 connector).• Input: 100-240V AC, 50/60Hz, 81-115VA, 2A maximum.• Output: 24Vdc, 1.875A, output power 45W maximum.• Small Office 45W Power Supply UnitSupplied with the unit. 45W PSU with integral lead to control unit. Connection to switched mains supply requires separately supplied country specific IEC 60320 C13 power cord (3-wire earthed cold kettle lead).• Input: 100-240V AC, 50/60Hz, 81-115VA, 1.5A maximum.• Output: 24V DC, 1.875A, output power 45W maximum.• IP406 V2 60W Power Supply UnitSupplied with the control or expansion unit. 60W PSU with integral lead to the unit. Connection to switched mains supply requires separately supplied country specific IEC 60320 C13 power cord (3-wire earthed cold kettle lead).• Input: 100-240V AC, 50/60Hz, 81-115VA, 2.5A maximum.• Output: 24V DC, 1.5A, output power 60W maximum.• IP Office 500 80W internal Power SupplyIntegral to the System Unit. Connection to switched mains supply requires separately supplied country specific IEC 60320 C13 power cord (3-wire earthed cold kettle lead).• Input: 100-240V AC, 50/60Hz, 81-115VA, 2.5A maximum.

Unit: 406 V1/V2 412 IP500 ATM16 DS16 DS30 WAN3 So8 Phone8 Phone16 Phone30 54.6 59.73 NA 17.7 81.91 102.4 40.95 81.91 40.95 54.6 102.4



Power Supply Unit

InterfacesInterface InformationDTE Port

ISDN Ports

Analog Trunk Ports

· Small Office 45W Power Supply Unit Supplied with the unit. 45W PSU with integral lead to control unit. Connection to switched mains supply requires separately supplied country specific IEC 60320 C13 power cord (3-wire earthed cold kettle lead). • Input: 100-240Vac, 50/60Hz, 81-115VA, 1.5A maximum. • Output: 24Vdc, 1.875A, output power 45W maximum.· IP403, 406 V1 & 412 - 40W Non-Earthed Supply Unit: •Input: 100-240Vac, 50/60Hz, 81-115VA, 2A maximum. • Output: 24Vdc, 1.875A, output power 45W maximum.· IP406 V2, DS 16/30V2 and Phone 8/16/30V2 - 60W Earthed Power Supply UnitSupplied with the control or expansion unit. 60W PSU with integral lead to the unit. Connection toswitched mains supply requires separately supplied country specific IEC 60320 C13 power cord(3-wire earthed cold kettle lead). • Input: 100-240V AC, 50/60Hz, 81-115VA, 2.5A maximum. • Output: 24V DC, 1.5A, output power 60W maximum· IP Office 500 80W internal Power SupplyIntegral to the System Unit. Connection to switched mains supply requires separately suppliedcountry specific IEC 60320 C13 power cord (3-wire earthed cold kettle lead). • Input: 100-240V AC, 50/60Hz, 81-115VA, 2.5A maximum.

• IPO 406 V2, IP412 and IP500: 9 way D-type female connector,V.24/V.28 EU Interfaces:• BRI:RJ45 sockets. ETSI T-Bus Interface to CTR3 for Pan European Connection.• PRI E1:RJ45 socket. ETSI T-Bus Interface to CTR4 for Pan European Connection.• PRI T1/J1:RJ45 socket: FCC Part 68/JATE connection.

USA Interfaces:• PRI T1 Service:Ground Start (GS) – Default, E&M, 56k data for 5ESS, 56/64/64 restricted for 4ESS.• PRI ISDN Switch support:4ESS, 5ESS, DMS-100, DMS-250 (includes conformance to ANSI T1.607 and Bellcore Special Report SR4287, 1992).• PRI ISDN Services:AT&T Megacom 800, AT&T WATS (4ESS), AT&T SDS Accunet 56kB/s and 64kB/s (4ESS), AT&T Multiquest (4ESS).

• RJ45 sockets: Loop start/Ground start (regional dependant)



Power Fail ports

ISDN Data Rates

Analog Phone Ports

LAN

WAN

Audio

External Output Port

Embedded Voice Memory

ACTA (FCC Reg code)IP500 V2IP500IP406V2 Office IP412 OfficeIP400 ATM16

• RJ45 sockets: Only on ATM16 expansion Module. The first two trunks on the module are automatically switched to power fail sockets on the rear of the unit in the event of power being interrupted must be loop start for correct power fail operation.• IP500 - IP500 Analog Phone 8 Base Card when fitted with an IP500 Analog Trunk daughter card, the combination supports 1 power failure extension to trunk (loop-start only) connection.

Combination Base Card (IP500v2 only)• IP500v2 Port 8 can also act as a Power Fail port if an ATM4 daughter card is fitted.

ETR6 Base Card (IP500v2 / Essential Edition - PARTNER® Version only)• IP500v2 Port 7-8 Power Fail Analog Phone Ports**The Power Fail Analog Phone ports are wired together and provide one circuit only in the event of power fail if an ATM4 daughter card is fitted.

• BRI: B-channel 64kbps or 56kbps, D-channel 16kbps.• PRI: B-channel 64kbps or 56kbps, D-channel 64kbps.• RJ45 sockets. EU - Telephone ports act as Master sockets. • CLI Schemes: DTMFA, DTMFC, DTMFD, FSK and UK20. • REN: 2 (External Bell via POT port: REN = 1)• Off Hook current: 25mA. • Ring Voltage: 40V (nominal) RMS.

• RJ45 sockets: Auto-negotiating 10/100 BaseT Ethernet (10/100Mbps).• IPO 412: This module has 2 LAN ports acting as a half-duplex layer-3 LAN switch. Both ports are fixed MDI crossover ports. In the IP Office configuration, port 1 is LAN1, port 2 is LAN2.configuration, the LAN ports are on LAN1, the WAN port on LAN2.• IPO 406V2: This module has 8 LAN ports acting as a full-duplex layer-2 LAN switch. Ports are auto-MDI/MDIX. All ports are on LAN1 in the IP Office configuration. The IP406V2 provides the facility to configure a second logical LAN interface on port 8 of the built-in Ethernet switch. Once enabled, the LAN 2 interface is available as an IP route destination.• IP 500 -This unit has 2 ports marked LAN and WAN acting as a full-duplex layer-3 LAN switch. In the IP Office configuration, the LAN port is LAN1, the WAN port is LAN2.

• IP500: RJ45 Ethernet socket. • IPO IP406V2 and IPO 412 Control Units: 37 way D-Type female sockets. X.21 interface to 2048k bps, V.35 interface to 2048Kbps and V.24 Interface to 19.2Kbps.• 3.5mm Stereo Jack socket: Input impedance - 10k /channelMaximum a.c. signal – 200mV rms• 3.5mm Stereo Jack socket: Switching Capacity - 0.7A.• Maximum Voltage: 55V d.c. On state resistance - 0.7Ω.• Short circuit current: 1A. Reverse circuit current capacity - 1.4A.• IP406V2 and IP 500: 512MB Compact Flash Memory Card• IP500v2 SD Flash Memory Card

• US: AY1PH01BS114-1 (REN:01B)• US: AY1PH01BIPO500 (REN:01B)• US: AY1AD04BIP406V2 (REN: 04B)• US: AV1DY04BIP412 (REN: 04B)• US: AY1MH08AIPATM16 (REN: 08B)

26. UPS VA VALUES


IP Office Specific VA Values

Typical IP Office System VA Typical IP Office System VAIP500 System 230 IP406 V2 SYSTEM 168IP500 V2 System 230 IP412 System 312

Individual Equipment VA Individual Equipment VA23 3425 1788 2334 4242 60017 400

So8 Module 34 150300

IP Telephone Power Consumption

TelephonePower Consumption (Watts)

Typical1603 Class 2 4.32 3.75 5.101608 Class 2 4.66 3.76 5.691616 Class 2 3.17 2.83 3.651616 with 1 BM32* Class 2 4.37 3.41 5.524601, 4602, 5601, 5602 Class 2 NA 3.5W 4.64602SW, 5602SW Class 2 4.10 N/A 5.04610SW, 5610SW Class 2 4.00 N/A 6.04620, 5620 Class 2 NA 4.0 6.04620SW Class 3 NA 7.7 9.94621SW, 5621SW Class 2 4.90 N/A 6.454625SW Class 3 7.8 N/A 9.429610 Class 2 3.72 4.26 4.669620 Class 2 4.6 4.9 5.39630 Class 2 4.6 5.2 5.589630G Class 2 4.45 5 6.269640 Class 2 4.19 4.52 5.59640G Class 2 4.42 4.83 5.579650 Class 2 4.6 5.2 5.58SMB-24 NA 0.35 0.6 0.9Gig-E Adapter Class 3 3.8 NA 3.8

The web site http://ups.avayaups.com provides a calculator into which you can enter the equipment you want supported on a UPS. It will then display various UPS options. The site uses VA values for typical IP Office systems. However, if more specific values are required for a particular system, the table below can be used to enter values.

IP406 V2 Control Unit So8 Module IP412 Control Unit Phone 8 Module Analog 16 Module Phone 16 Module Digital Station 16 Module Phone 30 Module Digital Station 30 Module Typical Server PC WAN3 Module Typical Desktop PC

Mid Span PSU - 6 ports Mid Span PSU - 12/24 ports

• The 1151C2/1151D2 power supply units for Avaya H.323 IP phones include a backup battery. This typically provides 15 minutes backup at maximum load (20 Watts) and up to 8 hours at light load (2 Watts).

Measured in Watts using an IEEE 802.3af power supply at 48V. This table shows the power consumption of the phones currently shipping. Older versions of phones might have a different power requirement.

PoEClass(IEEE

802.3af)Conservative

Mode Worst Case

26. UPS VA VALUES


Note: Typical is measured off-hook sample size 1. Worst Case is analytical. Except the 4601, 4602, 5601 and 5602 all telephones had a PC attached at 100Mbps. The EU24/EU24BL adds less than 1W to the 4620, 4620SW and 5620 numbers.Note: when using the 1616 phone with more than 1 BM32, an external power supply is needed.

The use of an Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS) with any telephone system is recommended. Even at sites thatrarely lose electrical power, that power may occasionally have to be switched off for maintenance of otherequipment. In addition, most UPSs also provide an element of power conditioning, reducing spikes and surges.

The capacity of UPS systems and the total equipment load the UPS is expected to support are usually quotedin VA. Where equipment load is quoted in Watts, multiply by 1.4 to get the VA load.

The calculation of how much UPS capacity is required depends on several choices.• What equipment to place on the UPS?Remember to include server PCs such as the voicemail. It is recommended that the total load on a new UPSis never greater than 75% capacity, thus allowing for future equipment.• How many minutes of UPS support is required?Actual UPS runtime is variable, it depends on what percentage of the UPSs capacity the total equipment loadrepresents. For example, a 1000VA capacity UPS may only support a 1000VA (100%) load for 5 minutes. Thisrelationship is not linear, the same UPS would support a 500VA (50%) load for 16 minutes. Therefore thelower the percentage of capacity used, the increasingly longer the UPS runtime, typically up to 8 hoursmaximum. Remember also that for most UPS's the ratio of discharge to full recharge time is 1:10.• How many output sockets does the UPS provide?Multiple UPS units may be required to ensure that every item of supported equipment has its own supply socket.

27. PORT & CABLE PIN OUTS


IP Office Port and Cable Pin OutsAnalog Trunk Ports (RJ45)



Audio Port (3.5mm)



BRI Port (So) (RJ45)



BRI Port (To) (RJ45)



DS Ports (RJ45)



RS232 DTE Port



EXPANSION Port (RJ45)



EXT O/P Port (3.5mm)



LAN Port



Power Failover Port (RJ45)



PHONE (POT) Port (RJ45)



PRI Port (RJ45)



WAN Port (37-Way D-Type)



V.24 WAN Cable (25-Way D-Type)



X.21 WAN Cable (15-Way D-Type)

28. HANDSET CABLE LENGTHS


Telephone Extension Cable Lengths

The table below details the maximum total cable distances for DS and analog extensions using different cable types.

Telephone Set TypeUnshielded Twisted-Pair (UTP) - 50nf/Km

CW1308

ETR Phones 305m/1000'. 305m/1000'. 122m/400'. 122m/400'.2400/5400 Series 1200m - 3937' 1000m - 3280' 670m - 2200' 400m - 1310'

4406D 1000m - 3280' 400m - 1310' 400m - 1310'4412D 700m - 2295' 400m - 1310' 400m - 1310'4424D 500m - 1640' 500m - 1640' 400m - 1310' 400m - 1310'

6400 Series 1000m - 3280' 400m - 1310' 400m - 1310'T3 Series (Upn) 1000m - 3280' 400m - 1310' -Analog Phones 1000m - 3280' 500m - 1640' 800m - 2620'

AWG22(0.65mm)

AWG24( 0.5mm Ø)

AWG26(0.4mm)

1000m - 3280' 1000m - 3280'

1000m - 3280' 1000m - 3280' 1000m - 3280'

29. PROTOCOLS


Protocol RFC DescriptionThe IP Office supports the following protocols and standards:V.120 - - - A standard Rate Adaption mechanism. V.110 - - - A standard Rate Adaption mechanism. PPP RFC 1661 Point to Point Protocol. LCP RFC 1570 Link Control Protocol. MP RFC 1990 Multi-Link (Point to Point) Protocol. IPCP RFC 1332 Internet Protocol Control Protocol.PAP RFC 1334 Password Authentication Protocol. RTP/RTCP RFC1889 Real Time and Real Time Control ProtocolCHAP RFC 1994 Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol. CCP RFC 1962 Compression Control Protocol. STAC RFC 1974 Stac LZS Compression Protocol. MPPC RFC 2118 Microsoft Point to Point Compression (Protocol). BACP RFC 2125 Bandwidth Allocation Control Protocol. UDP RFC 768 User Datagram Protocol.IP RFC 791 Internet Protocol. TCP RFC 793 Transmission Control Protocol.DHCP RFC 1533 Dynamic Host Control Protocol. NAT RFC 1631 Network Address Translation. BOOTP RFC 951 Bootstrap Protocol. TFTP RFC1350 Trivial File Transfer Protocol.NTP RFC868 Network Time Protocol.SNMPv1 RFC1157 Simple Network Management Protocol. (STD15)

RFC1155

RFC1212 Concise MIB Definitions. (STD16)RFC1215 A Convention for Defining Traps for use with the SNMP

MIB-II RFC1213

ENTITY MIB RFC2737 Entity MIB (Version 2).RIP RFC1058 Routing Information Protocol

RFC2453 RIP Version 2. (STD56)RFC1722 RIP Version 2 Protocol Applicability Statement. (STD57)

IPSEC RFC2401 Security Architecture for the Internet ProtocolRFC2402 IP Authentication HeaderRFC2403 The Use of HMAC-MD5-96 within ESP and AHRFC2404 The Use of HMAC-SHA-1-96 within ESP and AHRFC2405 The ESP DES-CBC Cipher Algorithm With Explicit IVRFC2406 IP Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP)RFC2407 The Internet IP Security Domain of Interpretation for ISAKMP.RFC2408 Internet Security Association and Key Management ProtocolRFC2409 The Internet Key Exchange (IKE).RFC2410 The NULL Encryption Algorithm and Its Use With IPsec.RFC2411 IP Security Document Roadmap.

L2TP RFC2661 Layer Two Tunneling Protocol "L2TP"RFC3193 Securing L2TP using IPsecRFC2507 IP Header Compression (IPHC)RFC2508 Compressing IP/UDP/RTP Headers for Low-Speed Serial LinksRFC2509 IP Header Compression over PPP

DiffServ RFC2474

PPP MP RFC1990 The PPP Multilink Protocol (MP)RFC1490 Multi protocol Interconnect over Frame Relay

ML-PPP RFC2686 The Multi-Class Extension to Multi-Link PPP

Structure and Identification of Management Information for TCP/IP-based internets. (STD16)

Management Information Base for Network Management of TCP/IP-based internets:MIB-II (STD17)

Header

Definition of the Differentiated Services Field (DS Field) in the IPv4 and IPv6 Headers.

Frame RelayEncapsulation

29. PROTOCOLS


Protocol RFC Description

Session Initiated Protocol (SIP)

• RFC 2833 [7] - RTP Payload for DTMF Digits, Telephony Tones and Telephony Signals

• RFC 3263 [10] - Session Initiation Protocol (SIP): Locating SIP Servers• RFC 3264 [11] - An Offer/Answer Model with Session Description Protocol (SDP)• RFC 3323 [14] - A Privacy Mechanism for the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP)

• RFC 3824 [24] - Using E.164 numbers with the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP)• RFC 1889 – RTP• RFC 1890 - RTP Audio• RFC 4566 – SDP• RFC 3265 - Event Notification• RFC 3515 - SIP Refer• RFC 3842 - Message Waiting• RFC 3310 – Authentification• RFC 2976 – INFO• RFC 3323 - Privacy for SIP (PAI) and draft-ietf-sip-privacy-04 (RPID)

VoIP Standards Supported

IP Office supports the following protocols and standards:• H.323 (V2)(1998), Packet-based multimedia communications systems • Q.931, ISDN user-network interface layer 3 specification for basic call control

• H.245 (1998), Control protocol for multimedia communication • Session Initiation Protocol.• Audio CODECs:

• G.711 A-law/U-law (64K).• G.723.1 MP-MLQ (6.3K).• G.729 Annex A, Annex B, Annex AB – CS-ACELP.

• Silence Suppression • Fax Relay (IP Office to IP Office Fax Transport over IP).• T.38 Fax support (SIP trunks and SIP endpoints).• Local End Echo Cancellation 25ms • Out of band DTMF • Jitter buffer, 5 frames of jitter buffer • Internet Standards/Specification (in addition to TCP/UDP/IP)

• RFC 1889 – RTP/RTCP, Real Time and Real Time Control Protocol • RFC 2507,2508,2509 – Header Compression • RFC 2474 – DiffServ, Type of Service field configurable.• RFC 1990 - PPP Fragmentation.• RFC 1490 - Encapsulation for Frame Relay.• RFC 2686 - Multiclass Extensions to Multilink PPP.• RFC 3261 - Session Initiation Protocol (SIP).• RFC 3489 - STUN.

IP Office supports the following QSIG services across this network:

plan

• RFC 3261 [8] - SIP: Session Initiation Protocol

• RFC 3489 [18] - STUN - Simple Traversal of User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Through Network Address

• H.225.0 (1998), Call signaling protocols and media stream packetization for packet-based multimedia

• Simple Telephony Call/Basic Call: ETS300 171/172.• Circuit Switched Data Call/Basic Call: ETS300 171/172.• Called/Calling Line ID Presentation: ETS300 173.• Called/Calling Name Presentation: (SS-CNIP, SS-CONP, SS-CNIR) ETS300 237/238.• Message Waiting: (SS-MWI) EN301 260/255.• Transfer: (SS-CT) ETS 300 260/261.

30. Button Feature List


Description Action Action Data

Togg

les

Stat

us In

d

Use

r Ad

min

IP Office Phone Support

Anal

og

1400

Ser

ies

1600

Ser

ies

20 S

erie

s

2400

Ser

ies

3600

Ser

ies

3700

Ser

ies

3810

4400

Ser

ies

5400

Ser

ies

4600

Ser

ies

5600

Ser

ies

6400

Ser

ies

9040

9600

Ser

ies

T3/T

3 IP

Ser

ies

Button Feature

IP OfficeSoftware

LevelDefault Label

Actions GeneralDial 1.0 + Dial Dial X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Group 1.0 + Group X √ X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Park Call Park slot number Park √ √ X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

User 1.0 + User X √ X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

This action is used to dial the number contained in the Telephone Number field. A partial number can be enter for the user to complete. On buttons with a text label area, Dial followed by the number is shown.

Telephone number or partial telephone number. √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Monitors the status of a hunt group queue. This option is only supported for hunt groups with queuing enabled. The user does not have to be a member of the group.Depending on the users button type, indication is given for when the group has alerting calls and queued calls (queued in this case is defined as more calls waiting than there are available group members). In IP Office 4.0 the definition of queued calls has changed to include ringing calls. However for operation of the Group button, ringing calls are still regarded as different from other queued calls.For pre-4.0 IP Office pressing the button displayed information about the longest waiting call in the queue and options to answer, drop or ignore the call. For IP Office 4.0 and higher the button has been changed to just answer the longest waiting call.

Group name enclosed in " " double-quotes or group number.

<group name> √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Monitors the status of an IP Office system park slot. The user can use the button to park a call into that slot and to also retrieve a call parked in that slot including calls parked by other users.

Park buttons with indication will indicate when the park slot is in use. Similarly the Park buttons within the Phone Manager and SoftConsole applications can be used to park, retrieve and indicate parked calls.

For IP Office 4.0 and higher this function has been replaced by Emulation | Call Park

1.0 to3.2 only

Advanced -> Call -> Park Call √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Monitors whether another user's phone is idle or in use. The Telephone Number field should contain the users name enclosed in double quotes. The button can be used to make calls to the user or pickup their longest waiting call when ringing. On buttons with a text label, the user name is shown.

The actions performed when the button is pressed will depend on the state of the target user, whether they are local or on a remote SCN system and the phone on which the button is programmed.

See Note 4 below

User name enclosed in "double-quotes".

<the user name>. √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]




Togg

les

Stat

us In

d

Use

r Ad

min


Anal

og

1400

Ser

ies

1600

Ser

ies

20 S

erie

s

2400

Ser

ies

3600

Ser

ies

3700

Ser

ies

3810

4400

Ser

ies

5400

Ser

ies

4600

Ser

ies

5600

Ser

ies

6400

Ser

ies

9040

9600

Ser

ies

T3/T

3 IP

Ser

ies

Button Feature

IP OfficeSoftware

LevelDefault Label

Actions AppearanceAppearance 3.0+ Optional text label. a= X √ X X √ √ X √ √ X √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ X

3.0+ X √ X X √ √ X √ √ X √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ X

3.0+ User name. X √ X X √ √ X √ √ X √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ X

3.0+ Line ID number. X √ X X √ √ X √ √ X √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ X

Creates a call appearance button. This can be used to answer and make calls. Users with multiple call appearance buttons can handle multiple calls. For full details refer to the IP Office Key & Lamp Manual.Call appearance functions, assigned to buttons that do not have status lamps or icons, are automatically disabled until the user logs on at a phone with suitable buttons.For IP Office 3.2+, appearance buttons can be set with a ring delay if required or to not ring. This does not affect the visual alerting displayed next to the button. The delay uses the user's Ring Delay setting (User | Telephony | Multi-line Options) settings.Note that on 4620, 4621, 4625 and 5621 phones, buttons set to call appearance can occupy the full screen width, using the button on either side of the display line for operation and adjusting the numbering of all other buttons accordingly. The appearance buttons can be changed to half-width mode from the phone by pressing Options -> Application Options -> Call Appearance Width.

Appearance -> Appearance

Bridged Appearance

Creates an appearance button that follows the state of another user's call appearance button. The bridged appearance can be used to make and answer calls on behalf of the call appearance user. For full details refer to the IP Office Key & Lamp Manual.

The bridged appearance button user must also have at least one call appearance button programmed.Bridged appearance functions, assigned to buttons that do not have status lamps or icons, are automatically disabled until the user logs in at a phone with suitable buttons.

Appearance -> Bridged Appearance

User name and call appearance button number.

<user name><call appearance label>.

For IP Office 3.2+, appearance buttons can be set with a ring delay if required or to not ring. This does not affect the visual alerting displayed next to the button. The delay uses the user's Ring Delay (User | Telephony | Multi-line Options ) setting.

Note that on 4620, 4621, 4625 and 5621 phones, buttons set to call appearance can occupy the full screen width, using the button on either side of the display line for operation and adjusting the numbering of all other buttons accordingly. The appearance buttons can be changed to half-width mode from the phone by pressing Options -> Application Options -> Call Appearance Width.

Coverage Appearance

Creates a button that alerts when a call to the specified covered user is unanswered after that users Individual Coverage Timer expires. The call coverage appearance button can be used to answer that call. For full details refer to the IP Office Key & Lamp Manual.The call coverage appearance button user must also have at least one call appearance button programmed. The covered user does not need to be using call appearance buttons. Coverage appearance functions, assigned to buttons that do not have status lamps or icons, areautomatically disabled until the user logs on at a phone with suitable buttons.

Appearance -> Coverage Appearance

<user name>.

For IP Office 3.2+, appearance buttons can be set with a ring delay if required or to not ring. This does not affect the visual alerting displayed next to the button. The delay uses the user's Ring Delay setting (User | Telephony | Multi-line Options) settings.Note that on 4620, 4621, 4625 and 5621 phones, buttons set to call appearance can occupy the full screen width, using the button on either side of the display line for operation and adjusting the numbering of all other buttons accordingly. The appearance buttons can be changed to half-width mode from the phone by pressing Options -> Application Options -> Call Appearance Width.

Line Appearance

Creates an line appearance button linked to the activity of a specified line appearance ID number. The button can then be used to answer and make calls on that line. For full details refer to the IP Office Key & Lamp Manual.

Appearance -> Line Appearance

<Line ID number>.

The line appearance button user must also have at least one call appearance button programmed before line appearance buttons can be programmed.Line appearance functions, assigned to buttons that do not have status lamps or icons, are automatically disabled until the user logs in at a phone with suitable buttons.Note that on 4620, 4621, 4625 and 5621 phones, buttons set to call appearance can occupy the full screen width, using the button on either side of the display line for operation and adjusting the numbering of all other buttons accordingly. The appearance buttons can be changed to half-width mode from the phone by pressing Options -> Application Options -> Call Appearance Width.For IP Office 3.2+, appearance buttons can be set with a ring delay if required or to not ring. This does not affect the visual alerting displayed next to the button. The delay uses the user's Ring Delay (User | Telephony | Multi-line Options ) setting.For IP Office 4.2+, line appearances are supported on T3 and T3 IP phones. These phones do not require (or support) call appearance buttons in order to use line appearances.




Togg

les

Stat

us In

d

Use

r Ad

min


Anal

og

1400

Ser

ies

1600

Ser

ies

20 S

erie

s

2400

Ser

ies

3600

Ser

ies

3700

Ser

ies

3810

4400

Ser

ies

5400

Ser

ies

4600

Ser

ies

5600

Ser

ies

6400

Ser

ies

9040

9600

Ser

ies

T3/T

3 IP

Ser

ies

Button Feature

IP OfficeSoftware

LevelDefault Label

Actions: EmulationThis function allows quick dialing of a stored number. 1.0+ AD X X √ X √ √ X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.0+ None Pause X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.0+ None Prog X X √ X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

1.0+ None Stop X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.0+ Acct X X √ X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only. 1.0+ None Stats X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only. 1.0+ None Count X X √ X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.0+ None Sfunc X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.0+ None Mark X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.0+ None Wait X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

AD Suppress 1.0+ None Spres √ √ X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √1.0+ None AutCB √ √ √ X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.0+ Iauto X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.0+ CFrwd √ √ X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Call Park 1.0+ CPark √ √ √ X √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

Abbreviated Dial

Emulation -> Abbreviated Dial

Telephone number or partial number• Full NumberThe number is dialled.• Partial NumberThe partial number is dialled and the user can then complete dialing the full number.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1]

Abbreviated Dial Pause

Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only. Allows a user to enter a pause character when programming an abbreviated dial.

Emulation -> Abbreviated Dial Pause

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Abbreviated Dial Program

Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only. Allows a user to program abbreviated dialing numbers against other programmable buttons. This function cannot be used to overwrite call appearance buttons.

Emulation -> Abbreviated Dial Program

Abbreviated Dial Stop

Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only. Allows a user to enter a stop character when programming an abbreviated dial.

Emulation -> Abbreviated Dial Stop

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Account Code Entry

Enter an account code for a call. This button can be used before dialing a number or during a call.

Emulation -> Account Code Entry

Optional. If an code is set it must match an account code set in the account codes list. If no account code is set, the phone display will request entry of a valid code. This option is not supported on XX02 phones.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

ACD Agent Statistics

Emulation -> ACD Agent Statistics

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

ACD Stroke Count

Emulation -> ACD Stroke Count

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

AD Special Function

Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only. Allows a user to enter a special character (mark, pause suppress, wait) when entering an abbreviated dial.

Emulation -> AD Special Functions

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

AD Special Function Mark

Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only. Allows a user to enter a mark character when programming abbreviated dial.

Emulation -> AD Special Function Mark

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

AD Special Function Wait

Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only. Allows a user to enter a Wait for Dial Tone character when programming an abbreviated dial.

Emulation -> AD Special Function Wait

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Suppresses the display of dialed digits on the telephone display. Dialed digits are replaced with an s character.

Emulation -> AD Suppress √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Automatic Callback

Sets a ringback on the extension being called. When the target extension ends its current call, the ringback user is rung (for their set No Answer Time/Allocated Answer Interval) and if they answer, a new call is made to the target extension.Ringback can also be cleared using the Cancel Ring Back When Free function.

Emulation -> Automatic Callback

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Automatic Intercom

Call an extension and have the call automatically answered on speaker phone after 3 beeps. The extension called must support a handsfree speaker. If the extension does not have a handsfree microphone then the user must use the handset if they want to talk. If the extension is not free when called, the call is presented as a normal call on a call appearance button if available.

Emulation -> Automatic Intercom

User number or name. For IP Office 4.0+ this field can be left blank for number entry when pressed.· For IP Office 4.0+, on large display phones, if configured without a preset target this type of button will display an interactive button menu for target selection.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Call Forwarding All

Switches forward unconditional on and sets the forward number to the number specified or prompts the user to enter a number if none is specified.

Emulation -> Call Forwarding All

Telephone number or blank for entry when pressed. √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Allows the user to park and unpark calls. The button can be used in two ways, either associated with a specified park slotnumber or unspecified.· When associated with a specific park slot number, the button will park and unpark calls from that park slot andindicate when a call is parked in that park slot.· When not associated with a specific park slot number, the button will park calls by assigning them a park slotnumber based on the users extension number. For example, for extension XXX, the first parked call is assigned topark slot XXX0, the next to XXX1 and so on up to XXX9. The button will indicate when there are parked calls in anyof those slots.· With a call connected, pressing the button will park that call using a park slot number assigned by the systembased on the extension number.· With no call connected, pressing the button will display details of any calls parked by the extension and allowtheir retrieval.

Emulation -> Call Park

Park slot ID (alphanumeric) or blank for menu of slots in use. √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1]




Togg

les

Stat

us In

d

Use

r Ad

min


Anal

og

1400

Ser

ies

1600

Ser

ies

20 S

erie

s

2400

Ser

ies

3600

Ser

ies

3700

Ser

ies

3810

4400

Ser

ies

5400

Ser

ies

4600

Ser

ies

5600

Ser

ies

6400

Ser

ies

9040

9600

Ser

ies

T3/T

3 IP

Ser

ies

Button Feature

IP OfficeSoftware

LevelDefault Label

1.0+ User number. √ X √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

Call Pickup Answer an alerting call on the system. 1.0+ None CpkUp X X √ X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √1.0+ None CnLWC X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

Consult Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only. 1.0+ None Cnslt X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.0+ Idial X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Pickup a call ringing at a specific extension or hunt group. 1.0+ DpkU X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Directory 1.0+ None Dir X X X X X √ X X √ √ √ √ X

Drop 1.0+ None Drop X X √ X X X √ X X X √ √ X X X X √ √ X

Call Park To Other Extension

Allows the user to park their current call against another user's extension. The parked call indication on that extension isthen activated according to the telephone type.If the target extension has a Call Park button with no specific park slot number, the parked call will be indicated by thatbutton and can be unparked from the list of parked calls shown when that button is pressed.· Pre-IP Office 4.0The park slot number assigned to the parked call is based on the number of the extension against which the call isbeing parked. For example, calls parked against extension 203 are assigned park slot ID 2030, 2031 and so on up to2039 depending on the number of calls parked.· IP Office 4.0+The park slot number assigned to the parked call is based on the number of the extension parking the call. Forexample, calls parked by extension 201 are assigned the park slot ID 2010, 2011 and so on up to 2019 depending onthe number of calls parked.

Emulation -> Call Park to Other Extension

Rpark("Park" in pre-4.0 IP Office)

XPre-4.0√ 4.0+

XPre-4.0√ 4.0+

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1]

Emulation -> Call Pickup √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Cancel Leave Word Calling

Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only. Cancels the last Leave Word Calling message originated by the user.

Emulation -> Cancel Leave Word Calling

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Emulation -> Consult √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Dial Intercom

Call an extension and have the call automatically answered on speaker phone after 3 beeps. The extension called must support a handsfree speaker. If the extension does not have a handsfree microphone then the user must use the handset if they want to talk. If the extension is not free when called, the call is presented as a normal call on a call appearance button if available.· For IP Office 4.2 Q4 maintenance release and higher this feature can be used as part of handsfree announced transfers .

Emulation -> Dial Intercom

User number or name or blank for number entry when pressed .· For IP Office 4.0+, on large display phones, if configured without a preset target this type of button will display an interactive button menu for target selection.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Directed Call Pickup

Emulation -> Directed Pickup

User number or name or group number or name or blank for number entry when pressed .· For IP Office 4.0+, on large display phones, if configured without a preset target this type of button will display an interactive button menu for target selection.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

A Dir button provides access to various directories and allows telephone number selection by dialed name matching. The directories available for searching depend on the phone type, see User Directory Access . Once they user has selected a directory, dialing on the dial pad letter keys is used to display matching names, with controls for scrolling through the matching names and for calling the currently displayed name.The method of name matching is controlled by the Dial by Name (System | Telephony | Telephony) setting in the IP Office configuration:

Emulation -> Directory √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

· With Dial By Name onMatching is done against all the dial keys pressed. For example, dialing 527 matches names starting with JAS (for example "Jason") and KAR (for example "Karl"). Only the first 50 matches are displayed.· With Dial By Name offMatching is done against the first letter only. For example pressing 5 displays names beginning with J. Press 5 again displays names beginning with K. Only the first 50 matches are displayed. This mode is not supported by IP Office 5.0+.

Name dialing functions on IP Office assume that the phone is using the standard ITU keypad· Dialing SpacesFor names that include spaces, the method of indicating a space has changed in IP Office 5.0.· Pre-IP Office 5.0To enter a name with a space, nothing is dialed for the space. For example "John S..." is dialed as 56467.· IP Office 5.0+To enter a name with a space, the 0 key is used for the space. For example "John S..." is dialed as 564607.

This action is supported on phones which do not have a permanent Drop button.· For a currently connected call, pressing Drop disconnects the call. When drop is used to end a call, silence is returned to the user rather than dial tone. This is intended operation, reflecting that Drop is mainly intended for use by call center headset users.· If the user has no currently connected call, pressing Drop will redirect a ringing call using the user's Forward on No Answer setting if set or otherwise to voicemail if available.· For a conference call, on phones with a suitable display, Drop can be used to display the conference parties and select which party to drop from the conference.

Emulation -> Drop




Togg

les

Stat

us In

d

Use

r Ad

min


Anal

og

1400

Ser

ies

1600

Ser

ies

20 S

erie

s

2400

Ser

ies

3600

Ser

ies

3700

Ser

ies

3810

4400

Ser

ies

5400

Ser

ies

4600

Ser

ies

5600

Ser

ies

6400

Ser

ies

9040

9600

Ser

ies

T3/T

3 IP

Ser

ies

Button Feature

IP OfficeSoftware

LevelDefault Label

1.0+ GrpPg X X √ X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.4+ None or FF (IP Office 4.1+). HdSet √ √ X X X X X X X X X √ X X X X X √

Inspect 1.0+ None Inspt X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.0+ HfAns √ √ √ X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.0+ None LWC X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only. 1.0+ None Excl X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only. 1.0+ Pcall X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

Ringer Off Switches the phone's call alerting ring on/off. 1.0+ None RngOf √ √ √ X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √1.0+ Blank or 1 or 2 (IP Office 4.1+). Admin X X √ X √ X X √ √ √ √ √

1.0+ None SAC √ √ √ X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.0+ None BtnVu X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

Time of Day 1.0+ None TmDay √ √ √ X √ X X √ √ √ √ X X

Timer 1.0+ None Timer √ √ √ X √ √ X √ √ √ √ X X

Group Paging

Makes a paging call to an extension or group specified. If no number is specified, this can be dialed after pressing the button. The target extension or group members must be free and must support hands-free auto-answer in order to hear the page.

On Avaya phones with a CONFERENCE button, a paged user can convert the page call into a normal call by pressing that button.

Emulation -> Group Paging

User number or name or group number or name.· For IP Office 4.0+, on large display phones, if configured without a preset target this type of button will display an interactive button menu for target selection.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Headset Toggle

This function is intend for use with Avaya phones that have separate handset and headset sockets but do not provide a dedicated Headset button, for example older style 4400 and 4600 series phones. On phones without a headset socket or with a dedicated Headset button this control will have no effect.

Miscellaneous -> Headset Toggle

√[3]

Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only. Allows users on display phones to determine the identification of held calls. Allows users on an active call to display the identification of incoming calls.

Emulation -> Inspect √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Internal Auto-Answer

This function is also know as hands-free auto-answer. Sets the user's extension to automatically connect internal calls after a single ring. This function should only be used on phones that support hands-free operation.

Emulation -> Internal Auto-Answer

Optional.· If left blank this function acts as described above for internal auto-answer.· IP Office 4.1+ supports the entry of FF as the Action Data. In that case the button will enable/disable headset force feed operation for external calls. In this mode, when headset mode is selected but the phone is idle, an incoming external call will cause a single tone and then be automatically connected. This operation is only supported on Avaya phones with a fixed HEADSET button. Ring delay is applied if set on the call or line appearance button receiving the call before the call is auto-connected.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Leave Word Calling

Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only. Leaves a message for the user associated with the last number dialed tocall the originator.

Emulation -> Leave Word Calling

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Manual Exclude

Emulation -> Manual Exclude √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Priority Calling

Emulation -> Priority Calling.

None.· For IP Office 4.0+, on large display phones, if configured without a preset target this type of button will display an interactive button menu for target selection.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Emulation -> Ringer Off √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Self-Administer

Allows a user to program features against other programmable buttons themselves. See Using an Admin Button for full details. From IP Office 3.0+, Appearance can no longer be used to create call appearance buttons. Similarly, existing call appearance button cannot be overwritten using any of the other Admin button functions.· For IP Office 4.0+ user's with a log in code will be prompted to enter that code when they use this button action.· For IP Office 4.2+, T3 phone users can access a similar set of functions for button programming, see T3 Phone Self-Administration .· On 4412D+, 4424D+, 4612IP, 4624IP, 6408D, 6416D, 6424D phones:· Admin can be permanently accessed via Menu , , , Admin. See Using a Menu Key .· Admin1 can be permanently accessed via Menu , Menu , , ProgA, , , DSS.

Emulation -> Self-Administer. √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Send All Calls

Sets the user's extension into 'Do Not Disturb' mode. Callers, other than those on the user's do not disturb exception list, receive busy or are diverted to the users voicemail mailbox. Note that with a call already connected and other calls already alerting, enabling Do Not Disturb will not affect those calls already existing. For full details of see Do Not Disturb When on, most Avaya phones display an N on the display. This function and the Do Not Disturb On function work in parallel, ie. setting one sets the other.

Emulation -> Send All Call √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Stored Number View

Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only.Allows a user to view the contents of any programmed feature button.

Emulation -> Stored Number View

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Displays the time and date on the user's telephone. This function is ignored on those Avaya IP Office phones that displaythe date/time by default.

Emulation -> Time of Day √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1]

Starts a timer running on the display of the user's extension. The timer disappears when the user end a call. Note: This function is ignored on those Avaya IP Office phones that display a call timer by default.

Emulation -> Timer √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1]




Togg

les

Stat

us In

d

Use

r Ad

min


Anal

og

1400

Ser

ies

1600

Ser

ies

20 S

erie

s

2400

Ser

ies

3600

Ser

ies

3700

Ser

ies

3810

4400

Ser

ies

5400

Ser

ies

4600

Ser

ies

5600

Ser

ies

6400

Ser

ies

9040

9600

Ser

ies

T3/T

3 IP

Ser

ies

Button Feature

IP OfficeSoftware

LevelDefault Label

Twinning 3.2+ None Twinning √ √ √ X √ √ X √ √ √ √ √ X

Visual Voice 4.0+ None Voice X X X X √ X X √ √ X √ X

This action can be used by user's setup for mobile twinning. Mobile twinning requires entry of a Mobility Features license and a twinning destination number in to the IP Office configuration. This action is not used for internal twinning.

The button allows the user to set and change the destination for their twinned calls. It can also be used to switch mobiletwinning on/off and indicates the status of that setting.

Emulation -> Twinning √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1]

· For user's setup for one-X Mobile Client, changes to their Mobile Twinning status made through the IP Office configuration or using a Twinning button are not reflected in the status of the Extension to Cellular icon on their mobile client. However, changes to the Extension to Cellular status made from the mobile client are reflected by the Mobile Twinning field in the IP Office configuration. Therefore for one-X Mobile Client users it is recommended that they control their Mobile Twinning status through the one-X Mobile Client rather than through a Twinning button.

In addition, when a call has been routed from the IP Office to the twinned destination, the twinning button can be used to retrieve the call at the twinned user's primary extension.· In configurations where the call arrives over an IP trunk and the outbound call is on an IP trunk SCN may optimise the routing and in this case the button may not be useable to retrieve the call.This action provides the user with a display menu for access to their mailbox. It can be used with Voicemail Pro (Intuity and IP Office modes) and Embedded Voicemail. The menu provide the user with options to listening to messages, leaving messages and managing the mailbox.

If pressed when a call is connected, the button allows entry of an extension number for direct to voicemail transfer of the connected call.

On phones that have a display but do not support full visual voice operation as indicated below, use of the button for usermailbox access using voice prompts and for direct to voicemail transfer during a call is supported (does not include T3and T3 IP phones).

For IP Office 4.2+, access to Visual Voice on supported phones can be triggered by the phone's MESSAGES button rather than requiring a separate Visual Voice programmable button. This is done using the System | Voicemail option Messages button goes to Visual Voice.

Emulation -> Visual Voice √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]




Togg

les

Stat

us In

d

Use

r Ad

min


Anal

og

1400

Ser

ies

1600

Ser

ies

20 S

erie

s

2400

Ser

ies

3600

Ser

ies

3700

Ser

ies

3810

4400

Ser

ies

5400

Ser

ies

4600

Ser

ies

5600

Ser

ies

6400

Ser

ies

9040

9600

Ser

ies

T3/T

3 IP

Ser

ies

Button Feature

IP OfficeSoftware

LevelDefault Label

Actions: AdvancedAcquire Call 1.1+ Aquir X X X X X √ √ X X √ √ X √ X √ √ X X

4.2+ None ACWrk √ √ X X X X X X X X X √ √

Break Out 4.0+ BkOut X X X X √ √ X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.1+ 0 (off) or 1 (on). BusyH X X X X √ √ √ X √ √ √ √ √ X

Call Intrude 1.1+ Intru X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Call List 3.1+ None LIST X √ X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X √Call Listen 1.1+ User number Listn X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Pick up the first available ringing call on the system. 1.1+ None PickA X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Pick up a call ringing any hunt group of which the user is a member. 1.1+ None PickG X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.1+ Group number or name PickM X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Call Queue 1.1+ User number Queue X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Call Record 1.1+ None Recor X √ X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Call Steal 1.1+ Steal X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.1+ None CWOff X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.1+ None CWOn √ √ X X X √ √ X X √ √ X √ X √ √ X X

See Call Steal Advanced -> Call -> Call Steal

User number or blank for last call transferred.

After Call Work

This button is used by users configured as an CCR Agent (User | Telephony | Supervisor Settings )and working with the IP Office Customer Call Reporter (CCR) application. It shows the CCR agent their current After Call Work (ACW) status and allow them to manually change status. While in ACW state, the agent will not receive hunt group calls.CCR Agents can be automatically put into and taken out of ACW by the IP Office if the user is configured for AutomaticAfter Call Work (User | Telephony | Supervisor Settings ). Those users must have an After Call Work button.

Advanced -> Miscellaneous -> After Call Work

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1]

This feature is usable within an IP Office Small Community Network. It allows a user on one system in the network to specify that the following dialing be processed by another IP Office system on the network as if the user dialed it locally on that other system.On phones with a multi-line display, if the target IP Office system is not specified in the button settings, a menu of the available systems in the network is displayed from which a selection can be made.

Advanced -> Dial -> Break Out

Optional. The system name or IP address of the required IP Office system can be specified. If no system name or IP address is set, on display phones a list of systems within the Small Community Network is displayed when the button is pressed.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1]

Busy On Held

When on, busy on held returns busy to new calls while the user has an existing call on hold.While this feature can be used by users with appearance keys, it is not recommended as this overrides the basic call handling intent of appearance keys.

Advanced -> Busy -> Busy on Held

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Intrudes on the existing call of the specified target extension. All call parties are put into a conference and can talk. Use of this feature is subject to the Can Intrude status of the intruder and the Cannot be Intruded status of the other call parties.If the target is idle, the function is changed to a normal call.

Advanced -> Call -> Call Intrude

User number or blank for entry when pressed √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

This function is only supported for T3 phones. It provides access to a list of received calls.

Advanced -> Call -> Call List

This feature allows a user to monitor another conversation without being heard. It requires the user being monitored to be a member of the group set as the button user's Monitor Group (User | Telephony) in the IP Office configuration. The use of call listen is also controlled by the Can Intrude setting of the user and the Cannot Be Intruded settings of the target. It is not affected by the settings of the third party to thecall if they are internal.• Warning: The use of monitoring may be subject to local and national restrictions. This feature should only be used in compliance with those restrictions.• Note: On pre-4.0 IP Office systems, IP phone extensions can be used to monitor but cannot be monitored

Advanced -> Call -> Call Listen

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Call Pickup Any

Advanced -> Call -> Call Pickup Any

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Call Pickup Group

Advanced -> Call -> Call Pickup Group

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Call Pickup Members

This feature can be used to pick up any call to an extension that is a member of the hunt group specified. The call picked up does not have to be a hunt group call.

Advanced -> Call -> Call Pickup Members

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Transfer the call to the target extension if free or busy. If busy the call is queued to wait for the phone to become free.This is similar to transfer except it allows you to transfer calls to a busy phone.

Advanced -> Call -> Call Queue

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

This feature allows you to record a conversation and requires Voicemail Pro to be installed. An advice of recording warning will be given if configured on the voicemail system. The recording is placed in the mailbox specified by the user's Manual Recording Mailbox setting. Call recording also requires available conference resources similar to a threeparty conference.

Advanced -> Call -> Call Record

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

This function can be used with or without a specified user target.· If the specified target has alerting calls, the function will connect to the longest waiting call.· If the specified target has no alerting calls but does have a connected call, the function will take over the connected call, disconnecting the original user. This usage is subject to the Can Intrude setting of the Call Steal user and the Cannot Be Intruded setting of the target. The feature is independent the intrude settings of the third party to the call.· If no target is specified, the function attempts to reclaim the users last ringing or transferred call if it has not been answered or has been answered by voicemail.

Advanced -> Call -> Call Steal

User number or blank for last call transferred. √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Call Waiting Off

Switches call waiting off for the user. This button function is obsolete, the Call Waiting On button function toggles on/off and indicates current status.

Advanced -> Call -> Call Waiting Off

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Call Waiting On

Enables call waiting on the user's extension. When the user is on a call and another call arrives, they will hear a call waiting tone. Note: Call waiting does not operate for user's with call appearance buttons. See Call Waiting .

Advanced -> Call -> Call Waiting On




Togg

les

Stat

us In

d

Use

r Ad

min


Anal

og

1400

Ser

ies

1600

Ser

ies

20 S

erie

s

2400

Ser

ies

3600

Ser

ies

3700

Ser

ies

3810

4400

Ser

ies

5400

Ser

ies

4600

Ser

ies

5600

Ser

ies

6400

Ser

ies

9040

9600

Ser

ies

T3/T

3 IP

Ser

ies

Button Feature

IP OfficeSoftware

LevelDefault Label

Disables call waiting, if on, for the duration of the extension's next call. 1.1+ None CWSus X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.1+ None FwdOf X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.0+ None RBak- X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

For Avaya use only. 1.1+ Channel number. ChMon X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

Clear Call 1.1+ None Clear X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Clear CW 1.1+ None ClrCW X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.1+ HGNS- X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.1+ HGOS- X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

Clear Quota 1.1+ Quota X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

Places all the calls the user has on hold into a conference with the user. 1.1+ None Conf+ X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.1+ CnfMM X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Dial 3K1 1.1+ Any number. D3K1 X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √Dial 56K The call presented to local exchange as a "Data Call". 1.1+ Any number. D56K X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √Dial 64K The call presented to local exchange as a "Data Call". 1.1+ Telephone number D64K X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Dial CW 1.1+ User number DCW X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Dial Direct 1.1+ Dirct X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.1+ Any number. Emrgy X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Call Waiting Suspend

Advanced -> Call -> Call Waiting Suspend

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Cancel All Forwarding

Cancels forward unconditional, forward on busy, forward on no answer, follow me and do not disturb if any of those are active on the user's extension.

Advanced -> Call -> Cancel All Forwarding

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Cancel Ring Back When Free

Cancels any existing ringback set by the user, see Ring Back When Free . Note the Ring Back When Free buttons provide both status indication of when set and toggle to cancel or set ringback when free.

Advanced -> Miscellaneous -> Cancel Ring Back When Free

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Channel Monitor

Advanced -> Call -> Channel Monitor

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

This feature can be used to end the last call put on hold. This can be used in scenarios where a first call is already on hold and simply ending the second call will cause an unsupervised transfer of the first call.

Advanced -> Call -> Clear Call

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

End the user's current call and answer any call waiting. Requires the user to also have call waiting indication on. This function does not work for users with multiple call appearance buttons.

Advanced -> Call ->Clear CW √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Clear Hunt Group Night Service

Changes the specified hunt group from 'Night Service' mode to 'In Service' mode.This button function is obsolete. The Set Hunt Group Night Service function can be used to toggle a group in/out of service and provides lamp status indication.Note: If the hunt group has been placed into night service mode by an associated time profile, this function cannot override that night service mode.

Advanced -> Call -> Clear Hunt Group Night Service

Group number.· IP Office 4.0+: If left blank, the button will affect all hunt groups of which the user is a member.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Clear Hunt Group Out Of Service

Changes the specified hunt groups status from 'Out of Service' mode to 'In Service' mode.This button function is obsolete. The Set Hunt Group Out Of Service function can be used to toggle a group in/out of service and provides lamp status indication.

Advanced -> Call -> Clear Hunt Group Out of Service

Group number.· IP Office 4.0+: If left blank, the button will affect all hunt groups of which the user is a member.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Quotas can be assigned to IP Office on outgoing calls to data services such as internet connections. The quota defines the number of minutes available for the service within a time frame set within the service, for example each day, each week or each month.The Clear Quota function can be used to reset the quota for a specific IP Office service or for all IP Office services.

Advanced -> Call -> Clear Quota

"Service name" within quote marks or "" for all services. √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Conference Add

Advanced -> Call -> Conference Add

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Conference Meet Me

This feature allows a user to join a specific numbered conference. By default, ad hoc conferences are assigned numbers starting from 100 for the first conference in progress. Therefore specifying a number away from this range ensure that the conference joined is not an ad hoc conference started by other users.For IP Office 4.1+ this button has been enhanced. A currently connected caller can be transferred into the conference by pressing TRANSFER, then the Conference Meet Me button and TRANSFER again to complete the transfer. This allows the user to place callers into the conference specified by the button without being part of the conference call themselves. This option is only support on Avaya phones with a fixed TRANSFER button (excluding T3 and T3 IP phones).For pre-IP Office Release 5 systems, this function is not supported on IP500 systems without an IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional license. For IP Office Release 6 and higher, IP500 and IP500 V2 systems require a Preferred Edition license.

Advanced -> Call -> Conference Meet Me

Conference number. This can be an alphanumeric value up to 15 characters.

XPre-4.0√ 4.0+

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

The call is presented to local exchange as a "3K1 Speech Call". Useful in some where voice calls cost less than data calls.

Advanced -> Dial -> Dial 3K1 √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Advanced -> Dial -> Dial 56K √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Advanced -> Dial -> Dial 64K √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Call the specified extension number and force call waiting indication on if the extension is already on a call. The call waiting indication will not work if the extension called has multiple call appearance buttons in use.

Advanced -> Dial -> Dial CW √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Call an extension and have the call automatically answered on speaker phone after 3 beeps. The extension called must support a handsfree speaker. If the extension does not have a handsfree microphone then the user must use the handset if they want to talk. If the extension is not free when called, the call is presented as a normal call on a call appearance button if available.· For IP Office 4.2 Q4 maintenance release and higher this feature can be used as part of handsfree announced transfers .

Advanced -> Dial -> Dial Direct

User number or name or blank for entry when pressed. √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Dial Emergency

Dials the number specified regardless of any outgoing call barring applicable to the user.

Advanced -> Dial -> Dial Emergency

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]




Togg

les

Stat

us In

d

Use

r Ad

min


Anal

og

1400

Ser

ies

1600

Ser

ies

20 S

erie

s

2400

Ser

ies

3600

Ser

ies

3700

Ser

ies

3810

4400

Ser

ies

5400

Ser

ies

4600

Ser

ies

5600

Ser

ies

6400

Ser

ies

9040

9600

Ser

ies

T3/T

3 IP

Ser

ies

Button Feature

IP OfficeSoftware

LevelDefault Label

1.4+ Inclu X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Dial Paging 1.1+ Page X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.4+ PhyEx X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.4+ Extension port ID number. DialP X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Dial Speech 1.1+ Telephone number DSpch X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Dial V110 The call is presented to local exchange as a "Data Call". 1.1+ Telephone number DV110 X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Dial V120 The call is presented to local exchange as a "Data Call". 1.1+ Telephone number DV120 X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Dial Video The call is presented to the local exchange as a "Video Call". 1.1+ Telephone number Dvide X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Display Msg Allows the sending of special functions to feature phones. 1.0+ Displ X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.1+ DNDX+ X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.1+ Telephone number or CLI DNDX- X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.1+ None DNDOf X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.1+ None DNDOn √ √ X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Extn Login 1.1+ None Login √ X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Extn Logout 1.1+ None Logof X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Dial Inclusion

Intrudes on the existing connected call of the specified target extension. The intruder and the target extension can then talk but cannot be heard by the other party.During the intrusion all parties hear a repeated intrusion tone. When the intruder hangs-up the original call parties are reconnected.Use of this feature is subject to the Can Intrude status of the intruder and the Cannot be Intruded status of the other call parties if internal.

Advanced -> Dial -> Dial Inclusion

User number or name or blank for user selection when pressed .· For IP Office 4.0+, on large display phones, if configured without a preset target this type of button will display an interactive button menu for target selection.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Makes a paging call to an extension or group specified. If no number is specified, this can be dialed after pressing the button. The target extension or group members must be free and must support hands-free auto-answer in order to hear the page.On Avaya phones with a CONFERENCE button, a paged user can convert the page call into a normal call by pressing that button.

Advanced -> Dial -> Dial Paging

User or group number or name or blank for entry when pressed. √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Dial Physical Extn By Number

Call the specified extension using its Base Extension number setting. This is regardless of the current user logged on at that extension and any forwarding, follow me or do not disturb settings applied by the extension user. This function requires the extension to be assigned a default extension number in the IP Office configuration. If the extension does not have a default extension number, Dial Physical Extn by ID should be used.

Advanced -> Dial -> Dial Physical Extn By Number

Extension port Base Extension number. √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Dial Physical Extn By ID

Call the specified extension, if free, regardless of the current user logged on at that extension and any forwarding, follow me or do not disturb settings applied by the extension user. This function uses the port ID shown in the IP Office configuration.

Advanced -> Dial -> Dial Physical Extn By ID

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

This feature allows a short code to be created to force the outgoing call to use the Speech bearer capability.

Advanced -> Dial -> Dial Speech

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Advanced -> Dial -> Dial V110

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Advanced -> Dial -> Dial V120

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Advanced -> Dial -> Dial Video

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Advanced -> Dial -> Display Msg

The telephone number takes the format N";T" where:· N is the target extension.· T is the text message. Note that the "; before the text and the " after the text are required.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Do Not Disturb Exception Add

Adds a number to the user's "Do Not Disturb Exception List". This can be the number of an internal user or a number to match the CLI of a particular external caller.Calls from that number, except hunt group calls, will ignore the user's Do Not Disturb setting. For further details see Do Not Disturb (DND) in the Telephone Features section.

Advanced -> Do Not Disturb -> Do Not Disturb Exception Add

Telephone number or CLI. Up to 31 characters. For CLI numbers any prefix added by the IP Office system must also be included.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Do Not Disturb Exception Delete

Removes a number from the user's "Do Not Disturb Exception List". This can be the number of an internal user or a number to match the CLI of a particular external caller.

Advanced -> Do Not Disturb -> Do Not Disturb Exception Delete

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Do Not Disturb Off

Cancels the user's 'do not disturb' mode if set. This button function is largely obsolete as the do not disturb on function toggles on/off and indicates the button status.

Advanced -> Do Not Disturb -> Do Not Disturb On

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Do Not Disturb On

Acts the same as Send All Calls . Note that for T3 phones, a Do Not Disturb On button programmed through the phone will be shown as a Send All Call button in the IP Office Manager configuration.

Advanced -> Do Not Disturb -> Do Not Disturb On

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

This feature allows user configured with a log in code to take over ownership of an physical extension. That user'sassociated extension number becomes the number of the extension while they are logged in along with all their usersettings (if appropriate to the phone type).If the user logging in was already logged in or associated with another phone, they will be automatically logged out thatphone.When used, the user will be prompted to enter their extension number and then their log in code. Login codes of up to 15digits are supported with Extn Login buttons. Login codes of up to 31 digits are supported with Extn Login short codes.

Advanced -> Extn -> Extn Login

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Logs out a user from the phone. The phone will return to its normal default user, if an extension number is set against the physical extension settings in the configuration. Otherwise it takes the setting of the NoUser user. This action is obsolete as Extn Login can be used to log out an existing logged in user.If the user who logged out was the default user for an extension, dialing *36 will associate the extension with the user unless they are set to forced login.For IP Office 4.0 and higher this feature cannot be used by a user who does not have a login code.

Advanced -> Extn -> Extn Logout

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]




Togg

les

Stat

us In

d

Use

r Ad

min


Anal

og

1400

Ser

ies

1600

Ser

ies

20 S

erie

s

2400

Ser

ies

3600

Ser

ies

3700

Ser

ies

3810

4400

Ser

ies

5400

Ser

ies

4600

Ser

ies

5600

Ser

ies

6400

Ser

ies

9040

9600

Ser

ies

T3/T

3 IP

Ser

ies

Button Feature

IP OfficeSoftware

LevelDefault Label

Flash Hook 1.4+ Flash X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.1+ Here+ X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.1+ Here- X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.1+ FolTo √ √ X X √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.1+ None FwdH+ √ √ X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.1+ None FwdH- X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.1+ FwdNo X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.1+ FwBNo X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.1+ None FwBOf X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.1+ None FwBOn √ √ X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Sends a hook flash signal to the currently connected line if that line is an analog line. For IP Office 4.0+ this can be used for a Centrex Transfer for calls on lines from a Centrex service provider.

Advanced -> Miscellaneous -> Flash Hook

Optional.Normally this field is left blank. For IP Office 4.0+ it can contain the destination number for a Centrex Transfer for external calls on a line from a Centrex service provider.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Follow Me Here

Causes calls to the extension number specified, to be redirected to this user's extension. IP Office 4.0+ user's with a log in code will be prompted to enter that code when using this function.

Advanced -> Follow Me -> Follow Me Here

User name or user number. For IP Office 4.0+ this field can be left blank for number entry whenpressed .· For IP Office 4.0+, on large display phones, if configured without a preset target this type of button will display an interactive button menu for target selection.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Follow Me Here Cancel

Cancels any 'Follow Me Here' set on the specified extension. Only works if entered at the extension to which the extension's calls are being sent by the follow me action.

Advanced -> Follow Me -> Follow Me Here Cancel

User number or blank for number entry when pressed .· For IP Office 4.0+, on large display phones, if configured without a preset target this type of button will display an interactive button menu for target selection.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Follow Me To

Leaving the extension blank prompts the user to enter the extension to which their calls should be redirected.IP Office 4+ user's with a login code will be prompted to enter that code when using this function.

Advanced -> Follow Me -> Follow Me To

User name or user number or blank for number entry when pressed . If already enabled the button cancels the Follow Me To.· For IP Office 4.0+, on large display phones, if configured without a preset target this type of button will display an interactive button menu for target selection.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1]

Forward Hunt Group Calls On

Forward the user's hunt group calls. This function only works when forward unconditional is also on and uses the same forwarding number as forward unconditional.This option is only applied for calls to Sequential and Rotary type hunt groups. Calls from other hunt group types are not presented to the user when they have Forward Unconditional active. Note also that hunt group calls cannot be forwarded to another hunt group.

Advanced -> Forward -> Forward Hunt Group Calls On

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Forward Hunt Group Calls Off

Cancels the forwarding of the user's hunt group calls. This function is largely obsolete since the button function Forward Hunt Group Calls On toggles on/off and indicates status.

Advanced -> Forward -> Forward Hunt Group Calls Off

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Forward Number

Sets the number to which calls are forwarded when the user has forwarding on. Used for all forwarding options unless a separate Forward On Busy Number is also set. Forwarding to an external number is blocked if Inhibit Off-Switch Transfers is selected within the system configuration.

Advanced -> Forward -> Forward Number

Any number or, IP Office 4.0+, blank for entry when pressed.Telephone number.· IP Office 4.0+ allows this field to be left blank to prompt the user for entry when the button is pressed . Also if blank, IP Office 4.0+ users with a log in code will be prompted to enter that code.· For IP Office 4.0+, on large display phones, if configured without a preset target this type of button will display an interactive button menu for target selection.

XPre-4.0√ 4.0+

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Forward On Busy Number

Sets the number to which calls are forwarded when using 'Forward on Busy' and/or 'Forward on No Answer'. Forwarding to an external number is blocked if Inhibit Off-Switch Transfers is selected within the system configuration.

Advanced -> Forward -> Forward on Busy Number

Telephone number.· IP Office 4.0+ allows this field to be left blank to prompt the user for entry when the button is pressed . Also if blank, IP Office 4.0+ users with a log in code will be prompted to enter that code.· For IP Office 4.0+, on large display phones, if configured without a preset target this type of button will display an interactive button menu for target selection.

XPre-4.0√ 4.0+

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Forward On Busy Off

Switches forward on busy off. This button function is largely obsolete, as Forward On Busy On can be used to switch forward on busy on/off and provides status indication.

Advanced -> Forward -> Forward on Busy Off

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Forward On Busy On

Enables forwarding when the user's extension is busy. For users with call appearance buttons, they will only return busy when all call appearance buttons are in use. Uses the Forward Number as its destination unless a separate Forward on Busy Number is set.For IP Office 3.2 and higher, Forward Internal (User | Forwarding) can also be used to control whether internal calls are forwarded.

Advanced -> Forward -> Forward on Busy On

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]




Togg

les

Stat

us In

d

Use

r Ad

min


Anal

og

1400

Ser

ies

1600

Ser

ies

20 S

erie

s

2400

Ser

ies

3600

Ser

ies

3700

Ser

ies

3810

4400

Ser

ies

5400

Ser

ies

4600

Ser

ies

5600

Ser

ies

6400

Ser

ies

9040

9600

Ser

ies

T3/T

3 IP

Ser

ies

Button Feature

IP OfficeSoftware

LevelDefault Label

1.1+ None FwNOf X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.1+ None FwNOn √ √ X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.1+ None FwUOf X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.1+ None FwUOn √ √ X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

4.1+ None. √ √ X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Hold Call 1.1+ Hold X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

Hold CW 1.1+ None HoldCW X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.1+ HGDis X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.1+ HGEna √ √ X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Hold Music 1.1+ Music X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

4.0+ None MCID X X X X √ X X √ √ √ X √ √ X

1.1+ None OHStn √ √ X X √ √ X X X √ √ √ √ √ X

Forward On No Answer Off

Switches forward on no answer on/off. The time used to determine the call as unanswered is the user's no answer time. Uses the Forward Number as its destination unless a separate Forward on Busy Number is set.For IP Office 3.2 and higher, Forward Internal (User | Forwarding) can also be used to control whether internal calls are forwarded.

Advanced -> Forward -> Forward on No Answer Off

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Forward On No Answer On

Switches forward on no answer on/off. The time used to determine the call as unanswered is the user's no answer time. Uses the Forward Number as its destination unless a separate Forward on Busy Number is set.For IP Office 3.2 and higher, Forward Internal (User | Forwarding) can also be used to control whether internal calls are forwarded.

Advanced -> Forward -> Forward on No Answer On

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Forward Unconditional Off

Switch 'forward all calls' off. This does not affect 'Forward on No Answer' and/or 'Forward on Busy' if also on. This function is largely obsolete as a button set to Forward Unconditional On toggles on/off and indicates when on.

Advanced -> Forward -> Forward Unconditional Off

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Forward Unconditional On

This function is also know as 'divert all' and 'forward all'. It forwards all calls, except hunt group and page calls, to the forward number set for the user's extension. To also forward hunt group calls to the same number 'Forward Hunt Group Calls On' must also be used.For IP Office 3.2 and higher, Forward Internal (User | Forwarding) can also be used to control whether internal calls are forwarded.In addition to the lamp indication shown below, most phones display D when forward unconditional is on.

Advanced -> Forward -> Forward Unconditional On

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Group Listen On

Using group listen allows callers to be heard through the phone's handsfree speaker but to only hear thephone's handset microphone. When group listen is enabled, it modifies the hands free functionality of theshort code user’s terminal in the following manner• When the user’s phone is placed in handsfree / speaker mode, the speech path from theconnected party is broadcast on the phone speaker but the phone's base microphone is disabled.• The connected party can only hear speech delivered directly by the short code user's handsetmicrophone.• Group listen is not supported for IP phones or when using a phone's HEADSET button.• Currently connected calls are not affected by changes to this setting. If group listen is required itmust be selected before the call is connected.This enables listeners local to the short code user’s phone to hear the connected party whilst limiting theconnected party to hear only what is communicated via the user’s handset.

Advanced -> Extension -> Group Listen On.

Group Listen On √[1] √[1] √[1]

This uses the Q.931 Hold facility, and "holds" the incoming call at the ISDN exchange, freeing up the ISDN B channel. The Hold Call feature "holds" the current call to a slot. The current call is always automatically placed into slot 0 if it has not been placed in a specified slot. Only available if supported by the ISDN exchange.

Advanced -> Hold -> Hold Call

ISDN Exchange hold slot number or blank (slot 0). √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Place the user's current call on hold and answers the waiting call. This function is not supported on phones which have multiple call appearance buttons set.

Advanced -> Hold -> Hold CW

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Hunt Group Disable

This function is obsolete, the Hunt Group Enable function being able to toggle membership between enabled and disabled and providing lamp indication of when membership is enabled.An individual user's membership of any particular hunt groups is programmed through the IP Office configuration. This control allows the user to disable that membership. They will no longer receive calls to that hunt group until their membership is enabled again.

Hunt Group -> Hunt Group Disable

Group number or name or blank for all groups. √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Hunt Group Enable

An individual users membership of any particular hunt groups is programmed through the IP Office configuration. This control allows the user to enable or disable that membership. While enabled, the user can receive hunt group calls when logged on.In addition to the lamp indication below, most phones display G when any group membership is enabled.

Hunt Group -> Hunt Group Enable

Group number or name or blank for all groups. √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

This feature allows the user to listen to the system's music on hold. See Music On Hold for more information.

Advanced -> Hold -> Hold Music

Optional.IP Office 4.2+ (not Small Office Edition) supports up to 4 hold music sources. However only the system source is supported for Hold Music buttons.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

MCID Activate

This action is used with ISDN Malicious Caller ID call tracing. It is used to trigger a call trace at the ISDN exchange. The call trace information is then provided to the appropriate legal authorities.This option requires the line to the ISDN to have MCID enabled at both the ISDN exchange and on the IP Office. The user must also be configured with Can Trace Calls enabled (User | Telephony).

Miscellaneous -> MCID Activate

√ √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1]

Off Hook Station

Enables the user's extension to be controlled by an IP Office application, for example Phone Manager or SoftConsole. Calls can then be answered and cleared through the application without having to manually go off or on hook. Requires the phone to support full handsfree operation.

Advanced -> Miscellaneous -> Off Hook Station

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1]




Togg

les

Stat

us In

d

Use

r Ad

min


Anal

og

1400

Ser

ies

1600

Ser

ies

20 S

erie

s

2400

Ser

ies

3600

Ser

ies

3700

Ser

ies

3810

4400

Ser

ies

5400

Ser

ies

4600

Ser

ies

5600

Ser

ies

6400

Ser

ies

9040

9600

Ser

ies

T3/T

3 IP

Ser

ies

Button Feature

IP OfficeSoftware

LevelDefault Label

Park Call Park slot number. Park √ √ X X X √ √ X X √ √ X √ X √ √ X X

Priority Call 1.1+ User number or name. Pcall X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Private Call 4.0+ None PrivC √ √ X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Relay Off 1.1+ Switch number (1 or 2). Rely- X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

Relay On 1.1+ Switch number (1 or 2). Rely+ X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Relay Pulse 1.1+ Switch number (1 or 2). Relay X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Resume Call 1.1+ ISDN Exchange slot number. Resum X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.1+ ISDN Exchange slot number. Retriv X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.1+ None RBak+ X √ X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.1+ Absnt X X X X √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

2.1+ Acct X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.1+ HGNS+ √ √ X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.1+ HGOS+ √ √ X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Monitors the status of an IP Office system park slot. The user can use the button to park a call into that slot and to also retrieve a call parked in that slot including calls parked by other users.Park buttons with indication will indicate when the park slot is in use. Similarly the Park buttons within the Phone Manager and SoftConsole applications can be used to park, retrieve and indicate parked calls.

1.0 to3.2

Advanced -> Call -> Park Call

This feature allows the user to call another user even if they are set to 'do not disturb'. A priority call will follow forward and follow me settings but will not go to voicemail.

Advanced -> Call -> Priority Call

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

When on, any subsequent calls cannot be intruded on, bridged into or silently monitored until the user's private call status is switched off.Note that use of private calls is separate from the user's intrusion settings. If a user is set to Cannot be Intruded, switching private calls off does not affect that status. To allow private calls to be used to fully control the user status, Cannot be Intruded should be disabled for that user.If enabled during a call, any current recording, intrusion or monitoring is ended.

Advanced -> Call -> Private Call

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Opens the specified switch in the system's external output port (EXT O/P). Advanced -> Relay -> Relay Off

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Closes the specified switch in the system's external output port (EXT O/P). Advanced -> Relay -> Relay On

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Closes the specified switch in the system's external output port (EXT O/P) for 5 seconds and then opens the switch.

Advanced -> Relay -> Relay Pulse

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Resume a call previously suspended to the specified ISDN exchange slot. The suspended call may be resumed from another phone/ISDN Control Unit on the same line.

Advanced -> Call -> Resume Call

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Retrieve Call Retrieves a call previously held to a specific ISDN exchange slot. Only available when supported by the ISDN exchange.

Advanced -> Call -> Retrieve Call

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Ring Back When Free

Sets a ringback on the extension being called. When the target extension ends its current call, the ringback users is rung (for their set No Answer Time/Allocated Answer Interval) and if they answer, a new call is made to the target extension.Ringback can be cleared using the Cancel Ring Back When Free function.

Advanced -> Miscellaneous -> Ring Back When Free

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Set Absent Text

This feature can be used select the user's current absence text. Note: The user still has to select Set or Clear on their phone to display or hide the text. This text is then displayed to internal callers who have suitable display phones or applications.The text is displayed to callers even if the user has forwarded their calls or is using follow me. Absence text is supported across a Small Community Network (SCN).The absence text message is limited to 128 characters. Note however that most amount displayed will depend on the caller's device or application.

Advanced -> Set -> Set Absent Text

The telephone number should take the format "y,n,text" where:• y = 0 or 1 to turn this feature on or off.• n = the number of the absent statement to use:• 0 = None.• 1 = On vacation until.• 2 = Will be back.• 3 = At lunch until.• 4 = Meeting until.• 5 = Please call.• 6 = Don't disturb until.• 7 = With visitors until.• 8 = With cust. til.• 9 = Back soon.• 10 = Back tomorrow.• 11 = Custom.• text = any text to follow the absent statement.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] √[1]

Set Account Code

Dials an account code and then returns dial tone for the user to dial a number. Can also be used to enter an account code after a call has been connected.

Advanced -> Set -> Set Account Code

Account code or blank.If blank, the user is prompted to dial an account code after pressing the button. This option is not supported on XX02 phone modules.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Set Hunt Group Night Service

Puts the specified hunt group into 'Night Service' mode. Calls to a group set to night service, receive busy or are diverted to voicemail if available or are diverted to the group's night service fallback group if set.This function cannot be used to override hunt groups already set to night service mode by an associated time profile.

Advanced -> Set -> Set Hunt Group Night Service

Hunt group extension number.· IP Office 4.0+: If left blank, the button will affect all hunt groups of which the user is a member.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Set Hunt Group Out Of Service

Puts the specified hunt group into 'Out of Service' mode. Calls to a group set to out of service receive busy or are diverted to voicemail if available or are diverted to the group's out of service fallback group if set.For pre-IP Office 4.0 systems this function cannot be used to override hunt groups already set to night service mode by an associated time profile.For IP Office 4.0 systems this function can be used to used to override hunt groups already set to night service mode by an associated time profile.

Advanced -> Set -> Set Hunt Group Out of Service

Hunt group extension number.· IP Office 4.0+: If left blank, the button will affect all hunt groups of which the user is a member.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]




Togg

les

Stat

us In

d

Use

r Ad

min


Anal

og

1400

Ser

ies

1600

Ser

ies

20 S

erie

s

2400

Ser

ies

3600

Ser

ies

3700

Ser

ies

3810

4400

Ser

ies

5400

Ser

ies

4600

Ser

ies

5600

Ser

ies

6400

Ser

ies

9040

9600

Ser

ies

T3/T

3 IP

Ser

ies

Button Feature

IP OfficeSoftware

LevelDefault Label

1.1+ ICSeq X X X √ X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

4.2+ SetNSG X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.1+ Time in seconds (range 6 to 99999). NATim X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.1+ OCSeq X X X √ X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

4.2+ SetOOSG X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.1+ RBSeq X X X √ X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

1.1+ Time in seconds (range 0 to 99999). WUTim X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.1+ ISDN Exchange slot number. Suspe X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

Suspend CW 1.1+ ISDN Exchange slot number. SusCW X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

Set Inside Call Seq

Only supported for analog extensions. The distinctive ringing pattern used for other phones is set by the phone type. See the Set Inside Call Seq short code.

Advanced -> Set -> Set Inside Call Sequence

0 to 10 as follows:• 0 = Default system ring.• 1 = Ring Normal (varies according to system locale).• 2 = Ring Type 1: 1 on/2 off/...• 3 = Ring Type 2: 0.25 on/0.25 off/0.25 on/0.25 off/0.25 on/1.75 off/...• 4 = Ring Type 3: 0.4 on/0.8 off/...• 5 = Ring Type 4: 2 on/4 off/...• 6 = Ring Type 5: 2 on/2 off/...• 7 = Ring Type 6: 0.945 on/4.5 off/...• 8 = Ring Type 7: 0.25 on/0.24 off/0.25 on/2.25 off/...• 9 = Ring Type 8: 1 on/3 off/...• 10 = Ring Type 9: 1 on/4 off/...

Set Night Service Group

This button allows the user to change the Night Service target of a hunt group. The button user does not have to be a member of the hunt group. For Small Community Networks this function can be used for hunt groups on remote systems.When pressed, the user is prompted to enter or select a hunt group as the Night Service destination. Changing the destination does not affect calls already ringing at the hunt groups previous night service destination.

Advanced -> Set -> Set Night Service Group.

Hunt group extension number. This is the group for which the night service destination is being set.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Set No Answer Time

Allows the user to change their no answer time setting. This is the time calls will ring before going to voicemail or following the user's divert on no answer setting if set on.In situations where call coverage is also being used, the user's no answer time must be greater than their individual coverage time for coverage to occur.

Advanced -> Set -> Set No Answer Time

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Set Outside Call Seq

Only supported for analog extensions. The distinctive ringing pattern used for other phones is set by the phone type. See the Set Outside Call Seq short code.

Advanced -> Set -> Set Outside Call Sequence

0 to 10 as follows:• 0 = Default system ring.• 1 = Ring Normal (varies according to system locale).• 2 = Ring Type 1: 1 on/2 off/...• 3 = Ring Type 2: 0.25 on/0.25 off/0.25 on/0.25 off/0.25 on/1.75 off/...• 4 = Ring Type 3: 0.4 on/0.8 off/...• 5 = Ring Type 4: 2 on/4 off/...• 6 = Ring Type 5: 2 on/2 off/...• 7 = Ring Type 6: 0.945 on/4.5 off/...• 8 = Ring Type 7: 0.25 on/0.24 off/0.25 on/2.25 off/...• 9 = Ring Type 8: 1 on/3 off/...• 10 = Ring Type 9: 1 on/4 off/.

Set Out of Service Group

This button allows the user to change the Out of Service target of a hunt group. The button user does not have to be a member of the hunt group. For Small Community Networks this function can be used for hunt groups on remote systems.When pressed, the user is prompted to enter or select a hunt group as the Out of Service destination. Changing the destination does not affect calls already ringing at the hunt groups previous Out of Service destination.

Advanced -> Set -> Set Out of Service Group

Hunt group extension number. This is the group for which the night service destination is being set.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Set Ringback Seq

Only supported for analog extensions. The distinctive ringing pattern used for other phones is set by the phone type. See the Set Ringback Seq short code.

Advanced -> Set -> Set Ringback Call Sequence

0 to 10 as follows:• 0 = Default system ring.• 1 = Ring Normal (varies according to system locale).• 2 = Ring Type 1: 1 on/2 off/...• 3 = Ring Type 2: 0.25 on/0.25 off/0.25 on/0.25 off/0.25 on/1.75 off/...• 4 = Ring Type 3: 0.4 on/0.8 off/...• 5 = Ring Type 4: 2 on/4 off/...• 6 = Ring Type 5: 2 on/2 off/...• 7 = Ring Type 6: 0.945 on/4.5 off/...• 8 = Ring Type 7: 0.25 on/0.24 off/0.25 on/2.25 off/...• 9 = Ring Type 8: 1 on/3 off/...• 10 = Ring Type 9: 1 on/4 off/...

Set Wrap Up Time

Allows the user to change their Wrap-up Time setting. Specifies the amount of time after ending one call before another call can ring. During this interval the user is treated as still being on a call. It is recommended that this option is not set to less than the default of 2 seconds. 0 is used to allow immediate ringing.

Advanced -> Set -> Set Wrap Up Time

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Suspend Call

Uses the Q.931 Suspend facility. Suspends the incoming call at the ISDN exchange, freeing up the ISDN B channel. The call is placed in exchange slot 0 if a slot number is not specified. Only available when supported by the ISDN exchange.

Advanced -> Suspend -> Suspend.

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Uses the Q.931 Suspend facility. Suspends the incoming call at the ISDN exchange and answer the call waiting. The call is placed in exchange slot 0 if a slot number is not specified. Only available when supported by the ISDN exchange.

Advanced -> Suspend -> Suspend CW

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]




Togg

les

Stat

us In

d

Use

r Ad

min


Anal

og

1400

Ser

ies

1600

Ser

ies

20 S

erie

s

2400

Ser

ies

3600

Ser

ies

3700

Ser

ies

3810

4400

Ser

ies

5400

Ser

ies

4600

Ser

ies

5600

Ser

ies

6400

Ser

ies

9040

9600

Ser

ies

T3/T

3 IP

Ser

ies

Button Feature

IP OfficeSoftware

LevelDefault Label

Toggle Calls Cycle between the user's current call and any held calls. 1.1+ None Toggl X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

Unpark Call 1.1+ Park slot ID (alphanumeric). Ride X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.1+ See notes. VMCol X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.1+ None VMOff X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.1+ None VMOn X √ X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

1.1+ None VMRB- X X X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ X

1.1+ None VMRB+ √ √ X X √ √ X X √ √ √ √ √ √

Phone Support Notes[1]

[2] May have limited support on some specific T3 phone models.[3] Supported on 4606, 4612 and 4624 only.

Note 1

Note 2

Note 3

Advanced -> Call -> Toggle Calls

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

This function is obsolete, since the Park function can be used to both park and retrieve calls and provides visual indication of when calls are parked. Retrieve a parked call from a specified system park slot.

Advanced -> Call -> Unpark Call

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Voicemail Collect

Connects to the voicemail server. The telephone number must indicate the name of the Voicemail box to be accessed, eg. "?Extn201" or "#Extn201". The ? indicates "collect Voicemail" and the # indicates "deposit Voicemail". This action is not supported by voicemail using IP Office Intuity emulation mode.

When used with Voicemail Pro, names of specific call flow start points can also be used to directly access those start points via a short code. In these cases ? is not used and # is only used if ringing is required before the start points call flow begins.

Advanced -> Voicemail -> Voicemail Collect

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Voicemail Off

Disables the user's voicemail box from answering calls that ring unanswered at the users extension. This button function is largely obsolete as the Voicemail On function toggles on/off.

This does not disable the user's mailbox and other methods of placing messages into their mailbox.

Advanced -> Voicemail -> Voicemail Off

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Voicemail On

Enables the user's voicemail mailbox to answer calls which ring unanswered or arrive when the user is busy.

Advanced -> Voicemail -> Voicemail On

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Voicemail Ringback Off

This button function is largely obsolete as the Voicemail Ringback On function toggles on/off. Disables voicemail ringback to the user's extension.

Advanced -> Voicemail -> Voicemail Ringback Off

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Voicemail Ringback On

Enables voicemail ringback to the user's extension. Voicemail ringback is used to call the user when they have new voicemail messages in their own mailbox or a hunt group mailbox for which they have been configured with message waiting indication.The ringback takes place when the user's phone returns to idle after any call is ended.

Advanced -> Voicemail -> Voicemail Ringback On

√[1] √[1] √[1] √[1] X[2]

Not 1403, 1603, 4601, 4602, 5601 and 5602 except where 4602 is supported on IP Office 2.1 and 3.0DT software.

Dir - Directory.Drop - Drop.HFAns - Internal Auto-Answer.Timer - Timer.AutCB - Automatic Callback.Prog - Abbreviated Dial Program.CFrwd - Call Forwarding All.Park - Park Call (pre-4.0)CPark - Call Park (4.0+).RPark - Call Park to Other Extension (4.0+).SAC - Send All Calls.TmDay - Time of Day.Admin - Self-Administer.

Acct - Account Code Entry.AD - Abbreviated Dial.Park - Call Park to Other Extn.GrpPg - Group Paging.CPkUp - Call Pickup.DPkUp - Directed Call Pickup.RngOf - Ringer Off.Spres - AD Suppress.HdSet - Headset Toggle.HGNS+ - Set Hunt Group Night Service.Flash - Hook Flash (4.0+).BkOut - Breakout (4.0+).

Dial (pre-4.0).XX - Abbreviated Dial (4.0+).GroupPark (pre-4.0).CPark (4.0+).User.Flash Hook.• Abbreviated Dial (129), Abbreviated Dial Pause (130), Abbreviated Dial Program (7), Abbreviated Dial Stop (148), Account Code Entry (128), ACD Agent Statistics (147), ACD Stroke Count (135), AD Special Function Mark (142), AD Special Function Wait (149), AD Special Functions (145), AD Suppress (146), Automatic Callback (6), Automatic Intercom (139), Call Forwarding All (8), Call Park (9), Call Park To Other Extension (143), Call Pickup (132), Cancel Leave Word Calling (133), Consult (134), Dial Intercom (140), Directed Call Pickup (136), Send All Calls (10), Stored Number View (150), Time of Day (11), Timer (4).




Togg

les

Stat

us In

d

Use

r Ad

min


Anal

og

1400

Ser

ies

1600

Ser

ies

20 S

erie

s

2400

Ser

ies

3600

Ser

ies

3700

Ser

ies

3810

4400

Ser

ies

5400

Ser

ies

4600

Ser

ies

5600

Ser

ies

6400

Ser

ies

9040

9600

Ser

ies

T3/T

3 IP

Ser

ies

Button Feature

IP OfficeSoftware

LevelDefault Label

Note 4Phone

Idle Call the user. Picks up the call.Ringing Displays an option to pickup the call.

On a Call No action.

· CALLInitiates a call to the users.

· MESSAGE

· VOICEMAILCall the user's voicemail mailbox.

· CALLBACKSet an automatic callback.

· DropDisconnect the user's current call.

If configured to be able to intrude on the user:· Acquire

Take control of the call.· Intrude

Intrude into the call, turning it into a 3-way conference.If configured to be able to listen to the user:

· ListenStart silent monitoring of the user's call.

Avaya 1608, 1616, 2410, 2420, 4610, 4620, 4621, 4625, 4510, 5420, 5610, 5620 Phones

Other Phones or Across Small Community Network

For IP Office 4.0+ the following options are displayed (name lengths may vary depending on the phone display):

For 1600 phones (IP Office 4.2), the Call, Voicemail and Callback options are supported.

Cause a single burst of ringing on the target phone. On some phones, when they end their current call their phone will then display PLEASE CALL and your extension number.

For 1600 Series phones (IP Office 4.2+) the following additional options are displayed:

31. Set Button Display Status


Button Action Status 24XX/54XX 46XX/56XX 44XX/64XX 16XX

Group- No calls Main Main Not lit Not lit- Call alerting Green flash Green flash- Calls queued Main Main Red flash Red flash

Park Call- No parked call PARK1 PARK1 Off Off- Parked here Green flash Green flash- Parked elsewhere PARK1 PARK1 Red flash Red flash

User

- Idle Extn221 Extn221 Not lit Not lit- Alerting Green flash Red flash- In Use/Busy Extn221 Extn221 Green on Red wink (on with brief flashes).- DND Extn221 Extn221 Green on Red on

AD Suppress - On Spres Green on Green on- Off Spres Spres Off Off

Automatic Callback - On AutCB Green on Green on- Off AutCB AutCB Off Off

Call Forwarding All - On CFrwd Green on Green on- Off CFrwd CFrwd Off Off

Call Park- Calls parked by extension Cpark Green flash Green flash- Call Parked by other extension Cpark Cpark Red flash Red flash- No parked calls Cpark Cpark Off Off

Call Park To Other Extension - Parked Call Rpark Green flash Green flash- No parked call Rpark Rpark Off Off

Internal Auto-Answer - On HFAns Green on Green on- Off HFAns HFAns Off Off

Ringer Off - On (no ring) RngOf Green on Green on- Off (ring) RngOf RngOf Off Off

Send All Calls - On SAC Green on Green on- Off SAC SAC Off Off

Time of Day - On TmDay Green on Green on- Off TmDay TmDay Off Off

Timer - On Timer Green on Green on- Off Timer Timer Off Off

Twinning- On Twinning Green on Green on- Off Twinning Twinning Off Off- Twinned call at secondary Red on Red on

Call Waiting On - On CWOn Green on Green on- Off CWOn CWOn Off Off

Do Not Disturb On - On DNDOn Green on Green on- Off DNDOn DNDOn Off Off

Follow Me To - On FolTo Green on Green on- Off FolTo FolTo Off Off

Forward Hunt Group Calls On - On FwDH+ Green on Green on- Off FwdH+ FwDH+ Off Off

Forward On Busy On - On FwBOn Green on Green on- Off FwBOn FwBOn Off Off

Mainu Mainu

PARK1u PARK1u

Extn221 Extn221u

Spres

AutCB

CFrwd

Cparku

Rparku

HFAns

RngOf

SAC

TmDay

Timer

Twinning

Twinning TwinninguCWOn

DNDOn

FolTo

FwdH+

FwBOn



Button Action Status 24XX/54XX 46XX/56XX 44XX/64XX 16XXForward On No Answer On - On FwNOn Green on Green on

- Off FwNOn FwNOn Off OffForward Unconditional On - On FwUOn Green on Green on

- Off FwUOn FwUOn Off OffHunt Group Enable - On HGEna Green on Green on

- Off HGEna HGEna Off OffOff Hook Station - On OHStn Green on Green on

- Off OHStn OHStn Off Off

Park Call- No parked call PARK1 PARK1 Off Off

Green flash Green flash- Parked elsewhere Red flash Red flash

Private Call - On Green on. Green on. - Off Off Off

Ring Back When Free - On AutCB+ Green on Green on- Off AutCB AutCB+ Off Off

Set Hunt Group Night Service - On Green on Green on- Off Off Off

Set Hunt Group Out Of Service - On Green on Green on- Off Off Off

Voicemail On - On Green on Green on- Off Off Off

Voicemail Ringback On - On Green on Green on- Off Off Off

FwNOn

FwUOn

HGEna

OHStn

- Parked here. PARK1u PARK1u PARK1 PARK1 PrivC PrivC PrivC PrivC AutCB

HGNS+200 HGNS+200 HGNS+200 HGNS+200 HGOS+200 HGOS+200 HGOS+200 HGOS+200 VMOn VMOn VMOn VMOn VMRB+ VMRB+ VMRB+ VMRB+



Button Action Status 24XX/54XX 46XX/56XX 44XX/64XX 16XXT3 Phone Set Status

Button Action T3 Set Status DSS Link LEDDial None

User

Account Code Entry None

Automatic Intercom None

Call Pickup Classic/Comfort icon: Displays . NoneCall List

Dial Intercom None

Directory NoneGroup Paging None

Headset Toggle On when active.

Internal Auto-Answer On when active.

Send All Calls On when active.Call Pickup Any None

Call Pickup Group NoneCall Pickup Members None

Dial Paging None

Do Not Disturb On On when active.Follow Me Here On when active.

Forward Unconditional On On when active.

Hunt Group Enable On when active.

Classic/Comfort icon: Displays the telephone number set.Classic/Comfort icon: Displays the user name.

On when busy, flashing when call alerting user.

Classic/Comfort icon: Displays 1234.

Classic/Comfort icon: Displays followed by the set number.

Classic/Comfort icon: Displays LIST. On when calls are in the list. Flashes when new calls are in the list.

Classic/Comfort icon: Displays followed by the set number.Classic/Comfort icon: Displays .Classic/Comfort icon: Displays followed by target number if set.Classic/Comfort icon: Displays HdSet

Classic/Comfort icon: Displays HfAns.

Classic/Comfort icon: Displays .Classic/Comfort icon: Displays .Classic/Comfort icon: Displays . followed by group name.Classic/Comfort icon: Displays . followed by group name.Classic/Comfort icon: Displays followed by target number if set.Classic/Comfort icon: Displays .Classic/Comfort icon: Displays followed by the user name.Classic/Comfort icon: Displays followed by the user name.Classic/Comfort icon: Displays followed by the group number or * for all if programmed with no specific group number.



Button Action Status 24XX/54XX 46XX/56XX 44XX/64XX 16XX

Relay Pulse NoneSet Account Code None



Voicemail On On when set.

Classic/Comfort icon: Displays S1 or S2 dependant on switch number.Classic/Comfort icon: Displays 1234.

Classic/Comfort icon: Displays followed by the group number. The background uses the same settings as the LED below.

On when all related groups are in night service. Slow flash if related hunt groups are in mixed states.

Classic/Comfort icon: Displays – followed by the group number. The background uses the same settings as the LED below.

On when set. On when all related groups are out of service. Slow flash if related hunt groups are in mixed states.Classic/Comfort icon: Displays

The background uses the same settings as the LED below.

32. SHORT CODE FEATURES


Feature Description Telephone NumberIP Office Release

2.1 3.0DT 3.0 3.1 3.2 4.0 4.1 4.2 5 6.0Default Short

Code

Phone ManagerControl

Soft-ConsoleControl

ProgramButton Control

AOC Total

Break Out

Barred

Busy On Held Y or 1 for on, N or 0 for off.

Call Intrude Target extension number.

Call Listen Target extension number.

AOC Previous Call

Display of advice of charge information is only supported on T3 phones, T3 IP phones and PhoneManager.

AOC Reset Total

Display of advice of charge information is only supported on T3 phones, T3 IP phones and PhoneManager.Display of advice of charge information is only supported on T3 phones, T3 IP phones and PhoneManager.

Auto Attendant

This feature is used with embedded voicemail on Small Office Edition, IP406 V2 and IP500 and IP500v2 systems. It allows the recording of the greetings used by auto-attendant services and the transfer of calls to that auto attendant. This feature was previously called Record Greeting.

For pre-IP Office 4.1, the number takes the form AA:Name.x where Name is the autoattendant service name and x is the greeting (1 = morning, 2 = afternoon, 3 = evening and4 = options menu). The .x part can be omitted in which case the short code is used to connect the caller to the named auto attendant service.• For IP Office 4.1+ each auto attendant is assigned a number. This can be used in numbers that take the form "AA:"N".x", where N is the auto attendant number. The x part is used as above.

See Configuration Settings | Auto Attendant

This feature is usable within an IP Office Small Community Network. It allows a user on one system in the network to specify that the following dialing be processed by another IP Office system on the network as if the user dialed it locally on that other system. This feature is not supported for SIP extensions.

For pre-IP Office Release 5 systems, this feature requires the IP Offices to have Advanced Small Community Networking licenses.

The IP Address of the IP Office system, using * characters in place of . characters.

Advanced | Dial | BkOut

This short code feature can be used for call barring by using the short code as the call destination. This short code feature was previously called Busy. It has been renamed but its function has not changed.

When used in an ARS form that has been configured with an Alternate Route, for callers whose dialing has matched the short code no further routing is applied.When on, busy on held returns busy to new calls when the user has an existing call on hold. This short code feature is useful when a user does not want to be distracted by an additional incoming call when they have a call on hold.

BusyH

This feature intrudes on the existing connected call of the specified target extension. All call parties are put into a conference and can talk to and hear each other. Use of this feature is subject to the Can Intrude status of the intruder and the Cannot be Intruded status of the target.A Call Intrude attempt to a user who is idle becomes a Priority Call. • Note that this feature requires conference resources from the IP Office system for the duration of the intrusion.• IP Office 4.0+ provides privacy features that allow users to indicate that a call cannot be intruded on. See Private Calls.• For IP Office 4.2+, intruding onto an a user doing silent monitoring (Call Listen ) is turned into a silent monitoring call.

Actions | Intrude.

Intru

This feature allows a user to monitor another user's call without being heard. Monitoring is different from call intrusion. Note that this feature requires conference resources from the IP Office system for the duration of the intrusion. · WARNINGMonitoring is not enabled by default. The use of monitoring is may be subject to local laws and regulations. Before enabling monitoring you must ensure that you have complied with all applicable local laws and regulations. Failure to do so may result in severe penalties.

Listn




2.1 3.0DT 3.0 3.1 3.2 4.0 4.1 4.2 5 6.0Default Short

Code


Soft-ConsoleControl


Call Listen Target extension number.

Pick up the first available ringing call. *30PickA

Pick up a ringing call from a specific extension. Target extension number. *32*N#CpkUp

*31PickG

Target Line Appearance ID.

Group number or "Group name".

Target user extension number.

Call Queue Target extension number.

Call Record Target extension number.

Call Steal

Listn

The use of call listen is dependant on: • The target being a member of the group set as the user's Monitor Group (User | Telephony tab). • The Can Intrude setting of the user listening and the Cannot be Intruded setting of the target.Monitoring is independent of the settings of the third party to the call if they are internal. • IP Office 4.0+ provides privacy features that allow users to indicate that a call cannot be monitored. See Private Calls. • For IP Office 4.2+, intruding onto an a user doing silent monitoring (Call Listen ) is turned into a silent monitoring call.

Call Pickup AnyCall Pickup ExtnCall Pickup Group

Pick up a call ringing any hunt group of which the user is a member.

Call Pickup Line

Pick up an incoming call which is presenting, held or parked. Pickup executed using Line Appearance ID specified in Telephone Number. For privacy reasons, Call Pickup Line cannot be used on a held or parked conference call. As this feature is applied to presenting single party held / parked calls only, user intrusion settings do not apply. This feature is not supported on T3 phones.

*

Q2 2007 maint. Release

Call Pickup Members

This feature can be used to pick up any call to an extension that is a member of the Hunt Group specified. The incoming call can be as a result of a DID call to that extension, an internal call to that extension or an internal or external call to the Hunt Group.Note that this function will not work for calls to a hunt group member who currently has their membership disabled.

*53*N# PickM

Call Pickup User

Pick up an incoming call which is alerting, parked or held. The pickup uses the user extension number specified in Telephone Number field of the short code. If there are multiple calls, priority is given to picking up alerting, then parked and then held in that order of priority. It cannot be used to pickup conferenced calls. The normal user intrusion features are not applied to this pickup feature. This feature is not supported on T3 phones.

*


Queue the current call to the destination phone, even when the destination phone is busy. This is the same as a transfer except it allows you to transfer to a busy phone. *33*N# Queue

This feature allows you to record a conversation. To use this requires Voicemail Pro. Refer to your local regulations in relation to the recording of calls.• IP Office 4.0+ provides privacy features that allow users to indicate that a call should not be recorded. See Private Calls.

Recor

This function can be used with or without a specified user target.• If the specified target has alerting calls, the function will connect to the longest waiting call.• If the specified target has no alerting calls but does have a connected call, the function will take over the connected call, disconnecting the original user. This usage is subject to the Can Intrude setting of the user and the Cannot Be Intruded setting of the target. The feature is independent the intrude settings of the third party to the call. • If no target is specified, the function attempts to reclaim the users last transferred call if it has notbeen answered or has been answered by voicemail.

Target extension number or blank for last call transferred.

*45*N# and *46

Actions | Reclaim

Actions | Reclaim Call.

Aquire

Call Waiting On

Enables call waiting on the user's extension. When on, if the user receives a second calls when already on a call, they hear a call waiting tone in the speech path.Call waiting settings are ignored for users with multiple call appearance buttons. In this case the appearance buttons are used to indicate additional calls. Call waiting is automatically applied for users with 'internal twinned' phones.

*15 CWOn

Call Waiting Off

Disables call waiting on the user's extension. Call waiting may be applied for users with internal twinned phones regardless of their call waiting settings. *16 CWOff

Call Waiting Suspend

For phones using call waiting, this feature temporarily disables call waiting for the duration of the usersnext call. *70

(A-Law only)CWSus




2.1 3.0DT 3.0 3.1 3.2 4.0 4.1 4.2 5 6.0Default Short

Code


Soft-ConsoleControl


Allows a user to change their log in code.

acwClear Call This feature can be used to end the current call.

Clear CW

Clear Quota "Service name" or "" (all services).

CW

Dial Telephone number.

Dial 3K1 Sets the ISDN bearer capabilities to 3.1Khz audio call. Telephone number.

Dial 56K Sets the ISDN bearer capabilities to 56Kbps data call. Telephone number.

Dial 64K Sets the ISDN bearer capabilities to 64Kbps data call. Telephone number.

Dial CW Extension number.

Dial Direct Extension number.

Telephone number.

Cancel All Forwarding

This feature cancels all forms of forwarding on the user's extension including "Follow Me" and "Do NotDisturb". *00 FwdOf

Cancel Ring Back When Free

Cancels any existing ring back (also known as callback) set by the user.

RBak-

Change Login Code

The user's current and new log in codes separated by a *.

*


Clear After Call Work

This feature can be users who have been configured as CCR agents. It allows them to dial a short code to exit the After Call Work (ACW) state as reported by the IP Office Customer Call Reporter (CCR) application.

4.2 4Q 2008 Maintenance release+

*52 ClearThis feature is most commonly used to end the user's current call and answer the waiting call. Note: Call waiting settings are ignored for users with multiple call appearance buttons.

*26 (A-Law only) ClrCW

Clear Hunt Group Night Service

This feature changes the specified hunt group from 'Night Service' mode to 'In Service' mode. This will not override a hunt group in night service due to a time profile.

Hunt group extension number. For IP Office 4.0+, if left blank, the short code will affect allhunt groups of which the user is a member.

*21*N# HGNS-

Clear Hunt Group Out Of Service

This feature changes the specified hunt group from 'Out of Service' mode to 'In Service' mode. This will not override a hunt group in night service due to a time profile.

Hunt group extension number. For IP Office 4.0+, if left blank, the short code will affect allhunt groups of which the user is a member.

HGOS-

This feature refreshes the time quota for all services or a specific service.

QuotaConference Add

Places any calls the user has on hold into a conference with the user. This feature is useful for impromptu conferences.

*47 Conf+Conference Meet Me

This feature allows a user to join a specific conference.

For pre-IP Office Release 5 systems, this function is not supported on IP500 systems without an IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional license. For IP Office Release 6 and higher, IP500 and IP500 V2 systems require a Preferred Edition license.

Conference number. This can be an alphanumeric value up to 15 characters.

CnfRv

Pick up the waiting call. This feature provides same functionality as pressing the Recall or Hold key on the phone. Unlike the Clear CW feature, this feature does not disconnect you from the existing call when the second call is picked up.This short code feature allows users to dial the number specified to an outside line.

Various depending on locale.

Dial

D3K1

D56K

D64KCall the specified extension number and force call waiting indication on if the extension is already on a call.If the user has call appearance buttons programmed, call waiting will not get activated. The next incoming call will appear on an available call appearance button. When there are no available call appearance buttons, the next incoming call will receive busy tone.

DCW

Call the extension specified and force automatic answer if supported by the telephone type.

DirctDial Direct Hot Line

When the line appearance is mapped to a short code using the DialDirectHotLine short code feature, no secondary dial tone is generated and the number is dialed directly. This feature should not be confused with the hot line feature enabled using ?D short codes.




2.1 3.0DT 3.0 3.1 3.2 4.0 4.1 4.2 5 6.0Default Short

Code


Soft-ConsoleControl


Telephone number.

Dial Extn

Dial Fax This feature is used to route fax calls via T38 Fax Relay. Fax destination number.

Dial Inclusion Target extension number.

Dial Paging Extension or group number.

Base Extension number

Extension ID

Dial Speech Telephone number.

Dial V110 Telephone number.

Dial V120 Telephone number.

Dial Video Telephone number.

ARS form number.

Dial Emergency

Dials the number specified regardless of any call barring applicable to the user.On all IP Office systems, regardless of locale, system and or ARS, short codes using the Dial Emergency feature should be created for any required emergency service numbers. Those short codes should be useable by all users from all extensions. Those short codes should route the calls to suitable lines. If the system uses prefixes for external dialing, the dialing of emergency numbers with and without the prefix should be allowed. Note that the blocking of emergency numbers or the routing of emergency numbers to a intermediate destination other than the emergency network may be against local and nation laws.For systems with a United States locale, the Dial Emergency short code acts differently. Calls matched to Dial Emergency short codes are routed using the details contained in the E911 forms. This routing will then be either via installed E911 Adjunct equipment or via grouped set of trunks and extensions called zones.

Emrgy

This feature can be used to dial an internal extension number (user or hunt group).

Extension number. IP Office 4.2+ can use p(x) as a suffix to the Telephone Number to change the priority of a call. Allowable values for x are 1, 2 or 3 for low, medium or high priority respectively. For example Np(1).

This feature intrudes on the existing call of the specified target extension. The intruder and the target extension can then talk but cannot be heard by the other party. This can include intruding into a conference call, where the conference will continue without the intrusion target.During the intrusion all parties hear a repeated intrusion tone. When the intruder hangs-up the original call parties are reconnected.Use of this feature is subject to the Can Intrude status (configured in Manager via the User form's Telephony tab) of the intruder and the target extension (the extension to be intruded upon).Attempting to hold a dial inclusion call simply ends the intrusion part of the call. The inclusion cannot be parked.

Inclu.

This feature makes a page call to an extension or group. The target extension or group members mustsupport page calls (that is to be able to auto-answer calls). (Groups

only)Page

Dial Physical Extension By Number

Dial a specified extension number regardless of the current user logged on at that extension and any forwarding, follow me or do not disturb settings applied by the current extension user. Note that the extension number used is the Base Extension number set against the extension configuration settings.

*70*N# (MU-Law only)

PhyEx

Dial Physical Number By ID

Dial a specific extension using its system ID. This may be necessary in hot desking environments wheresome extensions have been created with no default extension number. Without an extension number, acall can not be made to that extension unless a short code is created.

*71*N# (MU-Law only)

DialP

This feature allows a short code to be created to force the outgoing call to use the Speech bearer capability.

DV110Sets the ISDN bearer capabilities to V110. The call is presented to local exchange as a "Data Call".

DV120Sets the ISDN bear capabilities using V.120.

DvideThe call is presented to the local exchange as a "Video Call".

DSpchDisable ARS Form

This feature can be used to put an ARS form out of service. It can be used with ARS forms for which an Out of Service Route has been configured in Manager. The short code feature Enable ARS Form can be used to return an ARS form to in service.

Disable Internal Forwards

This feature turns off the forwarding of internal calls for the user. It applies to Forward Unconditional,Forward on Busy and Forward on No Answer.

Disable Internal Forward Unconditional

This feature turns off the forwarding of internal calls for the user. It applies to Forward Unconditional only.




2.1 3.0DT 3.0 3.1 3.2 4.0 4.1 4.2 5 6.0Default Short

Code


Soft-ConsoleControl


Display Msg

Telephone number or ICLID.

ARS form number.

Extn Login

Extn Logout

Flash Hook

FNE

Extension to redirect to the dialing extension.

Disable Internal Forward Busy or No Answer

This feature turns off the forwarding of internal calls for the user. It applies to Forward on Busy andForward on No Answer.

Allows the sending of special functions to DS port display phone extensions.

The telephone number takes the format N";T" where:• N is the target extension.• T is the text message. Note that the "; before the text and the " after the text are required.

Displ

Do Not Disturb Exception Add

This feature adds a number to the user's "Do Not Disturb Exception Numbers List". This can be an internal extension number or external ICLID. For further details see Do Not Disturb (DND) in the Telephone Features section.

Telephone number or ICLID. Up to 31 characters. For ICLID numbers any prefix added by the IP Office system must also be included. *10*N# DNDX+

Do Not Disturb Exception Delete

This feature removes a number from the user's "Do Not Disturb Exception List". For further details see Do Not Disturb (DND) in the Telephone Features section. *11*N# DNDX-

Do Not Disturb On

This feature puts the user into 'Do Not Disturb' mode. When on, all calls, except those from numbers in the user's exception list hear busy tones or are redirected to voicemail if available. For further details see Do Not Disturb (DND) in the Telephone Features section.

*08 DNDOn

Do Not Disturb Off

Cancels the user's 'do not disturb' mode if set. For further details see Do Not Disturb (DND) in theTelephone Features section. *09 DNDOf

Enable ARS Form

This feature can be used to put an ARS form in service. It can be used with ARS forms that have been put out of service through Manager or the use of a Disable ARS Form short code.

Enable Internal Forwards

This feature turns on the forwarding of internal calls for the user. It applies to Forward Unconditional, Forward on Busy and Forward on No Answer.

Enable Internal Forward Unconditional

This feature turns on the forwarding of internal calls for the user. It applies to Forward Unconditional only.

Enable Internal Forward Busy or No Answer

This feature turns on the forwarding of internal calls for the user. It applies to Forward on Busy and Forward on No Answer.

This feature allows a user to take over ownership of an extension. This requires the user to have a Login Code (User | Telephony | Supervisor Settings) .Note that on some phones, the dialed digits are recorded and may include the login code used.Login codes of up to 15 digits are supported with Extn Login buttons. Login codes of up to 31 digits are supported with Extn Login short codes.

Extension Number*Login Code.If just a single number is dialed containing no * separator, the IP Office assumes that the extension number to use is the physical extension's default extension number and that the number dialed is the login code.

*35*N# Login

This feature logs the user off the phone at which they are logged on.For IP Office 4.0 and higher this feature cannot be used by a user who does not have a login code or by the default associated user of an extension unless they are set to forced login.

*36 Logof

This feature sends a hook flash signal to the currently connected line if it is an analog line.

Pre-IP Office 4.0IP Office 4.0+: OptionalFor IP Office 4.0 and higher, the telephone number field can be used to set the transferdestination number for a Centrex Transfer. In this case the use of the short code ForcedAccount Code and Forced Authorization Code are not supported and the Line Group Id mustmatch the outgoing line to the Centrex service provider.

Flash

This short code feature is used for Mobile Call Control and one-X Mobile Client support.

This number sets the required FNE function. For a list of supported functions see one-X Mobile Control

Follow Me Here

Causes calls to the extension number specified to be redirected to the extension initiating the 'Follow Me Here'. If the redirected call receives a busy tone or is not answered, then the call behaves as though the User's extension had failed to answer. For further details see Follow Me in the Telephone Features section.

*12*N# Here+




2.1 3.0DT 3.0 3.1 3.2 4.0 4.1 4.2 5 6.0Default Short

Code


Soft-ConsoleControl


Follow Me To

Telephone number.

Telephone number.

Follow Me Here Cancel

Cancels any Follow Me set on the specified extension. This action can only be performed at the extension to which the Follow Me Here is targetted. For further details see Follow Me in the Telephone Features section.

Extension being redirected to the dialing extension.

*13*N# Here-

Causes calls to the extension to be redirected to the Follow Me destination extension specified. For further details see Follow Me in the Telephone Features section.

Target extension number or blank (cancel Follow Me To)

*14*N#. FolTo

Forward Hunt Group Calls On

Forward the user's hunt group calls to their forward number when the user has Forward Unconditional active. For further details see Forward Unconditional in the Telephone Features section.This option is only applied for calls to Sequential and Rotary type hunt groups. Calls from other hunt group types are not presented to the user when they have Forward Unconditional active. Note also that hunt group calls cannot be forwarded to another hunt group.

*50 FwdH+

Forward Hunt Group Calls Off

This feature cancels the forwarding of the user's hunt group calls. For further details see Forward Unconditional in the Telephone Features section. *51 FwdH-

Forward Number

Sets the number to which the user's calls are redirected. This can be an internal or external number. The number is still subject to the user's call barring settings. For further details see Forward Unconditional in the Telephone Features section.This feature does not activate forwarding; it only sets the number for the forwarding destination.This number is used for all forward types; Forward Unconditional, Forward on Busy and Forward on No Answer, unless the user has a separate Forward on Busy Number set for forward on busy and forward on no answer functions.

*07*N# FwdNo

Forward On Busy Number

Sets the number to which the user's calls are forwarded when Forward on Busy or Forward on No Answer are on. If no Forward on Busy Number is set, those functions use the Forward Number.This feature does not activate the forwarding, it only sets the number for the forwarding destination.

*57*N# FwBNo

Forward On Busy On

This feature enables forwarding when the user's extension is busy. It uses the Forward Number destination or, if set, the Forward on Busy Number destination.If the user has call appearance buttons programmed, the system will not treat them as busy until all the call appearance buttons are in use.For IP Office 3.2 and higher, Forward Internal (User | Forwarding) can also be used to control whether internal calls are forwarded.

*03 FwBOn

Forward On Busy Off

This feature cancels forwarding when the user's extension is busy.

*04 FwBOfForward On No Answer On

This feature enables forwarding when the user's extension is not answered within the period defined by their No Answer Time. It uses the Forward Number destination or, if set, the Forward on Busy Number destination.For IP Office 3.2 and higher, Forward Internal (User | Forwarding) can also be used to control whether internal calls are forwarded.

*05 FwNOn

Forward On No Answer Off

This feature cancels forwarding when the user's extension is not answered.

*06 FwNOf

Forward Unconditional On

This feature enables forwarding of all calls, except group calls, to the Forward Number set for the user's extension. To also forward hunt group calls, Forward Hunt Group Calls On must also be used. For further details see Forward Unconditional in the Telephone Features section.For IP Office 3.2 and higher, Forward Internal (User | Forwarding) can also be used to control whether internal calls are forwarded.

*01 FwUOn

Forward Unconditional Off

This feature cancels forwarding of all calls from the user's extension. Note: This does not disable Forward on No Answer and or Forward on Busy if those functions are also on. For further details see Forward Unconditional in the Telephone Features section.

*02 FwUOf

Group Listen Off

Disables the group listen function for the user’s extension. See Group Listen On.

GroupListenOff




2.1 3.0DT 3.0 3.1 3.2 4.0 4.1 4.2 5 6.0Default Short

Code


Soft-ConsoleControl


Hold Call Exchange hold slot number or blank (slot 0).

Hold CW Exchange hold slot number or blank (slot 0).

Hold Music

Group number.

Group number.

MCID Activate

"Y" for on or "N" for off.

The user's log in code.

Group Listen On

Using group listen allows callers to be heard through the phone's handsfree speaker but to only hear the phone's handset microphone. When group listen is enabled, it modifies the hands free functionality of the short code user’s terminal in the following manner• When the user’s phone is placed in handsfree / speaker mode, the speech path from the connected party is broadcast on the phone speaker but the phone's base microphone is disabled.• The connected party can only hear speech delivered directly by the short code users handset microphone.This enables listeners local to the short code user’s phone to hear the connected party whilst limiting the connected party to hear only what is communicated via the user’s handset.• Group listen is not supported for IP phones or when using a phone's HEADSET button.• Currently connected calls are not affected by changes to this setting. If group listen is required it must be selected before the call is connected.

GroupListenOn

Headset Toggle

Toggles between the use of a headset and the telephone handset.

HdSetThis uses the Q.931 Hold facility, and "holds" the incoming call at the ISDN exchange, freeing up the ISDN B channel. The Hold Call feature "holds" the current call to a slot. The current call is always automatically placed into slot 0 if it has not been placed in a specified slot. Only available if supported by the ISDN exchange.

Hold

This uses the Q.931 Hold facility, and "holds" the incoming call at the ISDN exchange, freeing up the ISDN B channel. The Hold CW feature "holds" the current call to an exchange slot and answers the call waiting. The current call is always automatically placed into slot 0 if it has not been placed in a specified slot. Only available if supported by the ISDN exchange.

*27*N# (A-Law only)

HoldCW

This feature allows the user to check the system's music on hold. See Music On Hold for more information.

Optional.IP Office 4.2+ (not Small Office Edition) supports up to 4 hold music sources, numbered 1 to 4. 1 represents the System Source . 2 to 4 represent the Alternate Sources . If no number is specified, the default system source is assumed.

*34N; Music

Hunt Group Disable

This feature disables the user's membership of the specified hunt group. They will no longer receive call to that hunt group until their membership is enabled again. To use this feature, you must already belong to the hunt group. See also Hunt Group Enable.

HGDis

Hunt Group Enable

This feature enables the user's membership of a hunt group so they can begin to receive calls to the specified hunt group. To use this feature, the user must already belong to the hunt group. This short code can not be used to add someone to a hunt group. This must be done within Manager's Hunt Group form.

HGEna

Last Number Redial

This feature allows an extension to redial the last number dialed.This feature should only be used in agreement with the ISDN service provider and the appropriate local legal authorities. It allows users with Can Trace Calls (User | Telephony | Supervisor Settings) set to trigger a malicious call trace of their previous call at the ISDN exchange. Refer to Telephone Features Malicious Call Tracing for further details.

Mobile Twinned Call Pickup

This short code feature allows the user to pickup a call ringing or connected at the destination of their mobile twinning number. This short code can only be used from the primary extension which is being used for the twinning operation.Note that the use of mobile twinning requires entry of a Mobile Twinning license and may be subject to a time profile.

Off Hook Station

Enables or disables whether the user's extension acts as a fully hands free unit. Typically this is used when the answering and clearing of calls is done through an application such as Phone Manager. This feature is also configurable via Phone Manager.

OHStn

Outgoing Call Bar Off

Allows a user to switch off their outgoing call bar status. The user or the short code must enter the users log in code if set in order to be successful.

*





2.1 3.0DT 3.0 3.1 3.2 4.0 4.1 4.2 5 6.0Default Short

Code


Soft-ConsoleControl


Allows a user to switch on their outgoing call bar status.

Park Call

Private Call Optional. Number to dial for private call.

Priority Call Extension number.

Relay On Switch number (1 or 2).

Relay Off Switch number (1 or 2).

Relay Pulse Switch number (1 or 2).

Outgoing Call Bar On

*


Parks the user's current call into the specified park slot number. The call can then be retrieved by other extensions (refer to the appropriate telephone user guide). While parked the caller hears music on hold if available.Park Timeout (System | Telephony | Telephony) controls how long a call will remain parked. When this expires the call will recall to the parking user if they are idle or when they next become idle. The recall call will continue ring and does follow any forwards or go to voicemail.The 'Unpark Call' feature can be used to retrieve calls from specific park slots.

Park slot number.If no park slot number is specified when this short code is used, the system automatically assigns a park slot number based on the extension number of the user parking the call plus one digit 0 to 9.

*37*N# Park

Short codes using this feature toggle on or off private call status. When on, any subsequent calls cannot be intruded on, bridged into or silently monitored until the user's private call status is switched off.Note that use of private calls is separate from the user's intrusion settings. If a user is set to Cannot be Intruded, switching private calls off does not affect that status. To allow private calls to be used to full control the user status, Cannot be Intruded should be disabled for that user.Private call status can also be switched on or off using a short code features Private Call On and Private Call Off feature or a programmed button set to the Private Call action.Note that a user logging on or off causes privacy to be reset to off.

Private Call Off

Short codes using this feature turn off private call status for the user if set. The short code features Private Call and Private Call On can be used to turn private call on. Note that use of private calls is separate from the user's intrusion settings. If a user is set to Cannot be Intruded, switching private calls off does not affect that status. To allow private calls to be used to full control the user status, Cannot be Intruded should be disabled for that user

Private Call On

Short codes using this feature turn on the private call settings for the user regardless of their Cannot Be Intruded setting. Any subsequent calls cannot be intruded on, bridged into or silently monitored until the user's private call status is switched off.Private call status can be switched off using a short code with the Private Call Off feature or a programmed button set to the Private Call action. To enable private call status for a single following call only the Private Call short code feature should be used.Note that a user logging on or off causes privacy to be reset to off.

This feature allows the user to call another user even if they are set to 'do not disturb'. Priority calls to a user without DND will follow forwarding and follow me settings but will not go to voicemail.

Pcall

Record Message

This short code feature is used to record hunt group announcements on Embedded Voicemail, see Hunt Group | Announcements. For IP Office Release 5+ it is also used to record mailbox user name prompts for the auto attendant Dial by Name function.

The hunt group number followed by ".1" for announcement 1 or ".2" forannouncement 2.

*91N; and *92N;This feature closes the specified switch in the system's external output (EXT O/P) port.

*39 (Switch 1)*42 (Switch 2)*9000*

Rely+

This feature opens the specified switch in the system's external output (EXT O/P) port.

*40 (Switch 1)*43 (Switch 2)

Rely-

This feature closes the specified switch in the system's external output (EXT O/P) port for 5 seconds andthen opens the switch. *41 (Switch 1)

*44 (Switch 2)Relay




2.1 3.0DT 3.0 3.1 3.2 4.0 4.1 4.2 5 6.0Default Short

Code


Soft-ConsoleControl


Resume Call Exchange suspend slot number.

Retrieve Call Exchange hold slot number.

Target extension number.

Digit which triggers secondary dial tone.

A valid account code.

A valid authorization code.

Hunt group extension number.

Resume a call previously suspended to the specified ISDN exchange slot. The suspended call may be resumed from another phone/ISDN Control Unit on the same line. *23*N# (A-Law

only)Resum

Retrieves a call previously held to a specific ISDN exchange slot.

*25*N# (A-law only)

Retriv

Ring Back When Free

This feature sets a ringback on the specified extension. This sets a 'ringback when free' on an extension currently on a call or a 'ringback when next used' for an extension that is free but does not answer.When the target extension is next used or ends its current call, the users is rung and when they answer a call is made to the target extension.

RBak+

Secondary Dial Tone

Secondary dial tone is a system feature to generate a secondary dial tone after the user has begun dialing an external number. This dial tone is then played until the number dialing and an external trunk seized.For IP Office 4.0 and higher the use of this short code feature has been replaced by the Secondary Dial Tone check box option on ARS forms.For pre-4.0 IP Office systems secondary dial tone is triggered through the use of the secondary dial tone short code feature.

9 (U-Law only)

Set Absent Text

This feature can be used to select the user's current absence text. This text is then displayed to internal callers who have suitable display phones or IP Office applications. It doesn't changes the users status.The text is displayed to callers even if the user has forwarded their calls or is using follow me. Absence text is supported across a Small Community Network (SCN).The absence text message is limited to 128 characters. Note however that most amount displayed will depend on the caller's device or application.

The telephone number should take the format "y,n,text" where: • y = 0 or 1 to turn this feature on or off. • n = the number of the absent statement to use, see the list below: • 0 = None. • 1 = On vacation until. • 2 = Will be back. • 3 = At lunch until. • 4 = Meeting until. • 5 = Please call. • 6 = Dont disturb until. • 7 = With visitors until. • 8 = With cust. til. • 9 = Back soon. • 10 = Back tomorrow. • 11 = Custom. • text = any text to follow the absent statement.

Absnt

Set Account Code

This short code feature is used to allow system users to enter a valid account code prior to making a phone call. This short code feature is essential for allowing analog phone users to enter account codes. Once this short code is set up, any account code can be used in conjunction with it.

Acct.

Set Authorization Code

This short code feature is only available on systems configured to use authorization codes. See Authorization Codes. The feature is used to allow a user to enter a valid authorization code prior to making a phone call.This short code feature is essential for allowing analog phone users to enter authorization codes. Note that the authorization code must be associated with the user or the user rights to which the user belongs.


This feature puts the specified hunt group into 'Night Service' mode.Previously in IP Office 3.2 the Set Hunt Group Night Service, Set Hunt Group Out of Service and Hunt Group Enable short code features toggled. That behaviour is not supported in 4.0 and higher.

*20*N# HGNS+


This feature manually puts the specified hunt group into 'Out of Service' mode. If a time profile has also been defined to control hunt group night service, the action may vary:• Pre-4.0 IP OfficeSet Hunt Group Out of Service cannot be used to override a hunt group put into night serviceby a time profile.• 4.0 IP Office and HigherThis option can be used to override a time profile and change a hunt group from night service toout of service.

Hunt group extension number.For IP Office 4.0+, if left blank, the short code will affect all hunt groups of which the user is a member.

HGOS+




2.1 3.0DT 3.0 3.1 3.2 4.0 4.1 4.2 5 6.0Default Short

Code


Soft-ConsoleControl


Twinning destination.

Time in seconds.

Time in seconds.

Suspend Call Exchange slot number or blank (slot 0).

Suspend CW Exchange slot number or blank (slot 0).

Set Inside Call Seq

This feature allows the user to select the ringing used on their extension for internal calls. The number entered corresponds to the ring pattern required. This is 0 for Default Ring, 1 for RingNormal, 2 for RingType1, etc. For more information on selectable ringing patterns, see Ring Tones.Use of this short code function is applicable to analog phone users only. The distinctive ring used by DS port phones is fixed by the phone type.

Number corresponding to the desired ring pattern. See Ring Tones.

ICSeq

Set Mobile Twinning Number

This short code feature can be used to set a mobile twinning number. The destination can be any external number the user is able to dial normally. It should include any prefix if necessary.Note that the use of mobile twinning requires entry of a Mobile Twinning license and may be subject to a time profile.

Set Mobile Twinning On

This short code feature turns on the user's mobile twinning. It requires a mobile twinning number to have been set for the user. That can be done through using the Set Mobile Twinning Number short code feature or through the User | Twinning tab within Manager.Note that the use of mobile twinning requires entry of a Mobile Twinning license and may be subject to a time profile.

Set Mobile Twinning Off

This short code feature turns off the user's mobile twinning.Note that the use of mobile twinning requires entry of a Mobile Twinning license and may be subject to a time profile.

Set No Answer Time

This short code feature allows the user to change their No Answer Time (User | Telephony | Call Settings)

NATim

Set Outside Call Seq

This feature allows the user to select the ringing used on their extension for external calls. The number entered corresponds to the ring pattern required. This is 0 for Default Ring, 1 for RingNormal, 2 for RingType1, etc. For more information on selectable ringing patterns, see Ring Tones. Use of this short code function is applicable to analog phone users only. The distinctive ring used by DS port phones is fixed by the phone type.


OCSeq

Set Ringback Seq

This feature allows the user to select the ringing used on their extension for ringback calls. The number entered corresponds to the ring pattern required. This is 0 for Default Ring, 1 for RingNormal, 2 for RingType1, etc. For more information on selectable ringing patterns, see Ring Tones.Use of this short code function is applicable to analog phone users only. The distinctive ring used by DS port phones is fixed by the phone type


RBSeq

Set Wrap Up Time

Allows users to change their Wrap-up Time (User | Telephony | Call Settings) setting, which specifies the amount of time, after disconnecting from a call, before the user can take another call.

WUTim

Shutdown Embedded Voicemail

Allows the Embedded Voicemail service provided by an Avaya Memory card on IP406 V2, IP500 and IP500 V2 control unit to be shut down. To restart the service, a Startup Embedded Voicemail short code should be used.

The short code has the following effects:1. Immediately disconnect all current users within embedded voicemail. This is not a polite shutdown.2. Mark the embedded voicemail as inactive so that it will not receive any new calls.

*


Startup Embedded Voicemail

Restarts the Embedded Voicemail service provided by an Avaya Memory card on IP406 V2, IP500 and IP500 V2 control unit.

This feature uses the Q.931 Suspend facility. It suspends the incoming call at the ISDN exchange, freeing up the ISDN B channel. The call is placed in exchange slot 0 if a slot number is not specified.

Suspe

This feature uses the Q.931 Suspend facility. Suspends the incoming call at the ISDN exchange and answer the call waiting. The call is placed in exchange slot 0 if a slot number is not specified. Only available when supported by the ISDN exchange.

*28*N# (A-Law only)

SusCW

Start After Call Work

This feature can be users who have been configured as CCR agents. It allows them to dial a short code to enter the After Call Work (ACW) state as reported by the IP Office Customer Call Reporter (CCR) application.

acw 4.2 4Q 2008 Maintenance release+.




2.1 3.0DT 3.0 3.1 3.2 4.0 4.1 4.2 5 6.0Default Short

Code


Soft-ConsoleControl


Toggle Calls

Unpark Call System park slot number.

See column to left.

Voicemail On

Voicemail Off

This feature cycles through each call that the user has on hold on the IP Office system. This feature is useful when a user with a single-line telephone has several calls on hold and needs to respond to each one in turn.

*29 Toggl

Retrieve a parked call from a specified system park slot. In pre-3.2 IP Office this feature was call Ride Call.

*38*N# RideVoicemail Collect

This feature connects to the voicemail system. Normally the telephone number field is used to indicate the name of the mailbox to be accessed, for example "?Extn201" or "#Extn201". The ? indicates 'collect messages' and the # indicates 'leave a message'. Placing the text within quote marks stops it being interpreted by the IP Office as special short code characters.When using Voicemail Pro, names of specific call flow start points can also be used to directly access those start points via a short code. In these cases, ? is not used and # is only used if ringing is required before the start point's call flow begins.Note: Short codes using the Voicemail Collect feature, with either "Short Codes.name" and "#Short Codes.name" entries in the Telephone Number field are automatically converted to the Voicemail Node feature and name.

*17 VMCol

Voicemail Node

Similar to Voicemail Collect but used for calls being directed to a Voicemail Pro Short Codes start point. If ringing is required before the start point call flow begins then a # should be included before the name. Useful if you have set up a short code start point with Voicemail Pro and want to give direct internal access to it.

Voicemail Pro Short Code start point name without quotation marks.

This feature enables the user's voicemail mailbox to answer calls which ring unanswered or arrive when the user is busy. It does not disable the voicemail mailbox being used as the target for other functions such as call recording or messages forwarded from other mailboxes.

*18 VMOn

This feature disables the user's voicemail box from answering calls. Note that this does not stop messages being forwarded to the mailbox from other mailboxes. *19 VMOff

Voicemail Ringback On

This feature enables voicemail ringback to the user's extension. Voicemail ringback is used to call the user when they have new voicemail messages. The ringback takes place each time the extension is used. This feature is useful for users who do not have voicemail light/button indicators on their telephone.If the user has been configured to receive message waiting indication for any hunt groups, a separate voicemail ringback will occur for each such group and for the users own mailbox.

*48 VMRB+

Voicemail Ringback Off

This feature disables voicemail ringback to the user's extension. This feature is also available on Phone Manager.

*49 VMRB-

33. SHORT CODE EXAMPLES


Short Code Parameters - Understanding Short Codes



How IP Office Interprets Dialed Short Codes



Short Code Fields and Characters





Short Code Matching Examples



Sample Short Codes

34. SHORT CODE DEFAULTS


Code Telephone Number Feature A-Law U-Law *00 Blank Cancel All Forwarding *01 Blank Forward Unconditional On *02 Blank Forward Unconditional Off *03 Blank Forward On Busy On *04 Blank Forward On Busy Off *05 Blank Forward On No Answer On *06 Blank Forward On No Answer Off *07*N# N Forward Number *08 Blank Do Not Disturb On *09 Blank Do Not Disturb Off *10*N# N Do Not Disturb Exception Add *11*N# N Do Not Disturb Exception Del *12*N# N Follow Me Here *13*N# N Follow Me Here Cancel *14*N# N Follow Me To *15 Blank Call Waiting On *16 Blank Call Waiting Off *17 ?U Voicemail Collect *18 Blank Voicemail On *19 Blank Voicemail Off *20*N# N Set Hunt Group Night Service *21*N# N Clear Hunt Group Night Service *22*N# N Suspend Call *23*N# N Resume Call *24*N# N Hold Call *25*N# N Retrieve Call *26 Clear CW *27*N# N Hold CW *28*N# N Suspend CW *29 Blank Toggle Calls *30 Blank Call Pickup Any *31 Blank Call Pickup Group *32*N# N Call Pickup Extn *33*N# N Call Queue *34N; Blank Hold Music *35*N# N Extn Login *36 Blank Extn Logout *37*N# N Park Call *38*N# N Unpark Call *39 1 Relay On *40 1 Relay Off *41 1 Relay Pulse *42 2 Relay On *43 2 Relay Off *44 2 Relay Pulse *45*N# N Acquire Call *46 Blank Acquire Call *47 Blank Conference Add *48 Blank Voicemail Ringback On *49 Blank Voicemail Ringback Off *50 Blank Forward Huntgroup On *51 Blank Forward Huntgroup Off *52 Blank Cancel or Deny *53*N# N Call Pickup Members *57*N# N Forward On Busy Number *70 Blank Call Waiting Suspend *70*N# N Dial Physical Extn By Number *71*N# N Dial Physical Extn By ID *9000* "MAINTENANCE" Relay On *91N; N".1" Record Message *92N; N".2" Record Message 9N N Dial ? . Dial

For IP Office 4.2+, the default *34 short code for music on hold has changed to *34N;.

Default auto attendant short codes of the form *81XX, *82XX, *83XX and *84XX aradded when an Embedded Voicemail auto attendant is added to the IP Office's configuration.

Additional short codes of the form *DSSN, *SDN, *SKN, *#N and **N may also visible. These are used

35. TAPI FUNCTIONS SUPPORTED


TAPI Functions Supported on IP OfficeTAPI Functions Supported on IP OfficeTAPI Link Lite provides the following functionality for TAPI 2.1 • lineAddToConference • lineNegotiateTAPIVersion • lineAnswer • lineOpen • lineBlindtransfer • linePark • lineCompleteTransfer • lineRedirect • lineConfigDialog • lineRemoveFromConference • lineClose • lineSetAppPriority • lineDeallocateCall • lineSetAppSpecific • lineDial • lineSetCallPrivilege • lineDrop • lineSetStatusMessages • lineGetAddressCaps • lineSetupTransfer • lineGetAddressID • lineShutdown • lineGetAddressStatus • lineSwapHold • lineGetAppPriority • lineUnhold • lineGetCallInfo • lineUnpark • lineGetCallStatus • lineSetCallData • lineGetDevCaps • lineDevSpecific • lineGetID • lineGenerateDigits • lineHold • lineGenerateTone • lineInitialiseEx • lineMonitorDigits • lineMakeCall • lineMonitorTones



TAPI 3.0 functions supportedThe following functions are supported using TAPI 3.0:ITTAPI ITAddress

Initialize Get_AddressNameShutdown Get_dialableAddressEnumerateAddresses get_ServiceProviderNameRegisterCallNotifications CreateCallPut_EventFilter

ITMediaSupportget_MediaTypes

ITCallInfo ITBasicCallControlget_Address Connectget_CallState Answerget_CallInfoString DisconnectSetCallInfoBuffer Hold

SwapHoldParkDirectUnparkBlindTransferTransfer

ITCallStateEvent ITCallNotificationEventget_Cause get_Callget_Stateget_Call

ITCallInfoChangeEvent ITCallHubEventget_Call get_Event

get_Call

Notes:TAPI Link Lite can be used from C, C++ and Delphi. Visual Basic cannot directly use TAPI 2.1, but does support TAPI 3.0 without any third-party tools.

TAPI Link Lite is provides detailed information on telephony events, including the ability to screen-pop based on CLI and/or DDI.



Device-Specific DataThe following table shows the device specific data available via TAPI.

• Phone's extension number • Force login flag • Forward on busy flag • Login code flag • Forward on no answer flag • System phone flag • Forward unconditional flag • Absent message id • Forward hunt group flag • Absent message set flag • Do not disturb flag • Voicemail email mode • Outgoing call bar flag • User's extension number • Call waiting on flag • Users Locale • Voicemail on flag • Forward number • Voicemail ring-back flag • Follow me number • Number of voicemail messages • Absent text

• Do not disturb exception list • Outside call sequence number • Forward on busy number • Inside call sequence number • User's priority • Ring back sequence number • • No answer timeout period • No answer timeout period • • Wrap up time period • Can intrude flag • Cannot be intruded upon flag • X directory flag • X directory flag

• Number of unread voicemail

Number of groups the user is a member ofNumber of groups that the user is a member of that are currently outside their time profile

• Number of groups the user is currently disabled from

• Number of groups that the user is a member of that are currently out of service

•

Number of groups that the user is a member of that are currently on night service



DevLink FieldsThe following table shows the device specific data available via DevLink.

# Field Data ( S Message ) # Field Data ( S Message )1 A call id 26 Voicemail disallow2 B call id 27 Sending complete3 A state 28 Bc.tc,bc.tm4 B state 29 Owner hunt group name5 A connected 30 Original hunt group name6 A is music 31 Original user name7 B connected 32 Target hunt group name8 B is music 33 Target user name9 A name 34 Target RAS name

10 B name 35 Is internal call11 B list (possible targets for the call) 36 Time stamp

12 A slot ,channel 37 Connected time13 B slot , channel 38 Ring time14 Called party presentation & type 39 Connected duration15 Called party number 40 Ring duration16 Calling party presentation & type 41 Locale17 Calling party number 42 Park slot number18 Called sub address 43 Call waiting19 Calling sub address 44 Tag20 Dialled party type 45 Transferring21 Dialled party number 46 Sv active22 Keypad type 47 Sv quota used23 Keypad number 48 Sv quota time24 Ring attempt count 49 Account code25 Cause 50 Unique call identifier# Field Data ( D Message ) # Field Data ( A Message )1 A call id 1 A call id2 B call id 2 B call id3 Unique call identifier 3 Unique call identifier

36. IP Office Power Demo Kits


IP Office Power Demo Kits

User Productivity solutions• IP Office Receptionist

Formerly known as SoftConsole• IP Office Office Worker

Includes Avaya one-X Portal for IP Office and Unified Messaging Service• IP Office Mobile Worker

• IP Office Teleworker

• IP Office Power User

• IP Office Customer Service AgentIncludes Customer Call Reporter Agent

• IP Office Customer Service SupervisorIncludes Customer Call Reporter Supervisor

Group Collaboration options• IP Office Essential Edition

Formerly known as Embedded Voic• IP Office Preferred Edition

Formerly known as VoiceMail Pro• IP Office Advanced Edition

This following details changes that have been made to the software and hardware components that make up the IP Office Power Demo kit. Power Demo kits have been modified to reflect updates introduced with IP Office Release 6.0:

• The new Office Worker user productivity solution is introduced with IP Office R6.0. Office Worker solution includes Avaya one-X® Portal for IP Office and Unified Messaging.

• The IP Office Teleworker and IP Office Power User solutions have been revised; solution components are listed below.• The IP Office 500v2 replaces the IP Office 500 chassis.

• Combination Card replaces separate DS, Phone, and Voice Compression Module(VCM) base cards plus provides for Analog Trunk ports.• System Secure Digital (SD) card replaces Smart Card (for licensing) and Compact Flash (for Essential Edition messaging)• 1400 Series Digital telephones replace the 5400 Series Digital telephones

Includes Mobility (Twinning, Mobile Call Control, Avaya one-X Mobile Client for Small Business) and 3rd Party Text-To-Speech

Avaya one-X Portal for IP Office (with Telecommuter functionality), Unified Messaging Service, and IP Office Video Softphone

Includes Mobility (Twinning, Mobile Call Control, Avaya one-X Mobile Client for Small Business), Avaya one-X Portal for IP Office (with Telecommuter functionality), IP Office Video Softphone, Unified Messaging Service, and 3rd Party Text-To-Speech

Includes Customer Call Reporter, 1 Customer Service Supervisor, 3rd Party IVR, VB Scripting IVR, ContactStore, and 3rd party Text-To-Speech



Multi-Site Option

Refer to the IP Office Release 6 Product Update for complete details.

IP Office 500 Power DemoHardware

• IP Office 500 version 2 (IP500v2) Chassis• Combination Card with Analog Daughter Card• Combination Card with BRI Daughter Card (International Kits ONLY)• LAN Cable• 1408 Digital Telephone Set• 1416 Digital Telephone Set• 1616 IP Telephone Set• Button Module 32 for 1616 IP Telephone Set• Power Supply for 1616 IP Set• System Secure Digital (SD) Card (MuLAW or ALAW)• CD disk containing the activation license keys for the applications

Application Software

(http://marketingtools.avaya.com/knowledgebase)

• IPO LIC PREFRD (VM PRO) RFA LIC:DS• IPO LIC R6 ADV EDITION• IPO LIC R6 PWR USER 5• IPO LIC R6 MOBILE WORKER 5• IPO LIC R6 TELEWORKER 5• IPO LIC R6 OFF WORKER 5• IPO LIC RECEPTIONIST RFA 1 LIC:DS• IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC AGT RFA 5 LIC:CU• IPO LIC PMGR PRO RFA 1 LIC:CU• IPO LIC PMGR SFTPHN RFA 1 LIC:CU• IPO LIC R6 AV IP ENDPOINT 5

• IPO LIC SIP TRNK RFA 5 (enables 5 SIP trunks)• IPO LIC IPSEC VPN RFA LIC:DS• IPO LIC AVAYA TTS RFA 1 LIC:CU (enables 1 TTS port)• IPO LIC NTWKD MSGING RFA LIC:DS

Includes Voice Networking (enables 4 channels Basic SCN, Qsig, H323) and Advanced Networking (Hot-Desking across SCN, distributed Hunt Group, Breakout Dialing)

The IP Office 500 Power Demo is designed to deliver complete demonstration capability through one orderable code. The following components are included:

NOTE: Excludes Power Lead. Must be ordered separately per country requirements.

The following applications are included and can be activated from the license numbers on the CD disk. An overview of these applications can be found in the IP Office Product Description located on the IP Office Knowledge Base

• IPO LIC IP500 VCE NTWKG ADD 4 LIC:CU (enables 4 channels Basic Multi-Site Networking, Qsig, H323, Hot-Desking across Multi-Site Network, distributed Hunt Groups across Multi-Site Network, Breakout Dialing)



• IPO LIC ACM CENTRAL VM LIC:DS• IPO LIC CTI RFA LIC:DS



Availability and Pricing

• One (1) IP Office 500v2 Power Demo Kit per Partner location.

For pricing, contact your Distributor.

Avaya Global Services does not provide installation or maintenance coverage ondemonstration equipment.

IP Office Power Demo Breakdown<---- IP500 Power Demo material code and description

Research has shown that demonstrations positively improve sales results and education of sales teams. The Power Demo kit is attractively priced to support demonstration kit usage only. The value of the parts within the kits exceeds that of the items when purchased individually (in many cases nearly ten-fold). The number of kits purchased per Avaya Partner will be limited to the following:



Monitoring and Control of Power Demo Kits

The number of kits will be restricted.• One (1) IP Office 500v2 Power Demo Kit per Partner location.

Application License Upgrades

Logistics and OrderingPricing and Material Codes

For pricing, contact your Distributor!

North AmericaMaterial Code Description

700500403 IP500 DEMO KIT US

APAC, EMEA, UKMaterial Code Description

The price of the Demonstration kit is significantly less than if the parts were purchased separately. They should absolutely not be re-sold to end user sites. Both Avaya and the Distributor will be monitoring the sale of the kits. Avaya also reserves the right to audit a Partner location to validate the usage of the demonstration equipment. A Partner wishing to purchase the kit will be required to fill out a form available directly from their Distributor and have it countersigned by an Avaya Channel Account Manager or National Account Manager.

From time to time Avaya introduces new features and applications to IP Office. Some of these are enabled with a license ‘key’. Avaya wants to ensure Partners remain current and have the ability to demonstrate every application on IP Office. To apply for new licenses (free of charge) Partners are to complete the attached form (see Appendix B Additional licenses for Existing Demo Kits Authorization Form). Avaya CAM or NAM countersignature is required. Fax the form to your Distributor. The Distributor will then forward to Avaya sales order processing for license distribution.

Appendix B can be used to secure additional licenses once a license key swap has been completed. A license key swap is performed when transferring licenses from one previously purchased Power Demo unit (using the Serial, Parallel, USB, or Smart Card feature key) to IP Office 500v2 system (which uses the System Secure Digital card). Failure to successfully complete a key swap prior to adding new licenses could result in the new licenses being overwritten. Avaya CAM or NAM countersignature is required. Fax the form to your Distributor. The Distributor will then forward to Avaya sales order processing for license distribution.

The Power Demo kit is ordered as a single code. The equipment will be shipped to Distributors as one complete set of parts. Each box will be serialized. The hardware feature key and licence keys will be packaged together in a plastic bag and are contained within the unit.

Each Partner must complete the “Avaya Power Demo Authorization Form” to purchase these kits. See Appendix A. This form will require the signature of a Channel Account Manager (CAM) or National Account Manager (NAM) and will be closely monitored. The ordering process is detailed in the Logistics and Ordering section of this document.



700500404 IP500 DEMO KIT INTL

Exceptions

Software Build

1. Complete Appendix B requesting the Upgrade License2. Download the most current level of software from support.avaya.com

Material Code Description700480569 IPO DVD R6 USER/ADMIN SET700478068 IPO DVD TTS SET

The Power Demo Kit comes as pre-configured bundled package; Avaya cannot exchange equipment or make substitutions, the kit has been created to provide optimum demonstration capability. There are no provisions within in this program to purchase additional equipment at special pricing. Requests requiring additional equipment are to be directed to your Channel Account Manager (CAM) or National Account Manager (NAM).

For countries where IP Office Essential Edition – PARTNER® Version are supported, you may request the System Secure Digital (SD) Card – PARTNER Mode – strictly for demonstration purposes and PARTNER® ETR Card. This is done through the Special Bid Request (SBR) which is completed outside of this process. For tracking purposes, you will need to indicate that you will be submitting the SBR on Appendix A in STEP ONE.

The System SD card that is included in the IP Office 500v2 Power Demo Kit contains the base level of software for operational and demonstration purposes.

To upgrade existing IP Office Power Demo Kits and future Power Demo kits, Partners will need to do two things:

NOTE: It is acceptable to duplicate this media (DVD), but copies must contain an Avaya Proprietary Notice on the DVD whether made by the Distributor, Partners, or by an Avaya Channel Account Manager.

37. MERGEABLE LIST


Mergeable Settings

Mergeable 3.2+ Pre-3.2

System − −- System X- LAN1/LAN2 X X- DNS X X- Voicemail X- Telephony X- VoIP X X- LDAP X X- System Events X X- CDR/SMDR √ X- Twinning √ −Line X XControl Unit X XExtension XUser √ √Hunt Group √ √Short Code √ √Service √ √RAS √ √Incoming Call Route √ √WAN Port X XDirectory √ √Time Profile √ XFirewall Profile √ √IP Route √ √Least Cost Route √ √Account Code √ √License √ √Tunnel X XLogical LAN X XWireless X XUser Rights √ √Auto Attendant √ XAuthorization Code √ XARS √ −E911 System X X

The table below shows the configuration entries for which changes can be merged and those that require a system reboot. The Send Configuration menu shown when sending a configuration to the IP Office automatically indicates when the configuration is mergeable.

• *1 - 3.2 | System | SystemChanges to Locale, License Server IPAddress and Favor RIP Routes overStatic require a reboot.

√*1

• *2 - 3.2 | System | VoicemailChanges to Voicemail Type require areboot.√*2

√*3

• *3 - 3.2 | System | TelephonyChanges to Companding LAW and Busy Tone Detection require a reboot.

X*4 • *4 - 4.1+ | ExtensionFor IP Office 4.1+, Base Extension and Disable Speakerphone are mergeable.

38. IP OFFICE PORTS


IP Office Ports

Port Protocol FunctionSMTP TCP

Time UDP Time requests from the IP Office to a Time Server (RFC868).

DNS UDP Domain Name Service responsesBOOTP/DHCP UDP DHCP Server OperationBOOTP/DHCP UDP DHCP Client OperationTFTP UDP File requests to the IP Office.TFTP UDP File requests by the IP Office.HTTP TCP HTTP File requests.SNMP UDP From SNMP applications.SNMP Trap UDP To addresses set in the IP Office configuration.LDAP TCP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.IKE UDP Key exchange for IPSec protocol.RIP UDP

RIP UDP

L2TP UDP Layer 2 Tunneling protocolH.323 UDP H.323 DiscoveryH.323 RAS UDP H.323 Status. VoIP device registering with the IP Office.H.323/H.245 UDP H.323 Signalling. Data to a registered VoIP device.(UDP) UDP PC Wallboard to CCC Wallboard Server.SIP UDP

RTCPMon UDP RTCP Monitoring information from Avaya H323 phones.SIP UDP/TCP* SIP Line SignallingHTTP TCP Browser access to the Delta Server application.Enconf UDP

HTTP TCP Browser access to the IP Office ContactStore (VRL) application.

RTP/RTCP UDP

IPO Voicemail UDP To voicemail server address.IPO Solo Voicemail UDP From IP Office TAPI PC with Wave drive user support.IPO Monitor UDP From the IP Office Monitor application.IPO Voice Networking UDP

IPO PCPartner UDP

IPO TAPI UDP From an IP Office TAPI user PC.(UDP) UDP IP Office Manager and Upgrade WizardIPO BLF UDP

IPO License Dongle UDP To the License Server IP Address set in the IP Office config.Econf UDP Conference Center Service to IP Office.Discovery TCP IP Office discovery from Manager.

The list below details many of the IP ports used by IP Office control units and IP Office applications. Many of these are standard ports for different IP traffic protocols.ç Indicates a port on the IP Office control unit.è indicates a port on the PC running an IP Office application.* Indicates that the port and or protocol can be changed.

è 25* Email system alarms from the IP Office to SMTP server. For IP Office 4.2 also used for Voicemail Email on Embedded Voicemail.

è 37

ç 53ç 67è 68ç 69è 69ç 80

ç 161*è 162*è 389*ç 500è 520 To and from the IP Office to other RIP devices. For RIP1 and RIP2

(RIP1 compatible) the destination address is a subnetbroadcast, eg. 192.168.42.255. For RIP2 Multicast the destination address is 224.0.0.9.ç 520

ç 1701ç 1718ç 1719è 1720è 2127è 3478 Port used for STUN requests from the IP Office to the SIP

providerç 5005çè 5060è 8080è 8089 From the IP Office to the Conferencing Center Server Service.

User access to the conference center is direct via HTTPsessions.

è 8888

çè49152 to 53247*

Dynamically allocated ports used during VoIP calls for RTP and RTCP traffic. The port range can be adjusted through the System | Gatekeeper tab.

è 50791ç 50793ç 50794ç 50795 Small Community Network signalling (AVRIP) and BLF updates.

Each system does a broadcast every 30 seconds. BLF updates are sent required up a maximum of every 5 seconds.

ç 50796 From an IP Office application (for example Phone Manager or SoftConsole). Used to initiate a session between the IP Office and the application.

ç 50797è 50798è 50799 Broadcast to the IP Office LAN and the first 10 IP addresses

registered from other subnets.è 50800ç 50801ç 50802

38. IP OFFICE PORTS


TCP IP Office configuration settings access.TCP TLS Secure"TCP IP Office system status access.TCP IP Office security settings access.TCP TLS Secure"

Application SpecifcSoftConsole

Port Component Location - %ProgramFiles%\Avaya\IP Office\SoftConsole\SoftConsole.exe

Phone ManagerPort Component Location - %ProgramFiles%\Avaya\IP Office\

Phone Manager Phone Manager\PhoneManager.exe

Phone Manager VOIP Server Phone Manager\iClaritySvr.exe

Contact StorePort Component Location - %ProgramFiles%\Avaya\IP Office\

Contact Store Witness\tomcat5024\bin\tomcat5.exe

System MonitorPort Component Location - %ProgramFiles%\Avaya\IP Office\

UDP 50794 System Monitor Monitor\sysmonitor.exeTAPI2

Port Component Location - %ProgramFiles%\Avaya\IP Office\UDP 50797 TAPI2 TAPI\tspi2w.tspVoicemail Pro Service

Port Component Location - %ProgramFiles%\Avaya\IP Office\Voicemail Pro Service Voicemail Pro\VM\vmprov5svc.exe

VMPro Database Voicemail Pro\VM\VMPDBSvc.exeVPIM Client Voicemail Pro\VPIMClient.exeVMPro VPIM DBSVR Voicemail Pro\VPIM\vpimdbsvr.exeVMPro VPIM Receiver Voicemail Pro\VPIM\VPIMReceiver.exeVMPro VPIM Server Voicemail Pro\VPIM\VPIMServer3.exe

ç 50804* Service AccessProtocolç 50805*

ç 50808*ç 50812*ç 50813*

• CDR/SMDR from the IP Office is sent to the port number and IP address defined during configuration and using either TCP or UDP as selected.

UDP 50796UDP 50799

SoftConsole

UDP 50796UDP 50799UDP 1719UDP 1720

TCP 8888UDP 50791UDP 50795

UDP 50791UDP 50795ALL 50801ALL 8089

39. LOCALE CODES


Applications VoicemailPro

√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ English (UK) √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

√ √ √ √ √ X √ √ √√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

Brazilian Portuguese √ √ √ √ √ X √ √ √√ √ X X X X √ √ √√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √√ X X √ √ X √ √ √√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √√ √ X √ √ X √ √ √

Suomi √ √ X √ √ √ √ √ √√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √√ X X X X X X √ √√ X X X X X X X √√ X X X X X X √ √

Icelandic √ X X X X X X X X English (UK) X X √ √ √ √ X √ √

√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √√ X X √ √ X √ √ √√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √√ √ √ √ √ X √ √ √

English ( UK ) √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ X√ √ X √ √ X √ √ √√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √√ X X X X X X √ √√ √ X √ X X √ √ √√ X X √ √ X √ √ √

English (UK) √ X √ √ √ √ X X Xzhi Singapore English (UK) √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

English (UK) √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ X√ √ √ √ √ X √ √ √√ √ X √ √ √ √ √ √√ √ X X X X √ √ √

Putonghua √ X X √ √ X X X √ trk Turkey English (US) √ √ √ √ √ √ X X X

English (UK) √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

TLA Locale Language Telephony Phone

Display Manager PhoneManager

SoftConsole

Conf Center* EVM Lite*

When a new or defaulted system's configuration is first opened in Manager, the value set in the Locale field (System |System | Locale) should always be checked and changed if necessary. The system's Locale sets factors such as thedefault ringing patterns and caller display settings. The locale also controls the language that a voicemail server will usefor prompts.

This following table indicates locale settings supported for different functions. Note that this does not necessarily indicatesupport, availability or approval for IP Office within that country.

This following table indicates locale settings used within 4.0 and higher for different functions. Note that reference to alocale does not necessarily indicate support, availability or approval for IP Office within that country.

ess Argentina Latin Spanish ena Australia nlb Belgium Dutch frb Belgium French ptb Brazil frc Canada Canadian French esl Chile Latin Spanish chs China Mandarin eso Colombia Latin Spanish dan Denmark Danish fin Finland fra France French deu Germany German ell Greece Greek zhh Hong Kong Cantonese hun Hungary Hungarian isl Iceland ind India ita Italy Italian kor Korea Korean esm Mexico Latin Spanish nld Netherlands Dutch enz New Zealand nor Norway Norwegian esr Peru Latin Spanish plk Poland Polish ptg Portugal Portuguese rus Russia Russian ara Saudi Arabia

ens South Africa esp Spain Spanish sve Sweden Svenska frs Switzerland French cht Taiwan

eng UK enu USA English (US) esv Venezuela Latin Spanish

39. LOCALE CODES


Use this link for more detailshttp://marketingtools.avaya.com/knowledgebase/businesspartner/ipoffice/mergedProjects/manager/using_locales.htm

• TLA (Three-Letter Abbreviation):These are the three character codes used by pre-6.0 Manager to set locales. In IP Office 3.2 they were replaced by selection of the required country or language by name. The special locale TTY may appear for some users.This is used in conjunction with Voicemail Pro and TTY devices for hearing impaired users. Refer to the Voicemail ProInstallation manual for full details.

• Locale:The country represented by the locale. Teletype (Textphone) is used with Voicemail Pro, refer to the Voicemail Pro documentation.

• Language:The voicemail prompt language used for that locale.• Manager:Indicates that the IP Office Manager application can run in the specific locale language. Manager uses the best match it has (French, German, Brazilian, Dutch, Italian, Mexican Spanish or US English) for the regional location settings setting of the PC on which it is running, otherwise it defaults to UK English. If required the language used within the Manager screens can be overridden.

• Telephony:The IP Office provides default telephony settings matching the normal expected defaults for the locale.• Phone Display:Indicates that display messages from the IP Office to Avaya phones can be sent using the appropriate language for that locale. Note that the user locale can be used to override the system locale for these messages. Note also that some phones support their own language selection options for menus displayed by the phone's own software.• Applications:IP Office Conference Center is not supported on release R6.0 or higher.

• Voicemail:These columns indicate for which locales the different Avaya IP Office voicemail servers can provide the appropriate language prompts. In all cases, the system locale can be overridden by setting a different user locale.

• EVM: Indicates that the locale is recognized by Embedded Voicemail and appropriate language prompts are then used. If an unsupported locale is used, Embedded Voicemail will attempt the best match using the first two characters of the locale.

• VM Lite: (Voicemail Lite is not supported on IP Office 5 and higher)Indicates that the locale is recognized by Voicemail Lite and appropriate language prompts are then used. For an unsupported locale is used, or one for which the necessary prompts are not available, Voicemail Lite will attempt the best match using a sequence of alternate locales.

• VM Pro:Indicates that the locale is recognized by VoiceMail Pro and appropriate language prompts are then used. For an unsupported locale if used, or one for which the necessary prompts are not available, VoiceMail Pro will attempt the best match using a sequence of alternate locales. For example French Canadian falls back to French, then US English and finally UK English. Note that the languages available are selectable during Voicemail Pro installation.

http://marketingtools.avaya.com/knowledgebase/businesspartner/ipoffice/mergedProjects/manager/using_locales.htm

document.xls

40. RELEASE HISTORY Page 248

IP Office Release History<--- Release 6.0 GA February 26, 2010

document.xls


<--- Release 5 Q4 November 18, 2009 Maintenance Release

document.xls


<--- Release 5 GA August 3, 2009

document.xls


<--- Release 4.2 Q2 May 13, 2009 Service Pack<--- Release 4.2 Q1 February 17, 2009 Service Pack<--- Release 4.2 Q4 November 12, 2008 Service Pack

document.xls


<--- Release 4.2. GA - August 11, 2008

document.xls


<--- Release 4.1.x GA - December 17, 2007

document.xls


<--- Release 4.0.10 - September 24, 2007 Maintenance Release

document.xls


<--- Release 4.0.7 - June 29, 2007 Maintenance Release

document.xls


<--- Release 4.0.x GA - February 26, 2007

document.xls


<--- Release 3.2 - July 24, 2006

document.xls


<--- Release 3.1 - November 7, 2005

document.xls


<--- Release 3.0 - March 21, 2005

document.xls


<--- Release 2.1 - May 31, 2004

document.xls


<--- Release 2.0 - November 26, 2003<--- Release 1.4 - June 16, 2003<--- Release 1.3.2 - February 28, 2003<--- Release 1.3 - December 13, 2002

41. TRAINING


Course code Course title

Avaya University IP Office CoursesUnder Construction!

All course curricula, enrolment and assessment is on the Avaya Learning Center portal at www.avaya-learning.com LINK:---> Avaya University

Delivery type / Type of Training

Length of training

Avaya University IP Office R6.0 courses expected to be finalized by the end of April 2010.

http://www.avaya-learning.com/

42. IP HARDPHONE POWER OPTIONS


IP Office IP Hard Phone Power OptionsLocal Power Options

<--- 1151D1<--- 1151D2<--- 1151C1

In order to prepare for changes in future EMC requirements, Avaya is announcing, effective July 2, 2007, the 1151D1 and 1151D2 Terminal Power Units for IP Phones.These new Power units will be for IP phones only and will be replacing the current 1151C1 and 1151C2 Power Unit versions on IP phones. Although we are announcing the new 1151D1 and 1151D2 units, the July ASD will still configure 1151C units. The 1151Ds will be available in ASD in August.

Note: The new 1151C1/C2 & 1151D1/D2 products will include a CAT5 cable. However, the old 1151B1 and 1151B2 included a standard North American power cord which is not included anymore (must be ordered separately or obtained elsewhere).



<--- 1151C2<--- Local Power Brick Transformer<--- Power Over Ethernet (POE)



<--- Mid-Span Power Distribution Units

43. 6.0 CD's & SOFTWARE BUILDS


Version

IP Office Firmware 6.0.8IP Office Manager 8.0.8SSA Viewer 6.0.8Network Viewer 8.0.8SysMonitor 8.0.8UpgradeWiz 8.0.8Call Status 4.0.5Java Run Time Environment (JRE) 6.0 Update 16 (1.6.0.16)

IP Office Unit Firmware VersionIP406V2 6.0.8IP412 6.0.8IP500 6.0.8IP500V2 6.0.8Pots Module 6.0.8PotsV2 Module 6.0.8DCP Module 6.0.8DCPV2 Module 6.0.8SO Module 6.0.8ATM Module 6.0.8

IP 406v2 Special firmware VersionRequired prior to upgrades beyond 3.0 3.0(999)Required prior to upgrades beyond 3.1 3.1(999)Required prior to upgrades beyond 5.0 5.0(999)

Version

2.9.1 (2.9 SP1)4625 2.9.1 (2.9 SP1)4620 (Not 4620SW) 2.34601, 4602D, 4602SW, 5601, 5602D & 5602SW 2.34601+, 4602+, 5601+ & 5602+ 2.9.1 (2.9 SP1)

Version

2.3

2.3.252

Version1603, 1608 & 1616 Boot Code 1.21001603, 1608 & 1616 App 1.21001616 Button Module 32 App 1.0.9

Version

The build numbers are for R6 GA Release (6.0.8) February 26,2010 and contains the following application builds

Admin CD Version -R51 DVD (700472863)

4600/5600 H.323 Phone Firmware (Common Boot Code and App)

4610SW, 4620SW, 4621SW, 5610SW, 5620SW & 5621SW

4600/5600 VPN Phone Firmware (Separate Boot Code and App)

4610SW, 4620SW, 4621SW, 5610SW, 5620SW & 5621SW Boot Code 4610SW, 4620SW, 4621SW, 5610SW, 5620SW & 5621SW App1600 H.323 Phone Firmware (Separate Boot Code

and App)

9600 H.323 Phone Firmware (Separate Boot Code and App)



9620 & 9630 & 9640 & 9650 Boot Code 3.1.19620 & 9630 & 9640 & 9650 App 3.1.1

DCP Phone Firmware Version2410 62420 65410 65420 61403 391408 491416 491503 391508 391516 39

DCP Phone Languages Version14xx 1

IP DECT Phone Firmware VersionAvaya 3701 22.04.04Avaya 3711 91.24.31.04Avaya 3711 Global 91.24.36Avaya 3711 USB Driver 0.8

IP DECT ADMM Firmware/Tools VersionIP DECT - ADMM Firmware 1.1.11IP DECT - ADMM Java Configuration 1.1.11IP DECT - ADMM DECT Monitor 1.4

DECT R4 Phone Firmware VersionAvaya 3720 3.0.5Avaya 3725 3.0.5Avaya 3720 Template 0.2Avaya 3725 Template 0.2

DECT R4 Firmware/Tools VersionDECT R4 - IPBS Firmware 3.3.11DECT R4 - AIWS Firmware 2.43

3.4.5DECT R4 - Rack Charger Firmware 1.3.11DECT R4 - Advanced Charger Firmware 1.3.11DECT R4 - Avaya 3720 Translation Tool 15DECT R4 - Avaya 3725 Translation Tool 15DECT R4 - Avaya 3720 Downloadable Languages 15DECT R4 - Avaya 3725 Downloadable Languages 15DECT R4 - Company Phonebook Tool 8

T3 IP Phone Firmware/Tools VersionT3 IP Phone Firmware T247T3 IP Admin Tool 3.08

User CD Version - 4.2.31 VersionPhoneManager - Application and Installer 4.2.31Softconsole - Application and Installer 4.2.18TAPI - Application 1.0.0.35TAPI - Installer 3.2.21

DECT R4 - WinPDM (Windows Portable Device Manager)



Dev Link - Application 1.0.0.5Dev Link - Installer 3.2.7



VoiceMail Pro CD Version 5.0 VersionVoicemail Pro (GUI) 6.0.22Voicemail Pro Server 6.0.22Voicemail Pro Service 6.0.22VPIM Client 6.0.22VPIMDBSvr 6.0.22VPIMReceiver 6.0.22VPIMServer3 6.0.22IMSAdmin 6.0.22IMSServiceRestart 6.0.22UMSServer 6.0.22VMServer 6.0.22PHP 5.2.6

one-X Portal CD Versionone-X Portal CD 6.0.21

CCR CD VersionCCR CD 1.2.2.78

ContactStore CD VersionContactStore CD 7.8.16

Softphone CD VersionSoftphone CD 3.0.56516

CTI – SDK CD VersionCTI – SDK 1.5.4

Note: * The firmware of the 2402/5402 cannot be upgraded.

44. Control Unit Upgrade Path


Upgrade path from previous releases<--- IP Office Release 6.0 - GA February 26, 2010<--- IP Office Release 5 - GA August 3, 2009



<--- IP Office Release 4.2 - GA August 11, 2008



<--- IP Office Release 4.1 - GA December 17, 2007



<--- IP Office Release 4.0 - GA February 26, 2007



<--- IP Office Release 3.2 - GA July 24, 2006

45. IP Office DevConnect


Application Overview DevConnect Partner Country

Solution Industry

E911

Appl

icat

ion

Suit

e

Atte

ndan

t Co

nsol

e

Billi

ng

Call

Acco

unti

ng

Call

Cont

rol-R

outi

ng

Call/

Cont

act

Cent

er

Conf

eren

cing

Com

mun

icat

ions

Con

tinu

ity

Corp

orat

e H

otel

ing

CRM

Cust

om A

pplic

atio

n D

evel

opm

ent

Dat

a Re

port

ing/

War

ehou

sing

Hel

p D

esk

Infr

astr

uctu

re

Infr

astr

uctu

re M

anag

emen

t

Man

aged

Ser

vice

s

Mes

sagi

ng

Mob

ility

Mul

ti-m

edia

Con

tact

Cen

ter

Mul

ti-v

endo

r In

tegr

atio

n

Prop

erty

Man

agem

ent

Qua

lity

Mon

itor

ing/

Man

agem

ent

Reco

rdin

g Vo

ice-

Dig

ital

Scre

en P

op

SIP

Endp

oint

s

Secu

rity

Spee

ch R

ecog

niti

on

Serv

ice

Prov

ider

Acc

ess

Trun

king

Uni

fied

Com

mun

icat

ions

/fax

serv

ers

Uni

fied

Mes

sagi

ng

Voic

e M

ail-U

nifie

d M

assa

ging

Wal

l Boa

rds

Wor

kfor

ce M

anag

emen

t

Bank

ing

Fina

nce

Gov

ernm

ent-

Fede

ral

Gov

ernm

ent-

Stat

e &

Loc

al

Hea

lthc

are

Hig

her

Educ

atio

n

Hos

pita

lity

Insu

ranc

e

Lega

l

Man

ufac

turi

ng

Reta

il

Tele

com

mun

icat

ions

Tran

spor

tati

on

Uti

litie

s

√

√

Switzerland

√ √ √ √ √ √

Canada

√ √ √ √ √

Canada

√ √ √ √ √

PC/PSAP (IP Office 2.1)A software-based PSAP system that satisfies Public PSAP requirements (ANI / ALI / CAD / MAPPING).Also addresses needs of the Private & Hybrid campus PSAP (security).

Amcom Software10400 Yellow Circle DriveEden Prairie, MN 55343

United States952 829-7445

www.amcomsoft.com/

United States

911 Enable provides enterprises and SMBs with simple to deploy, easy to manage E911 solutions that meet the needs of IP-based communications networks. 911 Enable?s solutions include an E911 call routing service, automated phone tracking appliance and security desk notification system.

These solutions have been established according to FCC, CRTC, and NENA i2 standards, helping organizations reduce liability concerns and meet E911 regulations. In 2005, 911 Enable pioneered the first fully integrated E911 solution for enterprise IP phone systems, and has been delivering products and services focused on IP telephony ever since. Today, 911 Enable routes more than 20,000 9-1-1 calls per month and is trusted by over 1000 organizations across the US and Canada.

911 Enable5101 BuchanSuite # 510

Montreal, QC H4P 2R9Canada

1-877-862-2835514-745-8616

arrow www.911enable.com

United States / Canada

NovaAlert(IPO) using SIPWith NovaAlert you can process information from a variety of extraneous systems in order to then alert or inform the responsible people in a targeted fashion. In this respect the NovaAlert system already supports many different. The information and events that are signalled via the various input interfaces to the server can be subsequently distributed via existing output interfaces (information paths). In this way the NovaAlert alerting server helps you to reach and inform the responsible people at the right time. By means of this rapid and reliable distribution of information NovaAlert can optimise your reaction time in an emergency (alert) and contribute to avoiding major damage and the associated costs. The NovaAlert system is modular in structure, which enables it to be incorporated into both smaller and very large projects. This modularity also provides optimum value for money.

NovaLink GmbHBusiness Tower

Zuercherstrasse 310Frauenfeld, 8500

Switzerland +41 52 762 66 66

FAX +41 52 762 66 99 www.novalink.ch

Revolution Web Call Accounting (IPO)Revolution Web Compliant with Avaya IP Office Solution. Revolution Web Call Accounting is a dynamic browser-based communications management solution that can be deployed in minutes. Revolution Web can allocate telecom expenses to individuals or departments. It is equipped with an embedded SQL database engine, built-in Web server and automated reporting. Revolution Web can monitor incoming and outgoing calls in real-time. Alarms and reports can be scheduled for emergency 911 notification, toll fraud or misuse reporting. Revolution Web can be deployed in virtually any enterprise.

Resource Software International Ltd.

40 King Street West, Suite 300Oshawa, Ontario L1H 1A4

Canada 905 576-4575

FAX 905 576-4705 www.telecost.com

Igeacare Apolo Event Notification System (ENS)The apolo ENS GUI interface allows ease of communication with standard analog, digital and/or IP telephony desk sets. It provides intuitive operation and eliminates the need for specialized training. The system provides real-time event notification and acknowledgement on any visual display. The console can also allow for priority audible tone and automated speech notification.

IgeaCare System91 Granton Drive

Richmond Hill, ON L4B-2N5Canada

905 707 1669FAX 905 707 1775

www.igeacare.com




Solution Industry

E911

Appl

icat

ion

Suit

e

Atte

ndan

t Co

nsol

e

Billi

ng

Call

Acco

unti

ng

Call

Cont

rol-R

outi

ng

Call/

Cont

act

Cent

er

Conf

eren

cing

Com

mun

icat

ions

Con

tinu

ity

Corp

orat

e H

otel

ing

CRM

Cust

om A

pplic

atio

n D

evel

opm

ent

Dat

a Re

port

ing/

War

ehou

sing

Hel

p D

esk

Infr

astr

uctu

re

Infr

astr

uctu

re M

anag

emen

t

Man

aged

Ser

vice

s

Mes

sagi

ng

Mob

ility

Mul

ti-m

edia

Con

tact

Cen

ter

Mul

ti-v

endo

r In

tegr

atio

n

Prop

erty

Man

agem

ent

Qua

lity

Mon

itor

ing/

Man

agem

ent

Reco

rdin

g Vo

ice-

Dig

ital

Scre

en P

op

SIP

Endp

oint

s

Secu

rity

Spee

ch R

ecog

niti

on

Serv

ice

Prov

ider

Acc

ess

Trun

king

Uni

fied

Com

mun

icat

ions

/fax

serv

ers

Uni

fied

Mes

sagi

ng

Voic

e M

ail-U

nifie

d M

assa

ging

Wal

l Boa

rds

Wor

kfor

ce M

anag

emen

t

Bank

ing

Fina

nce

Gov

ernm

ent-

Fede

ral

Gov

ernm

ent-

Stat

e &

Loc

al

Hea

lthc

are

Hig

her

Educ

atio

n

Hos

pita

lity

Insu

ranc

e

Lega

l

Man

ufac

turi

ng

Reta

il

Tele

com

mun

icat

ions

Tran

spor

tati

on

Uti

litie

s

Canada

√ √ √ √

√

√ √

√ √ √

Canada

√ √ √ √ √ √

Australia

√ √ √ √

Sweden

√ √ √ √

Igeacare nursecall with apollo,Igeacom 300,301,500,501,MP501,600,601,700 (IPO)The core of the solution is the communications server, linking various functions and systems together. Dial tone, provided by the server, handles the nurse call function. Emergency calls are placed from the residentâ€™s or patientâ€™s room by means of a red-colored momentary push button, red emergency button located directly on main unit, hard-wired pull cords, or wireless peripherals including a pendant and pull cord. These emergency calls are then routed using the serverâ€™s flexible programming to any networked desk, wireless telephones or pocket pagers ringing in sequence or together. During the call process, the room number, origin, level of urgency, and name of resident, if requested, are displayed on telephones/pagers programmed to receive emergency calls from that location.

IgeaCare System91 Granton Drive

Richmond Hill, ON L4B-2N5Canada

905 707 1669FAX 905 707 1775

www.igeacare.com

XTEND Communications Corp. pc/psap is a PC and LAN based system, which has the capabilities to extract ANI information from calls arriving from E-911 trunks and retrieve the call’s corresponding ALI (Automatic Location Information) information.

XTEND Communications Corp. Customer Service Center at (212) 951-7670. Technical support email can be

sent to [email protected].

United States

Telcomp PickUpIp application provides Caller ID capabilities to a single computer, or to a network of computers via the Telcomp PickUp application. The Telcomp PickUpEm application provides 911 emergency alert messages to be directed at a central console. All three of these applications work in conjunction with the Telcomp TcIpOff connection server application.

Customer Service Center (407) 889-7377

United Kingdom

Broadvox Go SIP Trunking (NextPoint)GO! SIP Trunking is a VoIP/SIP Trunking service that includes unlimited local and long distance calling, discounted international and toll-free, DIDs, E911, local number porting and enhanced local numbers for remote offices and telecommuting workers. Business continuity and dynamic load balancing is available. Broadband connectivity includes DSL, T1 and DS3.

Broadvox, LLC1950 N. Stemmons Hwy, Suite 3031

Dallas, TX 75207United States 214 646 8000

FAX 216 373 4876 www.broadvox.com

United States

Visual RapportVisual Rapport is a desktop productivity suite providing real time display of employee telephone status, instant messaging, desktop dialing, email integration, call logging, file transfer and screen-pop integration. Visual Rapport is pre-configured with an extensive library of scripts that communicate with many commercial contact management and database applications (i.e., Microsoft Outlook, Maximizer, Goldmine, Act) and unique in-house custom applications. Visual Rapport offers an integrated scripting engine that gives customers the ability to tailor their system with such features as time logging, account code prompting, URL screen pop and call accounting integration.



Canada 905 576-4575


Unified Communications SuiteThe CyTrack UC Suite features 9 modules including :CyTrack CyDesk - Telephone Unified Communications & CTICyTrack CyRecord - Integrated & Flexible Voice RecordingCyTrack CyCall - Multi-Media Outbound & Tele-Marketing Call CentreCyTrack CyConsole Unified Communications for Front Desk OperatorsCyTrack CyReport Call Accounting & Business Intelligence ReportingCyTrack CyQ - Multi-Media Super Highway Inbound Call Centre

CyTrack Technologies155 Varsity Parade

Varsity LakesGold Coast, QLD 4227

Australia +61 7 5553 9800 www.cytrack.com

Vision 80/20 for IP Office Vision 80/20 is a widely used application for managing presence information as well as to provide attendant functionality and voicemail for small

companies and large enterprises. Vision 80/20 is a complete application combining attendant console, APBX/PBX-integration and an interface for users to

administer their extension/profile via a web application.

Visionutveckling ABGardesvagen 1

STENUNGSUND, SE 44431SWEDEN

+46 303 729200+46 303 729260

arrow www.visionutv.se




Solution Industry

E911

Appl

icat

ion

Suit

e

Atte

ndan

t Co

nsol

e

Billi

ng

Call

Acco

unti

ng

Call

Cont

rol-R

outi

ng

Call/

Cont

act

Cent

er

Conf

eren

cing

Com

mun

icat

ions

Con

tinu

ity

Corp

orat

e H

otel

ing

CRM

Cust

om A

pplic

atio

n D

evel

opm

ent

Dat

a Re

port

ing/

War

ehou

sing

Hel

p D

esk

Infr

astr

uctu

re

Infr

astr

uctu

re M

anag

emen

t

Man

aged

Ser

vice

s

Mes

sagi

ng

Mob

ility

Mul

ti-m

edia

Con

tact

Cen

ter

Mul

ti-v

endo

r In

tegr

atio

n

Prop

erty

Man

agem

ent

Qua

lity

Mon

itor

ing/

Man

agem

ent

Reco

rdin

g Vo

ice-

Dig

ital

Scre

en P

op

SIP

Endp

oint

s

Secu

rity

Spee

ch R

ecog

niti

on

Serv

ice

Prov

ider

Acc

ess

Trun

king

Uni

fied

Com

mun

icat

ions

/fax

serv

ers

Uni

fied

Mes

sagi

ng

Voic

e M

ail-U

nifie

d M

assa

ging

Wal

l Boa

rds

Wor

kfor

ce M

anag

emen

t

Bank

ing

Fina

nce

Gov

ernm

ent-

Fede

ral

Gov

ernm

ent-

Stat

e &

Loc

al

Hea

lthc

are

Hig

her

Educ

atio

n

Hos

pita

lity

Insu

ranc

e

Lega

l

Man

ufac

turi

ng

Reta

il

Tele

com

mun

icat

ions

Tran

spor

tati

on

Uti

litie

s

Germany

√ √ √

√ √ √ √ √ √ √

√ √

√ √ √ √ √ √

The ESTOS Remote CallControlGateway integrates Microsoft Office Communications Server and Microsoft

Office Communicator with TAPI- and most CSTA-compliant PBX systems via SIP and uaCSTA. It reduces the need to

upgrade to new telecommunications infrastructure, extending investment protection for a businesses’ existing

communications technology.

ESTOS GmbH Petersbrunner Str. 3a 82319 Starnberg Germany Phone: +49 (8151) 368 561-77 Fax: +49 (8151) 368

561-99 Mail: [email protected] or: http://www.estos.de/metanavigation/kon

takt/e-mail.html

Synthesys (for IPO)Synthesys is a suite of products that gives non-technical staff the tools to manage the contact center and the people in it. With SYNTHESYS you can unify front end through SOA type software framework, streamline multiple front end processes without programming, fix maximum of silent calls yet optimizing agent productivity, gather field service requests from clients and dispatch them to field staff. All via one seamless system. The wide-ranging functionality is presented in an easy-to-use drag-and-drop windows environment offers call flow scripts to guide the agentsâ?? interactions. Call list creation and queuing manages outbound operations. Teams are created and user accounts and permissions are set up. CRM functionality maximises the value of historical customer data, supporting conversations. Multiple channels of contact are managed, including telephone, email, post, SMS, live chat, and interactive forms. CTI links the telephony system and the software automating many processes to reduce call-handling times. Reporting and workflow supports the efficient running of contact center operations.

Noetica Ltd7-11 St Johns Hill

London, SW11 1TNUnited Kingdom

44 207 326 8500 FAX 44 207 801 9515

www.noetica.com

United Kingdom

Adaptive Contact CentreThe Adaptive Contact Centre is a suite of modules. Each can be run independently or can be a part of a comprehensive multichannel contact centre. Adaptive CTI Professional is a fully featured CTI product. It can be used to screen-pop non TAPI compliant applications and can be used in a Citrix or Terminal Services environment.

New Media Software LtdPO Box 299

Eastleigh, Hampshire SO50 7WRUnited Kingdom

+44 (0)845 612 4000FAX +44 (0)845 612 4001 www.nms-adaptive.com

United Kingdom

VeraSMART (IP Office 2.1)The VeraSMART® Communications Management Suite is a Telecom Expense Management (TEM) application platform for managing complex communications networks comprised of converged IP and TDM premises-based technologies, mobile and remote workers, and wireless devices. With support for sourcing, ordering and provisioning, inventory and invoice management, usage and dispute management, VeraSMART can help you optimize TEM processes, automate workflows, improve productivity, and reduce costs. A robust, flexible reporting engine makes it easy to extract the data you need to make informed business decisions and improve network security. Configurable 3D dashboards let you monitor key data trends at a glance. VeraSMART deploys quickly, is easy to maintain, and has low TCO. With modular, scalable architecture, VeraSMART can be configured to match the needs of any organization. VeraSMART can be deployed as a premise-based licensed solution, hosted software as a service (SaaS), or as part of a BPO solution. Available through the GSA.

Veramark Technologies Inc.3750 Monroe Ave

Pittsford, NY 14534United States

585-381-6000 FAX 585-383-6800

www.veramark.com

United States




Solution Industry

E911

Appl

icat

ion

Suit

e

Atte

ndan

t Co

nsol

e

Billi

ng

Call

Acco

unti

ng

Call

Cont

rol-R

outi

ng

Call/

Cont

act

Cent

er

Conf

eren

cing

Com

mun

icat

ions

Con

tinu

ity

Corp

orat

e H

otel

ing

CRM

Cust

om A

pplic

atio

n D

evel

opm

ent

Dat

a Re

port

ing/

War

ehou

sing

Hel

p D

esk

Infr

astr

uctu

re

Infr

astr

uctu

re M

anag

emen

t

Man

aged

Ser

vice

s

Mes

sagi

ng

Mob

ility

Mul

ti-m

edia

Con

tact

Cen

ter

Mul

ti-v

endo

r In

tegr

atio

n

Prop

erty

Man

agem

ent

Qua

lity

Mon

itor

ing/

Man

agem

ent

Reco

rdin

g Vo

ice-

Dig

ital

Scre

en P

op

SIP

Endp

oint

s

Secu

rity

Spee

ch R

ecog

niti

on

Serv

ice

Prov

ider

Acc

ess

Trun

king

Uni

fied

Com

mun

icat

ions

/fax

serv

ers

Uni

fied

Mes

sagi

ng

Voic

e M

ail-U

nifie

d M

assa

ging

Wal

l Boa

rds

Wor

kfor

ce M

anag

emen

t

Bank

ing

Fina

nce

Gov

ernm

ent-

Fede

ral

Gov

ernm

ent-

Stat

e &

Loc

al

Hea

lthc

are

Hig

her

Educ

atio

n

Hos

pita

lity

Insu

ranc

e

Lega

l

Man

ufac

turi

ng

Reta

il

Tele

com

mun

icat

ions

Tran

spor

tati

on

Uti

litie

s

√ √ √ √ √ √

Switzerland

√ √ √ √ √

France

√ √ √ √

√ √ √ √

Tiger 2020 Pro with Avaya IP OfficeThe Tiger 2020 Pro Voice Traffic Management and Voice Network Security modules provide a total solution for effective voice traffic management, voice network control and voice cost control. The Tiger 2020 Pro offers a wide range of Reports including Departmental Cost & Usage, Dialled Number Analysis, Comparative Carrier Cost Analysis & Exception Reporting. Traffic Reports include Grade of Service and Trunk Utilisation reports aiding the future planning to convergence. The optional Voice Network Security Module provides a pro-active management tool capable of detecting fraudulent activity on company telephone networks. Real-time call data is continually compared against sets of bench mark call data to assess whether the limits have been exceeded, ensuring that immediate action can be taken in the event of a potential fraudulent activity which could have serious financial and network resource implications.

Tiger Communications77-79 Christchurch Road

Ringwood, Hampshire BH24 1DHUnited Kingdom

+44 (1425) 891000FAX +44 (01425) 461484 www.tigercomms.com

United Kingdom

NovaAlert(IPO) using S0 and PRI/QSIGWith NovaAlert you can process information from a variety of extraneous systems in order to then alert or inform the responsible people in a targeted fashion. In this respect the NovaAlert system already supports many different. The information and events that are signalled via the various input interfaces to the server can be subsequently distributed via existing output interfaces (information paths). In this way the NovaAlert alerting server helps you to reach and inform the responsible people at the right time. By means of this rapid and reliable distribution of information NovaAlert can optimise your reaction time in an emergency (alert) and contribute to avoiding major damage and the associated costs. The NovaAlert system is modular in structure, which enables it to be incorporated into both smaller and very large projects. This modularity also provides optimum value for money.



Switzerland +41 52 762 66 66


NOVAHOP (on IPO)NovaProHop CS software suite is a PC-based application suite that provides an end user interface with Avaya IP Office in a Healthcare environment. The suite is able to manage one or several Avaya IP Offices, and works as a client/server application to meet the requirements of hospitals or retirement homes. It is widely used in hospitals and retirement homes in France. With this application, you provide your patients with an extensive telephone service, including several billing capabilities according to the type of hospitalization (long stay, retirement, ?), the possibility to follow your patient over several stays (keeep its DID number, its confidential key, its phone credit,?), and to include in his billing television costs, and other expenses like newspapers or any item that you would like to sell. Tailored to meet your needs, you will be able to fine tune the software behaviour to match your internal procedures. This application covers the whole hospitality field, from the small retirement home up to the biggest multi thousand beds hospitals, with simultaneous users ranging from one to more than a hundred. As a manager, you will be able to supervise your telephony costs, optimize the quality of your switchboard, and perform all the statistics and reports your board of directors will ever need. Furthermore, it has

SLIT31 rue de Cuire

LYON, France 69004France

+33472101650 www.slit.fr

ProfitWatch (IP Office)ProfitWatch for Hotels offers flexible and sophisticated guest pricing and billing options for hotels wishing to generate revenue from guest and convention telephone calls. Available in standalone, web-enabled and client/server versions, ProfitWatch is the perfect telemanagement and billing solution for hotels of all sizes. Current customers include Starwood Hotels, InterContinental Hotels Group, Hilton, Marriott International and Choice Hotels.

Metropolis Technologies, Inc.6278 N Federal Hwy #413Fort Lauderdale, FL 33308

United States 954-941-1010

FAX 954-301-0819 www.metropolis.com

United States




Solution Industry

E911

Appl

icat

ion

Suit

e

Atte

ndan

t Co

nsol

e

Billi

ng

Call

Acco

unti

ng

Call

Cont

rol-R

outi

ng

Call/

Cont

act

Cent

er

Conf

eren

cing

Com

mun

icat

ions

Con

tinu

ity

Corp

orat

e H

otel

ing

CRM

Cust

om A

pplic

atio

n D

evel

opm

ent

Dat

a Re

port

ing/

War

ehou

sing

Hel

p D

esk

Infr

astr

uctu

re

Infr

astr

uctu

re M

anag

emen

t

Man

aged

Ser

vice

s

Mes

sagi

ng

Mob

ility

Mul

ti-m

edia

Con

tact

Cen

ter

Mul

ti-v

endo

r In

tegr

atio

n

Prop

erty

Man

agem

ent

Qua

lity

Mon

itor

ing/

Man

agem

ent

Reco

rdin

g Vo

ice-

Dig

ital

Scre

en P

op

SIP

Endp

oint

s

Secu

rity

Spee

ch R

ecog

niti

on

Serv

ice

Prov

ider

Acc

ess

Trun

king

Uni

fied

Com

mun

icat

ions

/fax

serv

ers

Uni

fied

Mes

sagi

ng

Voic

e M

ail-U

nifie

d M

assa

ging

Wal

l Boa

rds

Wor

kfor

ce M

anag

emen

t

Bank

ing

Fina

nce

Gov

ernm

ent-

Fede

ral

Gov

ernm

ent-

Stat

e &

Loc

al

Hea

lthc

are

Hig

her

Educ

atio

n

Hos

pita

lity

Insu

ranc

e

Lega

l

Man

ufac

turi

ng

Reta

il

Tele

com

mun

icat

ions

Tran

spor

tati

on

Uti

litie

s

√ √ √ √

Canada

√ √ √ √ √ √

Switzerland

√ √ √ √

√ √ √

OfficeWatch Call Accounting for Business (IP Office)Metropolis creates the powerful, user-friendly telemanagement solution OfficeWatch for Business. OfficeWatch integrates seamlessly with the IP Office and helps users improve employee productivity, control telephone costs, monitor trunk traffic, and archive historical phone call data. Businesses can also use OfficeWatch to recoup costs for the phone system by billing tenants and/or clients for usage. Some businesses currently using OfficeWatch include law firms, clinics, assisted living facilities, schools, banks, call centers, retail stores and municipalities.

Metropolis Technologies, Inc.6278 N Federal Hwy #413Fort Lauderdale, FL 33308


FAX 954-301-0819 www.metropolis.com

United States

Shadow Call Management SoftwareShadow CMS is a fully-scalable communication management solution allowing administrators to forecast, monitor and allocate communications management expenses. It also provides metrics for facility planning, customer service, workforce management and bill back. Shadow CMS interfaces with Avaya telephone systems for real-time data retrieval. The information is processed, assigned a cost and delivered to property management systems for billing integration.



Canada 905 576-4575


NovaTax(IPO)NovaTax helps you to have keep communications in your company under control, and provides you with a precise overview. With NovaTax you know where it may be necessary to take action. Find out how long your customers have to wait before being put through. Is your infrastructure correctly designed or are individual connections overloaded or even designed on to large a scale? NovaTax helps you to simply evaluate and clearly represent these decisive factors and questions of today's business environment. Have the relevant data sent to you by email on a daily basis or evaluate the call data on the client yourself. In this way you can receive detailed reports on your call data, thereby reducing your telephone costs.



Switzerland +41 52 762 66 66


Report (for IPO)Report is compliant with Avaya IP Office Solution. Report allows for the automation of many tasks, thus minimizing the management overheads while maximizing the effective usage of the system within the organization. User Benefits: Large and comprehensive range of reports available in both Summary and Itemized formats. All reports can be previewed on screen with zoom and page search facilities, allowing a quick review of the largest of reports. Each extension can be named and placed into departments/groups. Groups can then become part of other groups to create a group hierarchy. Reports can then be chosen which use the group hierarchy to present summary or itemized call information. Cost, response & traffic reports include full analysis capabilities. Account reports allow for call cost uplift and professional charges.

Oak Telecom7 Albany ParkCabot Lane

Poole, Dorset BH17 7BXUnited Kingdom

+44 1202 607000FAX +44 1202 607001

www.oak.co.uk

United Kingdom




Solution Industry

E911

Appl

icat

ion

Suit

e

Atte

ndan

t Co

nsol

e

Billi

ng

Call

Acco

unti

ng

Call

Cont

rol-R

outi

ng

Call/

Cont

act

Cent

er

Conf

eren

cing

Com

mun

icat

ions

Con

tinu

ity

Corp

orat

e H

otel

ing

CRM

Cust

om A

pplic

atio

n D

evel

opm

ent

Dat

a Re

port

ing/

War

ehou

sing

Hel

p D

esk

Infr

astr

uctu

re

Infr

astr

uctu

re M

anag

emen

t

Man

aged

Ser

vice

s

Mes

sagi

ng

Mob

ility

Mul

ti-m

edia

Con

tact

Cen

ter

Mul

ti-v

endo

r In

tegr

atio

n

Prop

erty

Man

agem

ent

Qua

lity

Mon

itor

ing/

Man

agem

ent

Reco

rdin

g Vo

ice-

Dig

ital

Scre

en P

op

SIP

Endp

oint

s

Secu

rity

Spee

ch R

ecog

niti

on

Serv

ice

Prov

ider

Acc

ess

Trun

king

Uni

fied

Com

mun

icat

ions

/fax

serv

ers

Uni

fied

Mes

sagi

ng

Voic

e M

ail-U

nifie

d M

assa

ging

Wal

l Boa

rds

Wor

kfor

ce M

anag

emen

t

Bank

ing

Fina

nce

Gov

ernm

ent-

Fede

ral

Gov

ernm

ent-

Stat

e &

Loc

al

Hea

lthc

are

Hig

her

Educ

atio

n

Hos

pita

lity

Insu

ranc

e

Lega

l

Man

ufac

turi

ng

Reta

il

Tele

com

mun

icat

ions

Tran

spor

tati

on

Uti

litie

s

√ √ √ √ √ √

√ √ √ √ √ √

√ √ √

eCAS call accounting solution (IP Office)VeraSMART eCAS Call Accounting is a Web browser-based solution that helps organizations gain control over their telecom activity, reduce costs, and improve productivity. Compatible with TDM, IP or hybrid networks, VeraSMART eCAS makes it easy to collect, analyze, and report on call activity and expenses, providing the data necessary to make informed business decisions. Configurable 3D dashboards let you monitor key data trends at a glance. In addition, VeraSMART eCAS includes a powerful reporting engine that offers a wide variety of reports that can be configured to meet the needs of any organization. Features include online presentation with drill-down capability, column sorting, and dynamic charts that automatically adjust to sort criteria. Reports are easily disseminated using our exclusive EZ-Burst feature that supports automated email distribution of selected portions of a single report to designated individuals. The right reports reach the right recipients, maximizing the value the information while ensuring security.

Veramark Technologies Inc.3750 Monroe Ave

Pittsford, NY 14534United States

585-381-6000FAX 585-383-6800

www.veramark.com

United States

Tiger Innovation 2020 with Avaya IP OfficeWhen something is this easy to use and this intuitive, we understand why it might be taken for granted. That's the way it should be. Technology, at its best, is transparent. TIGER InnOvation 2020 is specifically designed for the hospitality industry. We've combined voice mail, automated attendant, and wake-up calls into one powerful system. TIGER InnOvation 2020 provides an extensive set of features that turn your guest phones into complete information centres. While your guests will appreciate its benefits, you'll enjoy increased productivity and profitability. TIGER InnOvation 2020 will interface with your existing equipment, so there's no need to replace your phone system. It's so dependable and seamless, you'll forget it's there. BENEFITS . Guest Voice Messaging eliminates the need for message taking and delivery, freeing up valuable staff time. . Staff Voice Messaging creates more efficient staff communications. Special instructions, work schedules and maintenance orders can all be communicated through InnOvation 2020. . Call Forwarding means neither guests nor staff need ever miss a call. InnOvation 2020's built-in InnConnect feature allows callers the option to connect to another number, such as a




United Kingdom

Tiger Hotel Pro with Avaya IP OfficeTIGER HOTEL PRO is the key to maximising telephony & data revenue whilst improving Guest Satisfaction. Designed specifically for the hospitality sector, TIGER HOTEL PRO contains a suite of features that help the hotelier encourage guests to use the telephone services and facilities available, not only within their rooms but also throughout the hotel. This technology allows for easy profiling of telephone call patterns to determine viable incentives such as: HAPPY HOUR on phone calls in an otherwise quiet period. VOLUME DISCOUNTS for guests with a high call usage requirement. GROUP DISCOUNTS for guests wishing to call home. LONG DURATION incentives for guests wishing to chat or stay on-line. SPECIAL RATES for frequently dialled numbers. FIXED SERVICE CHARGES to Freephone or Lo-call numbers CALL ACCOUNTING - Unlimited Guest Tariffs - Exception Charging - Time Based Tariff - Unit Based Tariff - Sliding Scale Rate - Independent Data and Fax Rates - Separate Conference and Booth Rates INTEGRATED SOLUTIONS - At the core of TIGER HOTEL PRO is a powerful generic integration engine designed to handle inter-connectivity of any system using all of the communications available today and planned for the future. This engine allows us to implement bi-directional




United Kingdom




Solution Industry

E911

Appl

icat

ion

Suit

e

Atte

ndan

t Co

nsol

e

Billi

ng

Call

Acco

unti

ng

Call

Cont

rol-R

outi

ng

Call/

Cont

act

Cent

er

Conf

eren

cing

Com

mun

icat

ions

Con

tinu

ity

Corp

orat

e H

otel

ing

CRM

Cust

om A

pplic

atio

n D

evel

opm

ent

Dat

a Re

port

ing/

War

ehou

sing

Hel

p D

esk

Infr

astr

uctu

re

Infr

astr

uctu

re M

anag

emen

t

Man

aged

Ser

vice

s

Mes

sagi

ng

Mob

ility

Mul

ti-m

edia

Con

tact

Cen

ter

Mul

ti-v

endo

r In

tegr

atio

n

Prop

erty

Man

agem

ent

Qua

lity

Mon

itor

ing/

Man

agem

ent

Reco

rdin

g Vo

ice-

Dig

ital

Scre

en P

op

SIP

Endp

oint

s

Secu

rity

Spee

ch R

ecog

niti

on

Serv

ice

Prov

ider

Acc

ess

Trun

king

Uni

fied

Com

mun

icat

ions

/fax

serv

ers

Uni

fied

Mes

sagi

ng

Voic

e M

ail-U

nifie

d M

assa

ging

Wal

l Boa

rds

Wor

kfor

ce M

anag

emen

t

Bank

ing

Fina

nce

Gov

ernm

ent-

Fede

ral

Gov

ernm

ent-

Stat

e &

Loc

al

Hea

lthc

are

Hig

her

Educ

atio

n

Hos

pita

lity

Insu

ranc

e

Lega

l

Man

ufac

turi

ng

Reta

il

Tele

com

mun

icat

ions

Tran

spor

tati

on

Uti

litie

s

√ √ √ √ √ √

Canada

√ √ √ √ √

India

√ √ √ √

France

√ √ √ √

√

CallSWEET! LiveCall SWEET! Live is a first-rate real-time contact center management solution that helps businesses increase overall efficiency, cut costs and improve customer service by monitoring and reporting on various real-time aspects of a contact center, from agent status and hunt group call activity to speed of answer and calls in queue. Additional features include alarms, live chat and wall boards. Call SWEET! Live also provides robust historical reporting through its layered call accounting application, Call SWEET!. Call SWEET! Live is highly scalable to meet the needs of any size company and versatile enough to fit any industry.

DATEL Software Solutions515 Pleasant Valley Road

Trafford, PA 15085United States

724-744-1380FAX 724-744-9847

www.datel-group.com

United States

CASH+ Call Accounting (IPO)CASH+ Call Accounting software systems monitor and report telecommunication activity. CASH+ Software collects incoming and outgoing telephone data generated by the phone switch and is used to control operation expenses, distribute costs and increase employee productivity. Call Detail Recording (CDR), Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR) or telephone data collected typically includes date, time, call duration, calling/destination parties, call authorization, account code and line/trunk information. CASH+ Software uses this data to provide cost, caller identification, location information and more for report summary and detail generation. CASH+ Call Accounting software is customizable to size of company and can be used in virtually all different kinds of industries.

Hansen Software Corp.Suite 300, 1855 Kirschner Road

http://www.runaware.com/clients/hansensw/cashplus/

Kelowna, BC V1Y 4N7Canada

877-795-2274 250-861-9177

www.hansensoftware.com

PSwitchView for IP OfficePSwitchView (PSV) is Windows based Telephone call analysis software. It establishes communications with most of the PBX systems available in the open market. The computer running PSwitchView needs to be wired to PBX permanently. This could be over office LAN in case of IP based PBX or a separate cable from serial/USB port of computer to serial port of PBX. PSwitchView once activated, remains in touch with PBX and collects the call event information as soon as any call event occurs at any of the extensions or trunks. These events are processed and stored in the database instantly. Deployment of PSwitchView provides various analyses. It keeps track of all the events happening at each telephone extension from the PBX. These recorded events are processed and presented in the form of various MIS leading to controlled communication cost and reduced misuse. Features: 1. Incoming, outgoing, and intercom calls monitoring 2. Extensions and PSTN / TIE lines monitoring 3. Extension-wise call details 4. Department-wise telephone cost utilization. 5. Reference document for reconciling against bills 6. Monitor actual cost visa-a-vis allocated budgets with respect to Extensions / departments 7. Highlight expensive and long duration calls 8. Distinguish official and personal

Telesoft601 - Aditya, Parleshwar Road,

Opp Parleshwar Temple, Vile Parle East,Mumbai, Maharashtra 400097

India +91-22-26155141

FAX +91-22-26154923 www.telesoft.in

NOVAHotel (on IPO)Nova Hotel software suite is a PC-based application suite that provides an end user interface with Avaya IP Office in a Hospitality environment. The suite is able to manage one or several Avaya IP Offices, and works as a web application to meet the requirements of hotels. It is widely used in hotels in France. With this application, your desk attendants will be able to manage the arrival of individual guests or groups, bill customers at the end of their stay, or move them between rooms, at the ease of a mouseclick. As a manager, you will be able to follow the telephony costs of your phone installation, perform statistics on your incoming or outgoing calls, in order to optimize the quality of your reception desk. The NovaHotel Suite can be linked with all major front office of the hotel branch, including Fidelio and Amadeus, with which validation has been awarded to us.

SLIT31 rue de Cuire


+33472101650 www.slit.fr

TriVium CallAnalyst is an application that facilitates reporting, costing, and analyzing acustomer’s phone system. It collects call records from the IP Office server via the SMDR(Station Message Detailed Record) log file.

TriVium(503) [email protected].

For sales support, call (877) 439-9338.United States




Solution Industry

E911

Appl

icat

ion

Suit

e

Atte

ndan

t Co

nsol

e

Billi

ng

Call

Acco

unti

ng

Call

Cont

rol-R

outi

ng

Call/

Cont

act

Cent

er

Conf

eren

cing

Com

mun

icat

ions

Con

tinu

ity

Corp

orat

e H

otel

ing

CRM

Cust

om A

pplic

atio

n D

evel

opm

ent

Dat

a Re

port

ing/

War

ehou

sing

Hel

p D

esk

Infr

astr

uctu

re

Infr

astr

uctu

re M

anag

emen

t

Man

aged

Ser

vice

s

Mes

sagi

ng

Mob

ility

Mul

ti-m

edia

Con

tact

Cen

ter

Mul

ti-v

endo

r In

tegr

atio

n

Prop

erty

Man

agem

ent

Qua

lity

Mon

itor

ing/

Man

agem

ent

Reco

rdin

g Vo

ice-

Dig

ital

Scre

en P

op

SIP

Endp

oint

s

Secu

rity

Spee

ch R

ecog

niti

on

Serv

ice

Prov

ider

Acc

ess

Trun

king

Uni

fied

Com

mun

icat

ions

/fax

serv

ers

Uni

fied

Mes

sagi

ng

Voic

e M

ail-U

nifie

d M

assa

ging

Wal

l Boa

rds

Wor

kfor

ce M

anag

emen

t

Bank

ing

Fina

nce

Gov

ernm

ent-

Fede

ral

Gov

ernm

ent-

Stat

e &

Loc

al

Hea

lthc

are

Hig

her

Educ

atio

n

Hos

pita

lity

Insu

ranc

e

Lega

l

Man

ufac

turi

ng

Reta

il

Tele

com

mun

icat

ions

Tran

spor

tati

on

Uti

litie

s

√

√

Russia√

√ √ √

√

√

√

√

France

√

√ √ √ √ √

√ √ √ √

Trisys TAPIT EX Call Accounting for Business software is a call management and accounting software package designed to report on the phone activity of a business. TAPIT EX works with the Call Detail Record (CDR) / Station Message Detail Reporting (SMDR) information output by Avaya IP Office Delta Server.

TAPIT EX:• Phone: (973) 360-2300 option 3

• E-mail: [email protected]• Web: http://www.trisys.com/TechSupp.htm

United States

CTI Data Solutions Proteus Enterprise 6.1 is a call logging system that records Station Messaging Detail Records (SMDR) outputted by Avaya IP Office to the Avaya IP Office Delta Server over an IP network connection. Proteus Enterprise provides information about telephone usage through a range of reports that can be printed or saved to a number of popular file formats for further analysis.

http://support.ctidata.co.uk.Email: [email protected]: +44 (0) 84 5123 2761

United Kingdom

LightNet Complex IPO Play! Statistics collects statistical information of all calls in an Avaya IP Office and accumulates the information in a database, which can then be viewed using a Web browser.

LightNet Complex Support at +7 (495) 2324848 or by sending e-mail to

[email protected].

CallSWEET!Call SWEET! collects and reports on the Station Message Detail Reporting (SMDR) information written to comma-separated files by Avaya IP Office Delta Server.

DATEL Software Solutions515 Pleasant Valley Road

Trafford, PA 15085United States

724-744-1380FAX 724-744-9847

www.datel-group.com

United States

Tri-Line’s TIM Enterprise is a Windows-based call analysis software program that collects and reports on the Station Message Detail Reporting (SMDR) information generated by Avaya IP Office Delta Server.

Phone: +44 20 7265 2626E-mail: [email protected]: http://www.tri-line.com/ Address: 9-10 Telfords Yard

The Highway LONDON E1W 2BS England

United Kingdom

Tri-Line’s TIM Plus is a Windows-based call analysis software program that collects and reports on the Station Message Detail Reporting (SMDR) information generated by Avaya IP Office Delta Server.



United Kingdom

Tri-Line’s TIM Professional is a Windows-based call analysis software program that collects and reports on the Station Message Detail Reporting (SMDR) information generated by Avaya IP Office Delta Server.



United Kingdom

Oak Telecom aiOffice call management software is a call management and reporting software package designed to report on the phone activity of a business. aiOffice works with the Station Message Detail Reporting (SMDR) records outputted by Avaya IP Office Delta Server. aiOffice collects, stores and processes these SMDR records to provide usage analysis, call costing and billing capabilities.

Technical support:• Phone: 0870 2000 247

• E-mail: [email protected]• Web: www.oak.co.uk

United Kingdom

Imagine Soft CLARity with Avaya IP Office. CLARity is a call accounting program which processes Call Detail Records generated by IP Office

424, Rue Paradis 13008 Marseille - FRANCE - Tél. +33 (0)4 91 32 74 00 -

Fax. +33 (0)4 91 32 74 01 - [email protected]

Proteus for IP OfficeProteus is an intelligent communications management software application that provides the user information on the usage and costs of their telecommunications system. Proteus also monitors and reports on email, internet and mobile communication and can alert the user to certain call patterns and fraudulent activity.

Proteus for IP Office333 North Alabama Street

Suite 240Indianapolis, IN 46204


FAX 317-262-4849 www.ctigroup.com

United States

Call Finder (IPO)The CallFinder DID-to-analog adapter allows a non-DID enabled PBX or key telephone system to support analog DID services through standard analog station or CO port connections. It enables the phone system to directly route incoming calls to end-user extensions. The CallFinder DID-to-analog adapter has two DID ports and two programmable FXS/FXO ports and offers a web interface for system configuration and management.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc.2205 Woodale Drive

Mounds View, MN 55112United States

888-288-5470 FAX 763-785-9874

www.multitech.com

United States




Solution Industry

E911

Appl

icat

ion

Suit

e

Atte

ndan

t Co

nsol

e

Billi

ng

Call

Acco

unti

ng

Call

Cont

rol-R

outi

ng

Call/

Cont

act

Cent

er

Conf

eren

cing

Com

mun

icat

ions

Con

tinu

ity

Corp

orat

e H

otel

ing

CRM

Cust

om A

pplic

atio

n D

evel

opm

ent

Dat

a Re

port

ing/

War

ehou

sing

Hel

p D

esk

Infr

astr

uctu

re

Infr

astr

uctu

re M

anag

emen

t

Man

aged

Ser

vice

s

Mes

sagi

ng

Mob

ility

Mul

ti-m

edia

Con

tact

Cen

ter

Mul

ti-v

endo

r In

tegr

atio

n

Prop

erty

Man

agem

ent

Qua

lity

Mon

itor

ing/

Man

agem

ent

Reco

rdin

g Vo

ice-

Dig

ital

Scre

en P

op

SIP

Endp

oint

s

Secu

rity

Spee

ch R

ecog

niti

on

Serv

ice

Prov

ider

Acc

ess

Trun

king

Uni

fied

Com

mun

icat

ions

/fax

serv

ers

Uni

fied

Mes

sagi

ng

Voic

e M

ail-U

nifie

d M

assa

ging

Wal

l Boa

rds

Wor

kfor

ce M

anag

emen

t

Bank

ing

Fina

nce

Gov

ernm

ent-

Fede

ral

Gov

ernm

ent-

Stat

e &

Loc

al

Hea

lthc

are

Hig

her

Educ

atio

n

Hos

pita

lity

Insu

ranc

e

Lega

l

Man

ufac

turi

ng

Reta

il

Tele

com

mun

icat

ions

Tran

spor

tati

on

Uti

litie

s

√ √ √ √

√ √ √ √ √ √

√ √ √ √ √

√ √ √ √ √ √

√ √ √

√ √ √

Sip Trunks-Avaya IP OfficeClub Supplies managed SIP trunks to both avaya voice platforms. The service allows the reseller/dealer to deliver an increased connectivity service level at a reduced cost to the end user whilst maintaing the features and benefits of ISDN

Club CommunicationsChestnut House

BowbridgeStroud, GLOS GL5 2LA

United Kingdom 01453760240

www.club-comms.co.uk

United Kingdom

e-IVR Expanded (IP Office 3.1)The e-IVR Expanded configuration builds on the Application Portal (the development platform that runs VXML, IVR, Fax, CTI and Web applications) and features an impressive suite of value-added self-service applications. These Enterprise Class applications are Speech Recognition enabled and include strong Data Locator and Form Filler capabilities, Fax-On-Demand, an extension manager Name Dialer, inbound and outbound Call Recording, as well as Web based applications.

Computer Instruments9901 West 87th Street

Overland Park, KS 66212United States

1-888-451-0851FAX 913-492-1483

www.instruments.com

United States

e-IVR Premium (IP Office 3.1)This software bundle includes voice enabled automated attendant, name dialer, audio bulletin board, fax-on-demand, survey form filler, data locator, and unified messaging. In addition to these telephony solutions the suite features enhanced contact center applications such as estimated wait time, position in queue and dynamic announcements. Also included in this offer are IP Web phone applications for 911 dial alert and internal broadcast paging and drivers to provide CTI (screen pop) functionality. Several stand alone self-service Web applications are included â€“ CallMeBackNow!, FaxMeBackNow!, Web forms and Web locators. Supported development environments are VXML 2.1, Visual Basic, C++, .Net (Expandable from 1 to 384 RTU port licenses per sever).



1-888-451-0851FAX 913-492-1483

www.instruments.com

United States

Zeacom Communications Center 5.0 (IP Office)Zeacom delivers Unified Communications (UC) solutions, by seamlessly unifying telephony and computer applications into high-end functionality such as Rich Presence, Intelligent Mobility and Conferencing. Zeacom has rolled out its solutions to some 2500 organizations worldwide. A Zeacom solution is extremely cost-effective as it runs on one server, providing a single user application and one administrative interface; delivering advanced UC functionality to businesses with up to 2500 desktops.

Zeacom18022 CowanSuite #110

Irvine, CA 92614United States

800-513-9002FAX 949-252-0469 www.zeacom.com

United States

Zeacom Contact Center makes decisions about when, and to whom, calls should be delivered based upon caller profile, agent skills, time of day, number dialed and wait times. Zeacom Contact Center also provides real-time and historical statistics, advises callers of their place in queue and offers Interactive Voice Response (IVR) functions. It also includes voicemail and auto attendant capabilities.

Zeacom18022 CowanSuite #110

Irvine, CA 92614United States

800-513-9002FAX 949-252-0469 www.zeacom.com

United States

CallMedia (for IPO)Callmedia's software product suite handles inbound and outbound multi-media channels to receive and manage calls, emails, faxes and SMS messages from customers while simultaneously enabling users to pro-actively contact customers and prospects. By blending all these different media types and contact methods across all company agents, Callmedia enables better and more balanced levels of customer service and ensures high staff utilization by automatically reacting to changes in demand levels. By integrating fully with a client's line of business applications, Callmedia integrates fully with business applications so as to improve contact center performance.

Callmedia Ltd.6 Manor Court

Barnes Wallis RoadFareham, Hampshire PO15 5TH

United Kingdom +44 (0) 1489 553553

FAX +44 (0) 1489 553554 www.callmedia.uk.com

United Kingdom




Solution Industry

E911

Appl

icat

ion

Suit

e

Atte

ndan

t Co

nsol

e

Billi

ng

Call

Acco

unti

ng

Call

Cont

rol-R

outi

ng

Call/

Cont

act

Cent

er

Conf

eren

cing

Com

mun

icat

ions

Con

tinu

ity

Corp

orat

e H

otel

ing

CRM

Cust

om A

pplic

atio

n D

evel

opm

ent

Dat

a Re

port

ing/

War

ehou

sing

Hel

p D

esk

Infr

astr

uctu

re

Infr

astr

uctu

re M

anag

emen

t

Man

aged

Ser

vice

s

Mes

sagi

ng

Mob

ility

Mul

ti-m

edia

Con

tact

Cen

ter

Mul

ti-v

endo

r In

tegr

atio

n

Prop

erty

Man

agem

ent

Qua

lity

Mon

itor

ing/

Man

agem

ent

Reco

rdin

g Vo

ice-

Dig

ital

Scre

en P

op

SIP

Endp

oint

s

Secu

rity

Spee

ch R

ecog

niti

on

Serv

ice

Prov

ider

Acc

ess

Trun

king

Uni

fied

Com

mun

icat

ions

/fax

serv

ers

Uni

fied

Mes

sagi

ng

Voic

e M

ail-U

nifie

d M

assa

ging

Wal

l Boa

rds

Wor

kfor

ce M

anag

emen

t

Bank

ing

Fina

nce

Gov

ernm

ent-

Fede

ral

Gov

ernm

ent-

Stat

e &

Loc

al

Hea

lthc

are

Hig

her

Educ

atio

n

Hos

pita

lity

Insu

ranc

e

Lega

l

Man

ufac

turi

ng

Reta

il

Tele

com

mun

icat

ions

Tran

spor

tati

on

Uti

litie

s

√ √ √ √ √ √

√ √ √ √

√ √ √ √

e-IVR Application Portal (IP Office 3.1)The software bundle includes an automated attendant, audio bulletin board, fax-on-demand, survey form filler, and a data locator. In addition to these telephony solutions the suite features enhanced call center applications such as dynamic announcements for callers in queue. Also included in the bundle are the drivers to provide CTI screen pop functionality. Several stand-alone self-service Web applications are included â€“ CallMeBackNow!, FaxMeBackNow!, web forms andweb locators (Expandable from 1 to 384 RTU port licenses per server).



1-888-451-0851FAX 913-492-1483

www.instruments.com

United States

Avaya IP Office SIP Trunk with AT&T IP Flexible Reach and Business in a Box

This document provides a configuration guide to assist administrators in connecting Avaya IP Office SIP with SIP

trunk connections to AT&T Flexible Reach and AT&T Business in a Box. AT&T IP Flexible Reach is a managed

Voice over IP communication solution that supports inbound and outbound calling on your data network giving

you local, U.S. long distance and international reach for your U.S. sites. IP Office is a highly modular IP telephone

system designed to meet the needs of home offices, standalone businesses, and networked branch and head

offices for small and medium enterprises. The award-winning IP Office gives growing companies a complete

solution for telephony, messaging, networking, conferencing, customer management, and unified

communications. The combined solution leverages the power of AT&T IP Flexible Reach SIP network services with AVAYA IP Office to provide small and medium businesses a

converged communications solution that can help businesses reduce costs, increase productivity, and

improve customer service.

AT&T55 Corporate Dr.

Bridgewater, NJ 07869United States908-658-2123908-658-2449

arrow www.att.com

United States

Avaya IP Office SIP Trunk with AT&T IP Flexible Reach and Business in a Box

This document provides a configuration guide to assist administrators in connecting Avaya IP Office SIP with SIP

trunk connections to AT&T Flexible Reach and AT&T Business in a Box. AT&T IP Flexible Reach is a managed

Voice over IP communication solution that supports inbound and outbound calling on your data network giving

you local, U.S. long distance and international reach for your U.S. sites. IP Office is a highly modular IP telephone

system designed to meet the needs of home offices, standalone businesses, and networked branch and head

offices for small and medium enterprises. The award-winning IP Office gives growing companies a complete

solution for telephony, messaging, networking, conferencing, customer management, and unified

communications. The combined solution leverages the power of AT&T IP Flexible Reach SIP network services with AVAYA IP Office to provide small and medium businesses a

converged communications solution that can help businesses reduce costs, increase productivity, and

improve customer service.

AT&T55 Corporate Dr.

Bridgewater, NJ 07869United States908-658-2123908-658-2449

arrow www.att.com

United States




Solution Industry

E911

Appl

icat

ion

Suit

e

Atte

ndan

t Co

nsol

e

Billi

ng

Call

Acco

unti

ng

Call

Cont

rol-R

outi

ng

Call/

Cont

act

Cent

er

Conf

eren

cing

Com

mun

icat

ions

Con

tinu

ity

Corp

orat

e H

otel

ing

CRM

Cust

om A

pplic

atio

n D

evel

opm

ent

Dat

a Re

port

ing/

War

ehou

sing

Hel

p D

esk

Infr

astr

uctu

re

Infr

astr

uctu

re M

anag

emen

t

Man

aged

Ser

vice

s

Mes

sagi

ng

Mob

ility

Mul

ti-m

edia

Con

tact

Cen

ter

Mul

ti-v

endo

r In

tegr

atio

n

Prop

erty

Man

agem

ent

Qua

lity

Mon

itor

ing/

Man

agem

ent

Reco

rdin

g Vo

ice-

Dig

ital

Scre

en P

op

SIP

Endp

oint

s

Secu

rity

Spee

ch R

ecog

niti

on

Serv

ice

Prov

ider

Acc

ess

Trun

king

Uni

fied

Com

mun

icat

ions

/fax

serv

ers

Uni

fied

Mes

sagi

ng

Voic

e M

ail-U

nifie

d M

assa

ging

Wal

l Boa

rds

Wor

kfor

ce M

anag

emen

t

Bank

ing

Fina

nce

Gov

ernm

ent-

Fede

ral

Gov

ernm

ent-

Stat

e &

Loc

al

Hea

lthc

are

Hig

her

Educ

atio

n

Hos

pita

lity

Insu

ranc

e

Lega

l

Man

ufac

turi

ng

Reta

il

Tele

com

mun

icat

ions

Tran

spor

tati

on

Uti

litie

s

Switzerland

√ √ √ √ √ √

Switzerland

√ √ √ √ √ √

Switzerland

√ √ √ √ √ √

√ √ √ √ √

NovaAlert(IPO) using H.323With NovaAlert you can process information from a variety of extraneous systems in order to then alert or inform the responsible people in a targeted fashion. In this respect the NovaAlert system already supports many different. The information and events that are signalled via the various input interfaces to the server can be subsequently distributed via existing output interfaces (information paths). In this way the NovaAlert alerting server helps you to reach and inform the responsible people at the right time. By means of this rapid and reliable distribution of information NovaAlert can optimise your reaction time in an emergency (alert) and contribute to avoiding major damage and the associated costs. The NovaAlert system is modular in structure, which enables it to be incorporated into both smaller and very large projects. This modularity also provides optimum value for money.



Switzerland +41 52 762 66 66


NovaMail(IPO) using S0 and PRI/QSIGWith NovaMail your customers can reach you by telephone at any time, and you can serve them by means of the quickest route. This increases your customers' satisfaction and reduces your employees' workload. You are currently busy or in transit and consequently you cannot take your customer's call in person. In such cases NovaMail undertakes this task, and with your personal and individual outgoing messages the customers discovers whether you are present or not. By means of the individual voice message the customer can decide whether he or she wishes to be connected to a representative or will leave you a message. If there is a message for you, you will be informed of this via a variety of routes. By means of the integration in your IT environment you will receive an email as soon as a voice message is present, or, for example, have an SMS sent to you. Listen to the message remotely or at your workplace and decide immediately what to do with it. Forward the message to a colleague for processing or deal with it yourself by calling back.



Switzerland +41 52 762 66 66


NovaMail(IPO) using H.323With NovaMail your customers can reach you by telephone at any time, and you can serve them by means of the quickest route. This increases your customers' satisfaction and reduces your employees' workload. You are currently busy or in transit and consequently you cannot take your customer's call in person. In such cases NovaMail undertakes this task, and with your personal and individual outgoing messages the customers discovers whether you are present or not. By means of the individual voice message the customer can decide whether he or she wishes to be connected to a representative or will leave you a message. If there is a message for you, you will be informed of this via a variety of routes. By means of the integration in your IT environment you will receive an email as soon as a voice message is present, or, for example, have an SMS sent to you. Listen to the message remotely or at your workplace and decide immediately what to do with it. Forward the message to a colleague for processing or deal with it yourself by calling back.



Switzerland +41 52 762 66 66


Fast Iron, Software version 4.2 - with IP OfficeInteroperability compliance of a converged VoIP and Data network solution using Brocade FastIron Switches along with Avaya IP Office and Avaya IP Telephones. Compliance testing emphasis was placed on verifying voice quality in a converged VoIP and Data network scenario. QoS based on Layer 2 Priority and Layer 3 Differentiated Services will be implemented across the network to prioritize voice traffic over the LAN. Compliance testing includes throughput, link aggregation, rapid spanning tree, load balancing, OSPF, Direct Media and codecâ€™s G.711 and G.729

Brocade1745 Technology Drive

San Jose, CA 95110United States

(408) 207-1333FAX (408) 586 1900 www.brocade.com

United States




Solution Industry

E911

Appl

icat

ion

Suit

e

Atte

ndan

t Co

nsol

e

Billi

ng

Call

Acco

unti

ng

Call

Cont

rol-R

outi

ng

Call/

Cont

act

Cent

er

Conf

eren

cing

Com

mun

icat

ions

Con

tinu

ity

Corp

orat

e H

otel

ing

CRM

Cust

om A

pplic

atio

n D

evel

opm

ent

Dat

a Re

port

ing/

War

ehou

sing

Hel

p D

esk

Infr

astr

uctu

re

Infr

astr

uctu

re M

anag

emen

t

Man

aged

Ser

vice

s

Mes

sagi

ng

Mob

ility

Mul

ti-m

edia

Con

tact

Cen

ter

Mul

ti-v

endo

r In

tegr

atio

n

Prop

erty

Man

agem

ent

Qua

lity

Mon

itor

ing/

Man

agem

ent

Reco

rdin

g Vo

ice-

Dig

ital

Scre

en P

op

SIP

Endp

oint

s

Secu

rity

Spee

ch R

ecog

niti

on

Serv

ice

Prov

ider

Acc

ess

Trun

king

Uni

fied

Com

mun

icat

ions

/fax

serv

ers

Uni

fied

Mes

sagi

ng

Voic

e M

ail-U

nifie

d M

assa

ging

Wal

l Boa

rds

Wor

kfor

ce M

anag

emen

t

Bank

ing

Fina

nce

Gov

ernm

ent-

Fede

ral

Gov

ernm

ent-

Stat

e &

Loc

al

Hea

lthc

are

Hig

her

Educ

atio

n

Hos

pita

lity

Insu

ranc

e

Lega

l

Man

ufac

turi

ng

Reta

il

Tele

com

mun

icat

ions

Tran

spor

tati

on

Uti

litie

s

√

√ √ √ √

√

√ √ √ √ √ √

Broadvox Go SIP Trunking (NextPoint)GO! SIP Trunking is a VoIP/SIP Trunking service that includes unlimited local and long distance calling, discounted international and toll-free, DIDs, E911, local number porting and enhanced local numbers for remote offices and telecommuting workers. Business continuity and dynamic load balancing is available. Broadband connectivity includes DSL, T1 and DS3.

Broadvox, LLC1950 N. Stemmons Hwy, Suite 3031

Dallas, TX 75207United States 214 646 8000

FAX 216 373 4876 www.broadvox.com

United States

telephony applications serversDAX Systems Tower, 2U and 4U servers provide businesses with a cost-effective and highly reliable platform for IP telephony applications. The servers now are compliance-tested by Avaya for compatibility with Avaya IP Office, a secure, easy-to-use converged voice and data system for small and mid-sized businesses. The tower chassis features a 3 GHz processor, up to 4 GB DDR II memory, up to 3 hot-swap RAID drives with removable carriers and 3 full-length expansion slots. It includes an internal PCI fax/modem and a 430 watt power supply. The 2U platform is a 24-port rack-mountable server with a 2.8 GHz processor, up to 8 GB DDR II memory, up to 6 hot-swap RAID drives and 2 full-length expansion slots. It includes an internal PCI fax/modem and dual 500 watt hot-swap power supplies. The 4U platform is a 48-port rack-mountable server with a 3.6 GHz processor, up to 8 GB DDR II, up to 8 hot-swap RAID drives and 5 full-length expansion slots. It includes dual 800 watt hot-swap power supplies

DAX Systems, Inc.343 New Road

Parsippany, NJ 07054United States

973-227-8111FAX 973-227-8197

www.daxsystems.com

United States

CA Business Protection SuiteThe CA Business Protection Suite for Microsoft Small Business Server Standard Edition provides total data protection for your business by combining CA's award-winning data security, storage and desktop migration technologies into a comprehensive solution that protects your critical IT assets, while reducing risk, system downtime and IT management costs. Uniquely designed to strengthen and simplify small- and medium-sized businesses IT environments, it provides a single installation process and a fully integrated, desktop-based management console that centralizes and simplifies security, storage and data migration. This cost-effective, easy-to-manage solution will help ensure your IT assets are secure and available, enabling you to focus on those more strategic issues like running and growing your business.

CA100 Staples Dr.

Framingham, MA 01702United States

508 628-8000FAX 508-820-4361

www.ca.com

United States

ReliaTel fault and performance management application (IP Office)ReliaTel comprehensively monitors and manages diverse voice and data networks across multi-vendor TDM, IP Telephony and Unified Communications networks and expands this reach into SMB market segments that have installed IP Office. Using ReliaTel, Channel Partners can leverage a single cost-effective solution to manage the entire voice environment, and significantly lower annual voice network maintenance costs with no additional staff, infrastructure upgrades, or major hardware purchases. And, ReliaTel fits seamlessly into all network environments, with extensive connectivity options, agent-less monitoring and automated management that reduce administration and maintenance overhead. Plus, using ReliaTel's optional analysis and reporting facility, you'll have the operational statistics, traffic, and performance reports you need to identify bottlenecks and maintenance issues that negatively impact your service levels. You'll also get the critical insight you need to plan preventative maintenance and upgrades that may eliminate costly repairs or service outages.

Tone Software Corporation1735 South Brookhurst St.

Anaheim, CA 92804United States

800 833-8663FAX 714 991-1831 www.tonesoft.com

United States




Solution Industry

E911

Appl

icat

ion

Suit

e

Atte

ndan

t Co

nsol

e

Billi

ng

Call

Acco

unti

ng

Call

Cont

rol-R

outi

ng

Call/

Cont

act

Cent

er

Conf

eren

cing

Com

mun

icat

ions

Con

tinu

ity

Corp

orat

e H

otel

ing

CRM

Cust

om A

pplic

atio

n D

evel

opm

ent

Dat

a Re

port

ing/

War

ehou

sing

Hel

p D

esk

Infr

astr

uctu

re

Infr

astr

uctu

re M

anag

emen

t

Man

aged

Ser

vice

s

Mes

sagi

ng

Mob

ility

Mul

ti-m

edia

Con

tact

Cen

ter

Mul

ti-v

endo

r In

tegr

atio

n

Prop

erty

Man

agem

ent

Qua

lity

Mon

itor

ing/

Man

agem

ent

Reco

rdin

g Vo

ice-

Dig

ital

Scre

en P

op

SIP

Endp

oint

s

Secu

rity

Spee

ch R

ecog

niti

on

Serv

ice

Prov

ider

Acc

ess

Trun

king

Uni

fied

Com

mun

icat

ions

/fax

serv

ers

Uni

fied

Mes

sagi

ng

Voic

e M

ail-U

nifie

d M

assa

ging

Wal

l Boa

rds

Wor

kfor

ce M

anag

emen

t

Bank

ing

Fina

nce

Gov

ernm

ent-

Fede

ral

Gov

ernm

ent-

Stat

e &

Loc

al

Hea

lthc

are

Hig

her

Educ

atio

n

Hos

pita

lity

Insu

ranc

e

Lega

l

Man

ufac

turi

ng

Reta

il

Tele

com

mun

icat

ions

Tran

spor

tati

on

Uti

litie

s

√ √

Canada

√ √ √ √

Canada

√ √ √ √ √ √

√ √ √ √

√ √ √ √

√ √ √ √

Canada

√ √ √ √

Sweden

√ √ √

DV 2000 (IP Office 4.0.61103)DuVoice DV4 and DV2000 provide voice mail and automated attendant for hospitality applications on Avaya IP Office Solution. DV4 and DV2000 interface with most popular Property Management Systems (PMS) and use the TAPI link to the Avaya IP Office to provide a middleware solution between the Avaya IP Office and the PMS. InnDesk provides a web enabled guest management tool for multiple hotel staff memebers.

DuVoice608 State Street South

Suite 100Kirkland, WA 98033


FAX 425-889-8799 www.duvoice.com

United States

CallAttendant Office TAPI WAVE integrationObjectworld's award-winning CallAttendant Office delivers a feature-rich unified communications application, including features such as call-flow management, unified messaging for Microsoft Exchange, Lotus Domino and IMAP4 servers, database IVR, fax server, text-to-speech, and more

ObjectWorld Inc./ADTRAN308 Legget Drive

Ottawa, Ontario K2K1Y6Canada

613-599-9698FAX 613-599-7457

www.objectworld.com Telephony Office-LinX Voice Mail, Automated Attendant, and Speech Enabled AAThe esnatech SIP based application server provides businesses with a real-time communication suite. Through features such as multilingual speech-enabled auto attendant, Unified messaging, text-to-speech, fax server and intelligent mobility to any wireless device. It unifies Presence management, Messaging, and mobility into one unifed communication solution for small to mid size enterprises.

Esna Technologies Inc.30 West Beaver Creek

Suite 101Richmond Hill, Ontario L4B 3K1

Canada 905-707-9700

FAX 905-707-9170 www.esnatech.com

PICKUP Screen Pop for IP OfficePICKUP is a CTI middleware that allows features such as CALLER ID screen pops to be integrated into any end user application in most computer environments. The solution provides improved customer service by automating customer lookup based upon CALLER ID. Additionally PICKUP can provide 911 alerting and notification via the LAN or WAN tomultiple locations for Avaya IP Office. TCDIAL offers data-scrape dialing capability for any application via the TAPI Light Link in IP Office. This includes custom databases and browser based applications.

Telcomp, IncP.O. Drawer 2065Apopka, FL 32704


FAX 407-880-2543 www.telcomp.com

United States

VoIP VPN using Edgemarc 4500 Series (IPO)The EdgeMarc 4500 Series combines multiple voice and data features into a single, easy to use converged networking router. It includes models that have up to 4 T1 WAN interfaces or a single ethernet WAN, a 4 port managed VLAN switch, call quality probe optional 802.11 Wireless Access Point and optional integrated analog phone and line ports. Designed for SOHO and small to medium enterprise deployment the 4500 Series contains models that support 2, 5, 10 or 30 concurrent WAN VoIP calls.

Edgewater Networks2895 Northwestern Parkway

Santa Clara, CA 95051United States 408 351 7200

FAX 408.727.6430 www.edgewaternetworks.com

United States

Multi Tech Fax serverWith the FaxFinderÂ® fax server, users can receive faxes as emails and send from any application that can print. It even delivers faxes over a Wide Area Network WAN) to the desktop of remote offices and field sales people. The FaxFinder connects directly to an Avaya IP Office system or Partner ACS.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc.2205 Woodale Drive

Mounds View, MN 55112United States

888-288-5470FAX 763-785-9874

www.multitech.com

United States

UC Server Standard Edition (TAPI/Analog) with Centralized VoicemailObjectworld's award-winning CallAttendant Office delivers a feature-rich unified communications application, including features such as call-flow management, unified messaging for Microsoft Exchange, Lotus Domino and IMAP4 servers, database IVR, fax server, text-to-speech, and more.



613-599-9698FAX 613-599-7457

www.objectworld.com

Konftel 300 for IP OfficeKonftel 300 The Conference phone is high end and well suited for large and medium conference rooms. The product has some unique new features such as: - Conference Guide - Call recording to SD card - Wideband 7kHz - Line selection with 3 combined line interfaces: Analog, USB (for Softphones) and connection to Mobile phones like ie. Nokia Smart Phone N95.

KONFTELDoebelnsgatan 19

Box 268Umea, S-90330

Sweden +46-90706470

FAX +46-90131435 www.konftel.com




Solution Industry

E911

Appl

icat

ion

Suit

e

Atte

ndan

t Co

nsol

e

Billi

ng

Call

Acco

unti

ng

Call

Cont

rol-R

outi

ng

Call/

Cont

act

Cent

er

Conf

eren

cing

Com

mun

icat

ions

Con

tinu

ity

Corp

orat

e H

otel

ing

CRM

Cust

om A

pplic

atio

n D

evel

opm

ent

Dat

a Re

port

ing/

War

ehou

sing

Hel

p D

esk

Infr

astr

uctu

re

Infr

astr

uctu

re M

anag

emen

t

Man

aged

Ser

vice

s

Mes

sagi

ng

Mob

ility

Mul

ti-m

edia

Con

tact

Cen

ter

Mul

ti-v

endo

r In

tegr

atio

n

Prop

erty

Man

agem

ent

Qua

lity

Mon

itor

ing/

Man

agem

ent

Reco

rdin

g Vo

ice-

Dig

ital

Scre

en P

op

SIP

Endp

oint

s

Secu

rity

Spee

ch R

ecog

niti

on

Serv

ice

Prov

ider

Acc

ess

Trun

king

Uni

fied

Com

mun

icat

ions

/fax

serv

ers

Uni

fied

Mes

sagi

ng

Voic

e M

ail-U

nifie

d M

assa

ging

Wal

l Boa

rds

Wor

kfor

ce M

anag

emen

t

Bank

ing

Fina

nce

Gov

ernm

ent-

Fede

ral

Gov

ernm

ent-

Stat

e &

Loc

al

Hea

lthc

are

Hig

her

Educ

atio

n

Hos

pita

lity

Insu

ranc

e

Lega

l

Man

ufac

turi

ng

Reta

il

Tele

com

mun

icat

ions

Tran

spor

tati

on

Uti

litie

s

√ √ √ √

√ √ √ √

Canada

√ √

Switzerland

√ √ √

Canada

√ √

√

√ √ √ √

Telephonetics IP based audio servicesTelephonetics IP-based Audio Services Compliant with ï?ºï€ Avaya IP Office Solution. Telephonetics IP Message Management Application is a turnkey system to create, load and manage voice prompts or messages in Avaya Voicemail Pro. Its Web interface allows customers to easily create new prompts or scripts. This proprietary CRM application enables Telephonetics to remotely load and change multiple messages over the Internet and track the message changes cost effectively.

Telephonetics Inc.2841 Corporate WayMiramar, FL 33029


FAX 954.556.5990 avaya.telephonetics.com

United States

Syntelate (on IPO)SynTelate is customer interaction management software that enables line of business managers to create intuitive customer dialogs that enhance agent effectiveness and provide consistent customer experiences through an icon based GUI interface that requires no programing experience on the part of the designer. synTelate addresses requirements such as scripting,callflow,workflow,and integration with exsisting databases and applications. White Paper avaiable on request.

synTelate Corp.3rd Floor Granite House

31 Stockwell StreetGLASGOW, Scotland G1 4RZ

United Kingdom +44 141 552 8800

FAX +44 141 553 1894 www.syntelate.com

United Kingdom

CallAttendant Office acting as centralized voicemailObjectworld's award-winning CallAttendant Office delivers a feature-rich unified communications application, including features such as call-flow management, unified messaging for Microsoft Exchange, Lotus Domino and IMAP4 servers, database IVR, fax server, text-to-speech, and more.



613-599-9698 FAX 613-599-7457

www.objectworld.com

NovaConf (IPO) using using S0 and PRI/QSIG, H.323/QSIG, or SIPNovaConf is a conference system, offerig a variety of scheduling options: Dial In, Dial Out, Ad Hoc. A link to Microsoft Outlook and a WebClient are available.



Switzerland +41 52 762 66 66


Phybridge UniPhyer

Phybridge provides companies a choice when deploying VoIP to utilize their existing telephony wiring instead of upgrading their LAN. The Phybridge UniPhyer solution

enables all IP PBX providers a non-disruptive plug and play installation on CAT3 wiring with significantly lower costs than traditional deployments. This methodology offers guaranteed QOS with POE all over a single twisted pair

resulting in less complexity, cost and time requirements.

Phybridge Inc.3495 Laird Rd

Unit 12Mississauga, Ontario L5L 5S5

Canada90590136339055698984

arrow www.phybridge.com

IP Office ContactStore

IP Office ContactStore allows you to acquire more value from telephony contacts by complementing the voice

recording capabilities of Avaya VoiceMail Pro. With IP Office ContactStore, authorized users across the enterprise with

minimal investment in training can use this intuitive browser-based application to retrieve calls based on search

filters including start date/time, duration of call, name of the party calling, and the target or dialed number. IP Office ContactStore is sold exclusively by Avaya and its business

partners.

Verint330 South Service Road

Melville, NY 11747United States

1-800-4-VERINT1-800-483-7468

arrow www.verint.com

United States

vTechnologies vCTISuite is an easy to use Contact Center Automation Tool that integrates IP Office, CRM

applications and Contact Center applications. vCTISuite is a synergistic application suite that acts as a “glue” to

decrease Agent Time per Call by increasing access to Caller Information as well allowing On-Demand

modification to the Call Routing List. In other words, vCTISuite presents Caller information to Contact Center Agents as the Caller is routed to the Agent’s extension. vCTISuite also automates such time consuming tasks as Call Tracking and Outbound Calling as well as offering a

secure Notepad feature for Supervisors.

vTechnologies http://www.vtechnet.com/

vTechnologies Technical Support at: • Phone: 800-782-6171

• E-mail: [email protected]

United States




Solution Industry

E911

Appl

icat

ion

Suit

e

Atte

ndan

t Co

nsol

e

Billi

ng

Call

Acco

unti

ng

Call

Cont

rol-R

outi

ng

Call/

Cont

act

Cent

er

Conf

eren

cing

Com

mun

icat

ions

Con

tinu

ity

Corp

orat

e H

otel

ing

CRM

Cust

om A

pplic

atio

n D

evel

opm

ent

Dat

a Re

port

ing/

War

ehou

sing

Hel

p D

esk

Infr

astr

uctu

re

Infr

astr

uctu

re M

anag

emen

t

Man

aged

Ser

vice

s

Mes

sagi

ng

Mob

ility

Mul

ti-m

edia

Con

tact

Cen

ter

Mul

ti-v

endo

r In

tegr

atio

n

Prop

erty

Man

agem

ent

Qua

lity

Mon

itor

ing/

Man

agem

ent

Reco

rdin

g Vo

ice-

Dig

ital

Scre

en P

op

SIP

Endp

oint

s

Secu

rity

Spee

ch R

ecog

niti

on

Serv

ice

Prov

ider

Acc

ess

Trun

king

Uni

fied

Com

mun

icat

ions

/fax

serv

ers

Uni

fied

Mes

sagi

ng

Voic

e M

ail-U

nifie

d M

assa

ging

Wal

l Boa

rds

Wor

kfor

ce M

anag

emen

t

Bank

ing

Fina

nce

Gov

ernm

ent-

Fede

ral

Gov

ernm

ent-

Stat

e &

Loc

al

Hea

lthc

are

Hig

her

Educ

atio

n

Hos

pita

lity

Insu

ranc

e

Lega

l

Man

ufac

turi

ng

Reta

il

Tele

com

mun

icat

ions

Tran

spor

tati

on

Uti

litie

s

√ √ √

√

√

√

Sweden

√

√

√

√ √

France√ √

France

√ √ √ √

OAISYS NetSuite is a business productivity software suite designed for small and mediumsizedcompanies. OAISYS NetSuite features include trunk side call recording, intelligent callrouting using ANI and DNIS and a desktop phone application to allow users to make, receiveand manage calls on their existing telephone.

Oaisys7965 S. Priest

Suite 105Tempe, AZ 85284

United States480-496-9040480-496-9015

arrow www.oaisys.com

United States

iQ NetSolutions VistaPoint Enterprise is a complete client/server suite of computer telephony applications providing desktop call control for users.

Sales Office: 1-209-245-5500 x1103e-mail: [email protected]

Support: 1-209-245-5500 x1401e-mail: [email protected]

http://www.iqnsi.com/

United States

ClearOne Communication Chat 50 is a portable audio peripheral that connects to a wide variety of devices for hands-free communications and audio playback. A personal solution for road warriors and others who want rich full-duplex audio that is portable and economical.

www.clearone.comCustomer Support at (800) 945-7730 email to [email protected]

United States

Envox CT Connect is a Computer Telephony Integration (CTI) middleware platform that provides call control and monitoring functionality through various application programming interfaces to end user applications.

Envox/ Syntellecthttp://www.envox.com/software/envox-

ct-connect.aspAmericas +1 508 898 2600

[email protected] +44 1252 61 8888 [email protected]

Asia Pacific +65 6358 2241 [email protected]

United States

The SoLo Server runs on a Microsoft Server and enables users of telephones controlled by IP Office to use their mobile telephones in a cooperative manner with their desk telephones.

SoSoftware SARoute des Plaines-Du-Loup 321018 Lausanne (Switzerland)Phone + 41 (0)216437766

Fax + 41 (0)216437765

[email protected]

Telrex CallRex is a packet-based VoIP call recording and monitoring solution designed specifically for small and medium-sized companies.

Technical support http://www.telrex.comTelrex Customer Support Center:

• Phone: (425) 827-6156• E-mail: [email protected]

United States

Trivium SonicView is a packet-based VoIP call recording solution that uses the events from Avaya IP Office to record calls for monitored users with Avaya IP Telephones.

TriVium(503) [email protected].

For sales support, call (877) 439-9338.United States

Infoblox DNSone module provides DHCP and TFTP services in an Avaya IP Office IP Telephony Infrastructure.

http://www.infoblox.com/support or • Phone: 888-463-6259 or 408-716-

4300, ext. 1 • E-mail: [email protected]

United States

Enterasys Dynamic Intrusion Response (DIR) is a Secure Networks Solution that detects abnormal behavior on the enterprise network, and then intervenes to quarantine the offending user or deviant device. Dynamic Intrusion Response isolates and categorizes security vulnerabilities, identifies the source and automatically reconfigures the network to mitigate the threat. The enterprise network can be protected against both known and undocumented security risks.

Enterasys Secure Networks Solutions, contact the Enterasys

Technical Support at 800-872-8440. Technical support email can be sent to

[email protected]. Additional information can be found in the Enterasys Support website at

http://www.enterasys.com/services/support.

United States

Imagine Soft Meteor SE with Avaya IP Office. Meteor SE is used in hospitality industries to assist with check in/check out and telephone usage authorization.

424, Rue Paradis 13008 Marseille - FRANCE - Tél. +33 (0)4 91 32 74 00 -

Fax. +33 (0)4 91 32 74 01 - [email protected]

Nova WEBHotel software suite is a PC-based application suite that provides an end user interfacewith Avaya IP Office in a Hospitality environment. The suite is able to manage one or severalAvaya IP Offices, and works as a web application to meet the requirements of hotels. It is widelyused in hotels in France.

SLIT31 rue de Cuire


+33472101650 www.slit.fr




Solution Industry

E911

Appl

icat

ion

Suit

e

Atte

ndan

t Co

nsol

e

Billi

ng

Call

Acco

unti

ng

Call

Cont

rol-R

outi

ng

Call/

Cont

act

Cent

er

Conf

eren

cing

Com

mun

icat

ions

Con

tinu

ity

Corp

orat

e H

otel

ing

CRM

Cust

om A

pplic

atio

n D

evel

opm

ent

Dat

a Re

port

ing/

War

ehou

sing

Hel

p D

esk

Infr

astr

uctu

re

Infr

astr

uctu

re M

anag

emen

t

Man

aged

Ser

vice

s

Mes

sagi

ng

Mob

ility

Mul

ti-m

edia

Con

tact

Cen

ter

Mul

ti-v

endo

r In

tegr

atio

n

Prop

erty

Man

agem

ent

Qua

lity

Mon

itor

ing/

Man

agem

ent

Reco

rdin

g Vo

ice-

Dig

ital

Scre

en P

op

SIP

Endp

oint

s

Secu

rity

Spee

ch R

ecog

niti

on

Serv

ice

Prov

ider

Acc

ess

Trun

king

Uni

fied

Com

mun

icat

ions

/fax

serv

ers

Uni

fied

Mes

sagi

ng

Voic

e M

ail-U

nifie

d M

assa

ging

Wal

l Boa

rds

Wor

kfor

ce M

anag

emen

t

Bank

ing

Fina

nce

Gov

ernm

ent-

Fede

ral

Gov

ernm

ent-

Stat

e &

Loc

al

Hea

lthc

are

Hig

her

Educ

atio

n

Hos

pita

lity

Insu

ranc

e

Lega

l

Man

ufac

turi

ng

Reta

il

Tele

com

mun

icat

ions

Tran

spor

tati

on

Uti

litie

s

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√ √ √

Russia

√

√

√

√

(www.doro.com) √

(www.grandstream.com) √

√

(www.counterpath.com) √

www.innovaphone.com √

www.nokia.com √

Kirk IP600 Wireless Server is a wireless Digital Enhanced Cordless Telecommunications (DECT) solution capable of communicating standard H.323 with Avaya IP Office. The Kirk IP600 Wireless Server combines wireless DECT with H.323 IP telephony. Each Kirk IP600 Wireless Server can register up to thirty wireless DECT phones and handle up to six simultaneous calls. Only the following basic call features are supported: Place/Receive call, Hold and Transfer.

http://www.kirktelecom.com. United States

Skutch Electronics AS-801 Promotion on Hold Segregator. This solution is for customers who are using Key System operation with Analog Lines and want different messages played for different lines. The Skutch Electronics AS-801 Promotion on Hold Segregator uses the existing external Music on Hold connection on the Avaya IP Office to provide this capability.

http://www.skutchelectronics.com. United States

MultiTech MultiVOIP FX is a gateway that provides connectivity between legacy analog voice/fax endpoints and a VoIP infrastructure.

Phone: (763) 717-5863Web: https://support.multitech.com

United States

The emFAST FACSys Fax Messaging Suite is a fax family solution that uses the SIP trunk interface with T.38 fax from Avaya IP Office to send and receive fax.

Toll Free +1 (866) 436-3278Direct +1 (416) 283-8411Fax +1 (416) 208-6770

E-mail [email protected]

United States / Canada

Voice Print Digital Voice Logger (DVL) is a call recording solution offering digital call recording, monitoring, and retrieval.

Voice: (805) 389-5201. email: [email protected]

United States

The iVoice Speech-Enabled Auto Attendant (SE-AA) is a stand-alone auto attendant that enables businesses to incorporate speech recognition into their current communication systems without duplicating voice mail applications.

(732) 441-7700 and dial x217 or say “Tech Support”

Email [email protected] States

VoxGrid Call Recording System is a voice activated general recording integrated device. This product enables the user to record telephone calls occurring at his/her extension for later review and retrieval.

http://www.voxgrid.comPhone: 973-220-1478

E-mail: [email protected] States

Braxtel Fluency Communicator IVR provides a wide range of customer interaction capabilities for the creation of dynamic, flexible IVR applications with an easy to use graphical call flow designer.

US (800) 589-2477EU [email protected]

United States and

Europe

DuVoice DV4/DV8/DV2000 system is a Windows XP-based hospitality messaging system that provides a hotel with messaging for three classes of service: guest, extended stay guest, and staff.

Voice: (425) 250-2393email: [email protected]

United States

LightNet Complex IPO InPhoneMachine is an application designed for the automated delivery of voice messages to a group of users in a minimal period of time without the need for a human operator to use Avaya IP Office to place notification calls to both internal and external users.

LightNet Complex Support at +7 (495) 2324848 or by sending e-mail to

[email protected].

Teledex SIP: Hotel phones:• LD4200: Large screen Hotel phone (Tested sample LD4210S)

Phone: (800) 794-8353Web: http://www.teledex.com

United States

Teledex iPhone SIP ND2000 Series and SIP NDC2000 are SIP-based IP telephones that integrate with Avaya IP Office as SIP endpoints.


United States

Patton Single line ATA are SIP-based analog telephone adaptors that integrate with Avaya IP Office as SIP endpoints.

www.patton.com United States

DORO IP 810C are SIP-based Desktop telephones that integrate with Avaya IP Office as SIP endpoints.

United States

Grandstream GXP 2000 and GXP2020 are SIP-based Desktop telephones that integrate with Avaya IP Office as SIP endpoints.

United States

Polycom Soundpoint 320 and 601 are SIP-based IP Desktop phones that integrate with Avaya IP Office as SIP endpoints.

Phone: (978) 292-5000http://www.polycom.com/support/

index.htmlUnited States

Counterpath X-Lite and Eyebeam are SIP-based Softphones that integrate with Avaya IP Office as SIP endpoints.

United States

Innovaphone IP22 IP24 IP28 are SIP-based analog telephone adaptors that integrate with Avaya IP Office as SIP endpoints.

United States

Nokia SIP client is a SIP-based mobile phone client installed on Nokia smart phones that integrate with Avaya IP Office as SIP endpoints.

United States

http://www.kirktelecom.com./

http://www.skutchelectronics.com./

http://www.patton.com/




Solution Industry

E911

Appl

icat

ion

Suit

e

Atte

ndan

t Co

nsol

e

Billi

ng

Call

Acco

unti

ng

Call

Cont

rol-R

outi

ng

Call/

Cont

act

Cent

er

Conf

eren

cing

Com

mun

icat

ions

Con

tinu

ity

Corp

orat

e H

otel

ing

CRM

Cust

om A

pplic

atio

n D

evel

opm

ent

Dat

a Re

port

ing/

War

ehou

sing

Hel

p D

esk

Infr

astr

uctu

re

Infr

astr

uctu

re M

anag

emen

t

Man

aged

Ser

vice

s

Mes

sagi

ng

Mob

ility

Mul

ti-m

edia

Con

tact

Cen

ter

Mul

ti-v

endo

r In

tegr

atio

n

Prop

erty

Man

agem

ent

Qua

lity

Mon

itor

ing/

Man

agem

ent

Reco

rdin

g Vo

ice-

Dig

ital

Scre

en P

op

SIP

Endp

oint

s

Secu

rity

Spee

ch R

ecog

niti

on

Serv

ice

Prov

ider

Acc

ess

Trun

king

Uni

fied

Com

mun

icat

ions

/fax

serv

ers

Uni

fied

Mes

sagi

ng

Voic

e M

ail-U

nifie

d M

assa

ging

Wal

l Boa

rds

Wor

kfor

ce M

anag

emen

t

Bank

ing

Fina

nce

Gov

ernm

ent-

Fede

ral

Gov

ernm

ent-

Stat

e &

Loc

al

Hea

lthc

are

Hig

her

Educ

atio

n

Hos

pita

lity

Insu

ranc

e

Lega

l

Man

ufac

turi

ng

Reta

il

Tele

com

mun

icat

ions

Tran

spor

tati

on

Uti

litie

s

√

√

√

√

√√

√

Snom m3 IP DECT phone is a SIP-based cordless telephone that integrates with Avaya IP Office as a SIP endpoint.

Phone: (978) 998-7882Web: http://www.snom.com

United States

Teledex iPhone SIP LD4200 Series are SIP-based IP telephones that integrate with Avaya IP Office as SIP endpoints.


United States

ClearOne MAX IP and MAXAttach IP are SIP-based VoIP tabletop conferencing phones that integrate with Avaya IP Office as SIP endpoints.

Phone: (800) 283-5936Email: [email protected]

United States

Polycom SoundStation IP 6000 and 7000 are SIP-based IP conference phones that integrate with Avaya IP Office as SIP endpoints.

Phone: (978) 292-5000Web:

http://www.polycom.com/support/index.html

United States

Snom 3x0 VoIP phones are SIP-based phones that integrate with Avaya IP Office as SIP endpoints.

Phone: (978) 998-7882Web: http://www.snom.com

United States

Snom 820 VoIP telephone is a SIP-based phone that integrates with Avaya IP Office as a SIP endpoint. Phone: (978) 998-7882

Web: http://www.snom.comUnited States

Snom MeetingPoint is a SIP-based conference telephone that integrates with Avaya IP Office as a SIP endpoint. Phone: (978) 998-7882

Web: http://www.snom.comUnited States

46. AVAYA Useful Links


Useful Avaya Links & E-mails

Site Link/E-MailThe following links require connection to the Internet!

These links are subject to change!

Avaya Home Page:Main Avaya home page http://www.avaya.com/

Avaya Support SiteFor documentation and software downloads http://support.avaya.com/

IP Office Knowledge Base:For all IP Office Documentation http://marketingtools.avaya.com/knowledgebase/

Avaya Business Partner Portal:Access to Avaya Business Enterprise Portal, SSO Login required!

http://partner.avaya.com

Avaya Partner Marketing Central:Web-based tool that will provide you with easy access to marketing materials and customizable templates today. SSO Login required!

https://pmc.avaya.com/ui/home.aspx

Avaya DevConnect site:Main page for the Avaya DevConnect program developer and partner program. Access IP Office SDKs, API documentation and other developer oriented resources. Locate solution partners and compliance test Application Notes. and White Pages.

www.avaya.com/devconnect

SMB Product Matrices:• IP Office Matrix• PRTNER ACS Matrix

Page down to bottom of page!

http://portal.avaya.com/ptlWeb/spCP/CS2004121417415743009

Magic on Hold BP site:You'll find one place to view and download all of the PDF equipment brochures, manuals, as well as general brochures for end users and dealers.

http://www.magic-on-hold.com/avaya/

Avaya UPS Sizing Tool:Site to assist with designing UPS systems. http://www.powerware.com/AVAYA/selector_usa/AC_01.asp

Avaya Paging Solutions Site:Main site for Avaya Paging Solution Brochures and Documentation.

http://www.paging-solutions.com/

Avaya Headset Main Page:Main page for Avaya Headset information. http://portal.avaya.com/ptlWeb/products/P0191

Avaya Headset Selector Wizard:Main page for Avaya Headset information. http://www.avaya.com/gcm/master-usa/en-us/headsets/wizard.htm

Avaya University:Access to Avaya University training home page. http://www.avaya-learning.com/

SMB Marketing IP Office Soft Phone Trial:To request an IP Office Soft Phone trial. Once approved by Marketing, the BP will to sent the appropriate software CD and policy files to install on their Customer's PC/Laptop. This is only to assist in closing a sale, not for training!SSO Login required!

https://partner.avaya.com/ptlWeb/getfile?docID=MDAzOTUwNjY0

Avaya ATAC Pre-Sales Support Registration Form:Individuals, who work for Avaya Authorized Business Partners, need to be registered with the ATAC to receive Hotline and e-mail Pre-Sales technical support. This link will take you to the registration form. You will need your Business Partner's Link ID to complete the registration.

https://atac.avaya.com/BP_Reg.asp

SME Pre-Sales Technical Support Group Demo Request:Request the PTSG group to assist in providing a Web based Demonstration. A completed request form must to sent in with the request. This is only to assist in closing a sale, not for training!

SME PTSG Overview page - see bottom of page for form.

http://www.avaya.com/

http://support.avaya.com/

http://marketingtools.avaya.com/knowledgebase/

http://partner.avaya.com/

https://pmc.avaya.com/ui/home.aspx

http://www.avaya.com/devconnect

http://portal.avaya.com/ptlWeb/spCP/CS2004121417415743009

http://www.magic-on-hold.com/avaya/

http://www.powerware.com/AVAYA/selector_usa/AC_01.asp

http://www.paging-solutions.com/

http://portal.avaya.com/ptlWeb/products/P0191

http://www.avaya.com/gcm/master-usa/en-us/headsets/wizard.htm

http://www.avaya-learning.com/

https://partner.avaya.com/ptlWeb/getfile?docID=MDAzOTUwNjY0

https://atac.avaya.com/BP_Reg.asp

http://portal.avaya.com/ptlWeb/spCP/CS2004121417415743009/C2004128223019631001/SN2004121417416795067/SN2004121417416795067

Documents

[XLS] Office R60 Matrix.xls · Web viewManage for consultants 12. Pre-configured queries ease the report generation process 13. Export reports as Word or Excel document Telesoft 601